IBM System Storage TS3500 Introduction And Planning Manual

IBM System Storage TS3500
Tape Library with ALMS
Introduction and Planning Guide
GA32-0593-07
Note
Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in “Safety notices” on page xv and
“Notices” on page 223.
Edition notice
This edition applies to the eighth release of the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Introduction and
Planning Guide and to all subsequent releases and modifications until otherwise indicated in new editions.
© Copyright IBM Corporation 2008, 2012.
US Government Users Restricted Rights – Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract
with IBM Corp.
Contents
Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Read this first . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
What's new in this edition (October
Seventh edition (June 2011) . . .
Sixth edition (June 2010) . . . .
Fifth edition (March 2010). . . .
Fourth edition (September 2009) .
Third edition (December 2008) . .
Second edition (November 2008) .
First edition (September 2008) . .
Send us your feedback . . . .
2012)
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
xi
xi
xi
xi
. xii
. xii
. xii
. xii
. xiii
.
.
.
.
.
.
Safety and environmental notices . . . xv
Safety notices. . . . . .
Environmental notices . .
Laser safety and compliance
Class II laser product . .
Class I laser product . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. xv
. xvi
. xvi
. xvi
. xvii
About this publication . . . . . . . . xix
Who should read this book . . . . . . . . . xix
Terminology used in this book . . . . . . . . xix
Related information . . . . . . . . . . . xix
Publications about the TS3500 Tape Library . . xix
IBM i, System i, and i5/OS source . . . . . . xx
IBM Power Systems and System p source . . . xx
IBM System z source . . . . . . . . . . xx
Other sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . xx
Authorized suppliers of bar code labels . . . xxii
Data storage values . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii
Chapter 1. Introduction . . . . . . . . 1
|
Overview . . . . . . . . .
Structure of the library . . . . .
Dual accessors and service bays .
High density technology . . .
Components of the library . .
Structure of the shuttle complex .
Supported tape drives . . . . .
LTO Ultrium tape drives . . .
3592 tape drives . . . . . .
Supported tape cartridges . . .
Compatible servers and software .
Supported device drivers . . . .
Using TSLM for communication
Attachment interfaces . . . . .
Fibre Channel interface . . .
Small Computer System Interface
FICON and ESCON interfaces .
Mixing drives in frames . . . .
Mixing drives in a logical library .
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 1
. 3
. 7
. 9
. 12
. 15
. 17
. 18
. 20
. 25
. 26
. 28
. 28
. 30
. 31
. 31
. 32
. 34
. 35
Mixing media in drives . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-Path Architecture . . . . . . . . . .
Library sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using multiple logical libraries . . . . . . .
Using multiple control paths . . . . . . .
Advanced Library Management System . . . . .
Dynamic partitioning . . . . . . . . . .
Transparent addition or removal of storage
capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration of storage capacity without
disruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Virtual I/O slots . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cartridge assignment policy . . . . . . . . .
Insert notification setting . . . . . . . . . .
Power structure of the TS3500 Tape Library . . .
Frame control assembly and dual ac power. . .
Enhanced frame control assembly . . . . . .
Control path failover, data path failover, and load
balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expanded I/O capacity . . . . . . . . . .
Increasing capacity . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacity expansion feature for Model L32 . . .
Intermediate, Full, and Capacity On Demand
features for Models L22, L23, L52, and L53 . . .
High Density Capacity On Demand . . . . .
Web interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TS3500 Tape Library Command Line Interface . . .
IBM Tape System Reporter . . . . . . . . .
Remote support . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote support through a modem . . . . .
Remote support through a system console . . .
Remote support security . . . . . . . . .
Methods of cleaning drives . . . . . . . . .
TapeAlert support . . . . . . . . . . . .
SNMP messaging . . . . . . . . . . . .
SNMP audit logging . . . . . . . . . .
SMI-S support . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secure Socket Layer (SSL) functionality . . . . .
Storage Authentication Service . . . . . . . .
IPv6 functionality . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPv4 and IPv6 address formats . . . . . . .
Drive performance . . . . . . . . . . . .
Library performance . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory times . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mount performance and cartridge move time . .
Import and export performance with virtual I/O
slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HD frame performance considerations . . . .
Shuttle complex performance considerations . .
37
40
41
43
44
45
46
47
47
47
48
49
50
50
51
51
53
54
54
55
55
56
57
57
58
59
60
63
69
69
70
71
72
74
74
76
76
79
83
84
85
86
87
88
Chapter 2. Physical planning
specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Height and length of library . . . . . . . .
Library placement . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical specifications for Models L22 and D22 .
. 91
. 91
. 92
iii
Physical specifications for Models L23 and D23 . . 93
Physical specifications for Models L32 and D32 . . 94
Physical specifications for Models L52 and D52 . . 95
Physical specifications for Models L53 and D53 . . 96
Physical specifications for HA1 Frame . . . . . 97
Physical specifications for Model S24 . . . . . . 98
Physical specifications for Model S54 . . . . . . 99
Floor requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Delivery route . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Delivery and Subsequent Transportation of the
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Move restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Clearance specifications for the library . . . . . 103
Clearance specifications for models of the
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Clearance specifications for the shuttle complex 107
Routing Fibre Channel cables through the top of a
frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Routing cables through the top for installations on
a solid floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Fire suppression for the Library . . . . . . . 111
Fire suppression for Models L32 and D32 . . . 111
Fire suppression for all other models . . . . 112
Running cables, wiring, and pipes between
frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Environmental specifications . . . . . . . . 115
Acoustical specifications . . . . . . . . . . 116
Acoustical specifications for Models L32 and
D32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Acoustical specifications for Models L22, D22,
L52, and D52 . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Acoustical specifications for Models L23, D23,
L53, and D53 . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Power and cooling requirements . . . . . . . 118
Power and cooling specifications for Models
L22, D22, L32, D32, L52, and D52. . . . . . 118
Power and cooling specifications for Models
L23, D23, L53, and D53 . . . . . . . . . 119
Power requirements for frames . . . . . . 120
Power requirements for remote support features 123
Power cords for Models L32 and D32 . . . . 124
Power cords for Models L22, D22, L52, and D52 127
Power cords for Models L23, D23, L53, and D53 128
Chapter 3. Standard features of the
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Elements in the library . . . . . . .
Feature codes for elements in the library .
.
.
.
.
. 134
. 135
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium media . . . 145
Overview of Ultrium Media . . . . . . .
WORM functionality for Ultrium tape drives and
media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultrium data cartridge . . . . . . . . .
Ultrium cleaning cartridge . . . . . . . .
Ultrium diagnostic cartridge . . . . . . .
Ultrium bar code label . . . . . . . . .
Guidelines for using Ultrium bar code labels
iv
. 145
.
.
.
.
.
145
147
149
151
152
153
Setting the write-protect switch on an Ultrium tape
cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handling Ultrium tape cartridges . . . . . .
Provide training for using Ultrium tape
cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ensure proper packaging of Ultrium tape
cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provide proper acclimation and environmental
conditions for Ultrium tape cartridges . . . .
Perform a thorough inspection of Ultrium tape
cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handle the Ultrium tape cartridge carefully . .
Examples of problems with Ultrium tape
cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repositioning or reattaching a leader pin in an
Ultrium cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repositioning a leader pin in an Ultrium
cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reattaching a leader pin in an Ultrium cartridge
Environmental and shipping specifications for
Ultrium cartridges. . . . . . . . . . . .
Disposing of Ultrium tape cartridges . . . . .
Ordering additional Ultrium cartridges and media
supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ordering bar code labels for Ultrium cartridges
154
155
155
156
157
157
158
159
160
160
162
166
167
168
171
Chapter 5. Using 3592 tape drive
media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Overview of 3592 media. . . . . . . . . .
WORM functionality for 3592 tape drives and
media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacity scaling and segmentation . . . . . .
3592 data cartridge . . . . . . . . . . .
Cartridge memory in 3592 tape cartridges . . .
3592 cleaning cartridge . . . . . . . . . .
3592 diagnostic cartridge . . . . . . . . .
3592 bar code label . . . . . . . . . . .
Guidelines for using 3592 bar code labels . . .
Guidelines for using Silo-style bar code labels
Setting the write-protect switch on a 3592
Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handling 3592 tape cartridges . . . . . . . .
Provide training for using 3592 tape cartridges
Ensure proper packaging of 3592 tape cartridges
Provide proper acclimation and environmental
conditions for 3592 tape cartridges . . . . .
Perform a thorough inspection of 3592 tape
cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handle the 3592 tape cartridge carefully . . .
Repositioning a leader pin in a 3592 cartridge . .
Environmental and shipping specifications for 3592
cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disposing of 3592 cartridges . . . . . . . .
Cartridge quality and library maintenance. . . .
Ordering 3592 media supplies . . . . . . . .
Ordering 3592 media supplies by using the 3599
tape media method . . . . . . . . . .
Ordering 3592 media supplies by using part
numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ordering supplies for repairs . . . . . . .
Ordering 3592 bar code labels . . . . . . .
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
173
175
176
178
180
181
183
183
185
185
187
188
188
188
188
189
189
189
192
193
193
193
194
196
197
198
Chapter 6. Using the Fibre Channel
interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Overview of Fibre Channel interface. . . .
Physical characteristics of the Fibre Channel
interface . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cables and speeds of Fibre Channel drives .
Supported topologies . . . . . . . . .
Two-node switched fabric topology . . .
Two-node direct connection topology . .
Fibre Channel addressing . . . . . . .
LUN assignments . . . . . . . . . .
Using World Wide Names . . . . . . .
Using persistent binding to ensure SCSI ID
assignment . . . . . . . . . . .
Using zoning to isolate devices and enhance
security . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connectors and adapters . . . . . . .
Connecting the library to IBM i, System i, and
iSeries . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sharing drives on a Storage Area Network .
.
. 199
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 207
.
.
. 207
. 207
.
.
. 208
. 209
199
200
201
202
203
203
206
206
Chapter 7. Frame capacity . . . . . . 211
Capacity
Frames
Capacity
Capacity
Frames
of
.
of
of
.
Model L22, D22, L23, D23, and
. . . . . . . . . . .
Model L32 and D32 Frames .
Model L52, D52, L53, D53, and
. . . . . . . . . . .
S24
. .
. .
S54
. .
. 211
. 212
Planning for library-managed encryption .
Configuration prerequisites for encryption. .
.
.
. 219
. 219
Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Homologation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic emission notices . . . . . . . . .
Federal Communications Commission statement
Industry Canada compliance statement . . . .
European Union Electromagnetic Compatibility
Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
People's Republic of China Class A Electronic
Emission statement . . . . . . . . . .
Taiwan Class A compliance statement . . . .
Taiwan contact information. . . . . . . .
Japan Voluntary Control Council for Interference
(VCCI) Class A Statement . . . . . . . .
Japan Electronics and Information Technology
Industries Association (JEITA) Statement (less
than or equal to 20 A per phase) . . . . . .
Korean Communications Commission (KCC)
Class A Statement . . . . . . . . . . .
Russia Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Class
A Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . .
224
224
225
225
226
226
228
228
228
228
229
229
229
. 213
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Chapter 8. Tape encryption overview
215
Managing encryption . . . . . . . . . .
Planning for application-managed encryption
Planning for system-managed encryption . .
. 216
217
. 218
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Contents
v
vi
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Figures
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
Laser safety caution label . . . . . . . xvii
The TS3500 Tape Library . . . . . . . . 2
Frames in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Location of service bays in the TS3500 Tape
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cartridge slots in the service bays of the TS3500
Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
The HD frame (left) and top-down view of
row in an HD frame (right) . . . . . . . 10
Components of the IBM System Storage
TS3500 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . 14
TS3500 Tape Library shuttle complex . . . . 16
Attaching the TS3500 Tape Library to the
System z server (mainframe host) . . . . . 34
Examples of methods for mixing Ultrium drive
types in a logical library . . . . . . . . 36
Examples of configurations for sharing an IBM
System Storage TS3500 Tape Library . . . . 42
Tape System Reporter data flow. . . . . . 58
Remote support system console connection
diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Attachment of the system console to the
TS3500 Tape Library and the 3953 Tape System
for remote support . . . . . . . . . . 64
External communication connections to the
TS3500 Tape Library control system . . . . 67
The SNMP messaging system . . . . . . 71
Storage Authentication Service overview
75
Location of restraining points . . . . . . 103
Size of operator and service clearances for the
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library,
Models L22, D22, L23, D23, L52, D52, L53,
D53, S24, S54, and the service bays . . . . 105
Size of operator and service clearances for the
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library,
Models L32 and D32 . . . . . . . . . 106
Shuttle complex dimensions and clearances
108
Opening for routing Fibre Channel cables
from servers through the top of a frame . . 109
Opening the cable access door at the top of a
frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Positioning the Fibre Channel cable inside the
frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Positioning the Fibre Channel cable outside
the frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Allowable area for mounting fire-suppression
equipment (top view of Model L32 or D32
frames). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Allowable area for mounting fire-suppression
equipment (top view of Models L22, D22,
L23, D23, L52, D52, L53, D53, S24, S54, or the
HA1 frame) . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Location for routing fire-suppression
equipment between frames . . . . . . . 114
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
Types of receptacles for power cords used by
models L32 and D32 of the TS3500 Tape
Library. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of receptacles for power cords used by
Models L22, D22, L52, and D52 of the TS3500
Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of receptacles for Models L23, D23,
L53, and D53 of the TS3500 Tape Library . .
FC 9989 cable positions . . . . . . . .
Elements in the TS3500 Tape Library
The IBM System Storage LTO Data Cartridge
for Ultrium 3 tape drives . . . . . . .
The IBM System Storage LTO Data Cartridge
Sample bar code label on the LTO Ultrium 2
Tape Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the write-protect switch on an
Ultrium tape cartridge . . . . . . . .
Tape cartridges in a Turtle Case . . . . .
Double-boxing tape cartridges for shipping
Gap in cartridge seam . . . . . . . .
Leader pin in the incorrect and correct
positions in an Ultrium tape cartridge . . .
Placing the dislodged leader pin into the
correct position . . . . . . . . . . .
Rewinding the tape into the cartridge
Leader Pin Reattachment Kit . . . . . .
Attaching the leader pin attach tool to an
Ultrium tape cartridge . . . . . . . .
Winding the tape out of the Ultrium tape
cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the C-clip from the leader pin
Attaching the leader pin to the tape . . . .
Components of the IBM TotalStorage 3592
Enterprise Tape Cartridge . . . . . . .
Components of the IBM TotalStorage 3592
Enterprise Tape Cartridge . . . . . . .
Leader pin in proper position in the 3592
cleaning cartridge (the cartridge door is
manually retracted) . . . . . . . . .
Characteristics that identify the 3592 cleaning
cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door of the 3592 cleaning cartridge . . . .
Sample bar code label on the IBM
TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge .
Setting the write-protect switch on the 3592
Tape Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . .
Leader pin in the incorrect and correct
positions in a 3592 tape cartridge . . . . .
Placing the dislodged leader pin into the
correct position. . . . . . . . . . . .
Rewinding the tape into the cartridge
Three possible locations for encryption policy
engine and key management. . . . . . .
126
128
130
131
134
145
148
153
154
156
157
158
160
161
161
162
163
164
164
165
173
179
182
182
183
185
187
190
191
191
217
vii
viii
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Tables
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
| 17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
| 22.
|
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
Authorized suppliers of custom bar code
labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii
Comparison of binary and decimal units and
values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii
Percentage difference between binary and
decimal units . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii
TS3500 Tape Library configurations . . . . . 2
TS3500 Tape Library frame models . . . . . 4
Tape drives that are supported by the TS3500
Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Features of the 3592 tape drive . . . . . . 20
Capacity of Ultrium tape catridges . . . . . 25
Capacity of 3592 tape cartridges. . . . . . 25
Mixing drives in the physical frames of the
TS3500 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . 35
Compatibility among Ultrium tape drives and
tape cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Cartridges that are compatible with 3592 tape
drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Differences between DPF and CPF . . . . . 52
Mixing I/O stations among frames of the
TS3500 Tape Library . . . . . . . . . 54
Requirements for remote support (the Call
Home feature) . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Desktop and rack mountable TS3000 System
Consoles . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
System console components . . . . . . . 62
Remote support capabilities . . . . . . . 63
Port Information for firewall environments
66
Required upgrade for those frames providing
Ethernet attachment to the SMI-S Agent . . . 73
Embedded SIM-S Agent Profiles . . . . . 73
Performance specifications of the Ultrium tape
drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Performance specifications of the 3592 tape
drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Average block locate time from load point for
3592 tape cartridge in 3592 tape drives . . . 81
Mount performance and move time for drives
in a TS3500 Tape Library without dual
accessors and without HD frames . . . . . 85
Mount performance for drives in a TS3500
Tape Library with dual accessors but without
HD frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Specifications for imports per hour and
average I/O station drain time for a TS3500
Tape Library using one active accessor . . . 86
Specifications for imports per hour for a
TS3500 Tape Library with dual active accessors
and I/O Stations in both accessor zones . . . 87
Physical characteristics of the TS3500 Tape
Library, Models L22 and D22 . . . . . . 92
Physical characteristics of the TS3500 Tape
Library, Models L23 and D23 . . . . . . 93
Physical characteristics of the TS3500 Tape
Library, Models L32 and D32 . . . . . . 94
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
| 39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
| 53.
|
54.
55.
Physical characteristics of the TS3500 Tape
Library, Models L52 and D52 . . . . . . 95
Physical characteristics of the TS3500 Tape
Library, Models L53 and D53 . . . . . . 96
Physical characteristics of the HA1 frame
(service bay A) . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Physical characteristics of the TS3500 Tape
LibraryModel S24 . . . . . . . . . . 98
Physical characteristics of the TS3500 Tape
Library, Model S54 . . . . . . . . . . 99
Clearance requirements for the TS3500 Tape
Library. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Equipment environment specifications for the
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library . . 115
Gas and particulate exposure . . . . . . 115
Noise emission values for the IBM System
Storage TS3500 Tape Library, Models L32 and
D32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Noise emission values for the IBM System
Storage TS3500 Tape Library, Models L22,
D22, L52, and D52 filled with Ultrium tape
drives or 3592 tape drives . . . . . . . 117
Noise emission values for the IBM System
Storage TS3500 Tape Library, Models L23,
D23, L53, and D53 filled with Ultrium Tape
Drives or 3592 tape drives . . . . . . . 117
Electrical characteristics of the IBM System
Storage TS3500 Tape Library frame models . 120
Power consumption of TS3500 Tape Library
frame models, power consuming features,
and drive canisters. . . . . . . . . . 120
Sample calculation of total library power
consumption and cooling requirements.. . . 122
Power requirements for remote support
features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Specifications for 200–240 V ac power cord
used with the IBM System Storage TS3500
Tape Library, Models L32 and D32 . . . . 125
Specifications for 100–127 V ac power cords
used with the TS3500 Tape Library, models
L32 and D32 . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Specifications for power cords used with the
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library,
Models L22, D22, L52, and D22 . . . . . 127
Specifications for power cords used with the
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library,
Models L23, D23, L53, and D53 . . . . . 128
Feature codes for the models of the TS3500
Tape Library . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
LTO WORM cartridge capacities . . . . . 146
LTO Ultrium diagnostic cartridge and tape
drive compatability . . . . . . . . . 151
Environment for operating, storing, and
shipping the LTO Ultrium tape cartridges . . 166
Ordering Ultrium cartridges and media
supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
ix
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
x
Authorized suppliers of custom bar code
labels . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of IBM 3592 TotalStorage Enterprise
Tape Cartridges . . . . . . . . . .
Environment for operating, storing, and
shipping the IBM TotalStorage 3592
Enterprise Tape Cartridge . . . . . .
Descriptions of 3599 tape media features
Ordering 3592 media supplies by using part
numbers . . . . . . . . . . . .
Authorized suppliers of custom bar code
labels . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supported cable distances . . . . . .
Choosing the port and topology through
which your Fibre Channel connection can be
made . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64.
. 171
65.
. 174
. 192
194
66.
67.
. 197
68.
. 198
. 200
69.
Default Loop IDs and their associated
AL_PAs for drives with single or dual ports
Valid Loop IDs and their associated AL_PAs
for Ultrium tape drives and 3592 tape drives
in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape
Library. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quantity of storage slots in L22, D22, L23,
D23, and S24 frames . . . . . . . .
Quantity of storage slots in Model L32 and
D32 frames . . . . . . . . . . .
Quantity of storage slots in Model L52, D52,
L53, D53, and S54 frames . . . . . .
Tape drive configuration for encryption
. 202
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
. 203
. 205
. 211
. 212
. 213
220
Read this first
This is the eighth edition of the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS
Introduction and Planning Guide (October 2012). This guide is published specifically
for the TS3500 Tape Library with the Advanced Library Management System
(ALMS).
What's new in this edition (October 2012)
The new features introduced with this release require that the TS3500 Tape Library
has ALMS, enhanced node cards, and a TS3000 System Console (TSSC).
Revision bars (|) appear next to all of the information that was added or changed
since the release of the last edition (GA32–0593–06). The following information is
new in this edition:
v Support for the IBM® Ultrium LTO 6 Tape Drive
v Support for the IBM System Storage® 3592-C07 controller
v Support for an enhanced rack-mount TS3000 System Console (TSSC)
Seventh edition (June 2011)
The following information was new or changed in the seventh edition:
v Introduction of shuttle technology and the TS3500 Tape Library shuttle complex
v Support for multiple library strings as a single library image to the host
v Updated library configuration and planning information based on shuttle
complex capability and increased maximum capacity
v Support for the IBM System Storage TS1140 Tape Drive (3592 Model E07)
v Support for an 8 Gb backend Fibre Channel switch
v Introduction of automatic ejects for expired cleaning cartridges
Sixth edition (June 2010)
The following information was new or changed in the sixth edition:
v Information regarding Silo-style bar code label compatibility
v Revised Insert Notification and Cartridge Assignment Policy guidelines
v Introduction of the TS3500 Tape Library Command Line Interface (CLI)
Fifth edition (March 2010)
The following information was new or changed in the fifth edition:
v Enhanced node card prerequisite
v Support for the IBM System Storage TS1050 Tape Drive F5A (LTO Ultrium 5)
v Support for the Storage Authentication Service
v Updated operator and service clearance information
v Support for a floating home cell in non-HD libraries
v Support for mixed media in HD libraries with dual accessors
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
xi
Fourth edition (September 2009)
The following information was new or changed in the fourth edition:
v Higher cartridge capacity (more than 6 887 storage slots)
v Enhanced node card prerequisite
v SNMP audit logging
v Tape System Reporter enhancements
v Support for the Tivoli® Key Lifecycle Manager (TKLM) for encryption key
management
v Performance specifications for libraries with virtual I/O slots enabled
v Introduction of the rack-mountable TS3000 System Console with optional
internal modem
Third edition (December 2008)
The following information was new or changed in the third edition:
v Updated power features and power cords
v Introduction of the TS7700 Backend Switches (Models L23 and D23)
Second edition (November 2008)
The following information was new or changed in the second edition:
v Introduction of high density (HD) frames (Models S24 and S54)
v Introduction of the IBM Tape System Reporter application
First edition (September 2008)
The following information was new or changed in the first edition:
v Information specific to the TS3500 Tape Library with the Advanced Library
Management System (ALMS)
v Introduction of the IBM System Storage TS1130 Tape Drives (3592 tape drive
models E06 and EU6)
v Additional information about remote support security
v Addition of Secure Socket Layer (SSL) for Ethernet network security
v An embedded SMI-S agent that works with the IBM TotalStorage Productivity
Center (TPC) 3.3.1 and later
v Addition of Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) functionality
v Updated environmental specifications
v Updated power requirements for frames in the TS3500 Tape Library
v Addition of library configuration prerequisites for using encryption in the
TS3500 Tape Library
v Updated data storage values for compliance with the International System of
Units (SI) measurements
xii
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Send us your feedback
Your feedback is important in helping to provide the most accurate and
high-quality information. If you have comments or suggestions for improving this
publication, you can send us comments by e-mail to [email protected] or use
the readers' comments form at the back of this publication. Be sure to include the
following information in your correspondence:
v Exact publication title
v Form number (for example, GA32–0689–00), part number, or EC level (located
on the back cover)
v Page numbers to which you are referring
Note: For suggestions on operating enhancements or improvements, please contact
your IBM Sales team.
Read this first
xiii
xiv
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Safety and environmental notices
This section contains information about safety notices that are used in this guide
and environmental notices for this product.
Safety notices
Observe the safety notices when using this product. These safety notices contain
danger and caution notices. These notices are sometimes accompanied by symbols
that represent the severity of the safety condition.
Most danger or caution notices contain a reference number (Dxxx or Cxxx). Use
the reference number to check the translation in the IBM Systems Safety Notices,
G229-9054 manual.
The sections that follow define each type of safety notice and give examples.
Danger notice
A danger notice calls attention to a situation that is potentially lethal or extremely
hazardous to people. A lightning bolt symbol always accompanies a danger notice
to represent a dangerous electrical condition. A sample danger notice follows:
DANGER: An electrical outlet that is not correctly wired could place
hazardous voltage on metal parts of the system or the devices that
attach to the system. It is the responsibility of the customer to ensure
that the outlet is correctly wired and grounded to prevent an electrical
shock. (D004)
Caution notice
A caution notice calls attention to a situation that is potentially hazardous to
people because of some existing condition, or to a potentially dangerous situation
that might develop because of some unsafe practice. A caution notice can be
accompanied by one of several symbols:
If the symbol is...
It means...
A generally hazardous condition not represented by other
safety symbols.
This product contains a Class II laser. Do not stare into the
beam. (C029) Laser symbols are always accompanied by the
classification of the laser as defined by the U. S.
Department of Health and Human Services (for example,
Class I, Class II, and so forth).
A hazardous condition due to mechanical movement in or
around the product.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
xv
If the symbol is...
It means...
This part or unit is heavy but has a weight smaller than 18
kg (39.7 lb). Use care when lifting, removing, or installing
this part or unit. (C008)
Sample caution notices follow:
Caution
The battery is a lithium ion battery. To avoid possible explosion, do not
burn. Exchange only with the IBM-approved part. Recycle or discard the
battery as instructed by local regulations. In the United States, IBM has a
process for the collection of this battery. For information, call
1-800-426-4333. Have the IBM part number for the battery unit available
when you call. (C007)
Caution
The system contains circuit cards, assemblies, or both that contain lead
solder. To avoid the release of lead (Pb) into the environment, do not burn.
Discard the circuit card as instructed by local regulations. (C014)
Caution
When removing the Modular Refrigeration Unit (MRU), immediately
remove any oil residue from the MRU support shelf, floor, and any other
area to prevent injuries because of slips or falls. Do not use refrigerant
lines or connectors to lift, move, or remove the MRU. Use handholds as
instructed by service procedures. (C016)
Caution
Do not connect an IBM control unit directly to a public optical network.
The customer must use an additional connectivity device between an IBM
control unit optical adapter (that is, fibre, ESCON®, FICON®) and an
external public network . Use a device such as a patch panel, a router, or a
switch. You do not need an additional connectivity device for optical fibre
connectivity that does not pass through a public network.
Environmental notices
The environmental notices that apply to this product are provided in
theEnvironmental Notices and User Guide, Z125-5823-xx manual. A copy of this
manual is located on the publications CD.
Laser safety and compliance
Before using the TS3500 Tape Library, review the following laser safety
information.
Class II laser product
The TS3500 Tape Library is a Class II laser product. It is important for you to be
aware of the laser caution label. See Figure 1 on page xvii for an example of the
label.
xvi
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Figure 1. Laser safety caution label
This product complies with the performance standards set by the U.S. Food and
Drug Administration for a Class II Laser product. This product belongs to a class
of laser products that requires precautions be taken to avoid prolonged viewing of
the laser beam. Under normal working conditions, you must not come in direct
contact with the laser beam. This classification was accomplished by providing the
necessary protective housings and scanning safeguards to ensure that laser
radiation is inaccessible during operation or is within Class II limits. These
products have been reviewed by external safety agencies and have obtained
approvals to the latest standards as they apply to this product type.
Class I laser product
The TS3500 Tape Library contains a laser assembly that complies with the
performance standards set by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for a Class I
laser product. Class I laser products do not emit hazardous laser radiation.
Protective housing and scanning safeguards ensure that laser radiation is
inaccessible during operation or is within Class I limits. External safety agencies
have reviewed the library and have obtained approvals to the latest standards as
they apply.
Safety and environmental notices
xvii
xviii
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
About this publication
This guide contains information about how to plan for the IBM System Storage
TS3500 Tape Library, also known as the 3584 Tape Library. This guide is specific to
the TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS.
While reading this publication, you are introduced to the TS3500 Tape Library and
learn how it interacts in both mainframe and Open Systems environments. You
learn about the library's primary components and how the library can process both
Linear Tape-Open (LTO) Ultrium Tape Cartridges and IBM TotalStorage 3592
Enterprise Tape Cartridges. Methods for determining supported servers and
operating systems, performance considerations, and the physical planning
specifications for the TS3500 Tape Library are also presented here. In addition, this
guide provides a list of available features that you can order to modify and
enhance the functionality of all models of the TS3500 Tape Library. Additional
chapters provide details about the requirements of the Fibre Channel interface,
frame model capacities, and tape encryption. After reading this publication, you
will have the necessary information to plan for the TS3500 Tape Library in your
data storage environment.
Who should read this book
This book is intended for system planners, programmers, and administrators.
Terminology used in this book
See the “Glossary” on page 231 for definitions of terms, abbreviations, and
acronyms in this publication.
Related information
Refer to the following publications and sources for additional information about
the TS3500 Tape Library and its associated products.
To view the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Information Center, go to:
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/ts3500tl/v1r0/index.jsp
Note that the most recent publications are available on the web. To ensure that you
have the latest publications, visit the web at:
http://www.ibm.com/support/us/en/
Also note that the most up-to-date information is available at the IBM System
Storage TS3500 Tape Library Information Center. To view this information center,
go to:
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/ts3500tl/v1r0/index.jsp
Publications about the TS3500 Tape Library
Note: There are two versions of the TS3500 Tape Library Introduction and
Planning Guide, as well as two versions of the TS3500 Tape Library Operator
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
xix
Guide. One version of each document is specific to the TS3500 Tape Library with
the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS) and provides details about
features and functions that are only available for libraries with ALMS installed and
enabled. Refer to the titles of each guide in order to determine which version you
need.
v IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Introduction and Planning Guide,
GA32-0559
v IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide, GA32-0594
v IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Operator Guide, GA32-0560
v IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library 3584 Maintenance Information (provided
with the TS3500 Tape Library)
v IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library SCSI Reference, GA32-0561
v IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Tape System Reporter User's
Guide, GA32–0589
IBM i, System i, and i5/OS source
For information about the IBM i, System i, and i5/OS, visit the web at
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/iseries/.
IBM Power Systems and System p source
For information about the IBM Power Systems and System p, visit the web at
http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries.
IBM System z source
For information about the IBM System z servers, visit the web at
http://ibm.com/servers/eserver/zseries.
Other sources
v For a list of compatible software, operating systems, and servers for Ultrium
tape drives, visit the web at http://ibm.com/storage/lto. Under IBM System
Storage TS3500 Tape Library, select Product details. Under Learn more, select
Interoperability matrix or select Independent Software Vendor (ISV) matrix
for LTO.
v For a list of compatible software, operating systems, and servers for TS1120 and
newer tape drives, visit the web at http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/tape/
drives. Under the specific tape drive, select Product details. Under Learn more,
select Interoperability matrix or Independent Software Vendor (ISV) matrix.
v IBM Encryption Key Manager component for the Java™ platform Introduction,
Planning, and User's Guide, GA76-0148
v IBM Tivoli Key Lifecycle Manager Quick Start Guide, GI11-8744
v For more information about the Tivoli Key Lifecycle Manager, visit the web:
http://www-01.ibm.com/software/tivoli/products/key-lifecycle-mgr/
v To search the IBM Tivoli Key Lifecycle Manager Information Center, visit the
web: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/tivihelp/v2r1/index.jsp?topic=/
com.ibm.tklm.doc/welcome.htm
v IBM 3953 Tape System Introduction and Planning Guide, GA32-0557
v IBM 3953 Library Manager Model L05 Operator Guide, GA32-0558
v IBM 3953 Tape Frame Model F05 Maintenance Information (provided with the 3953
Tape System)
xx
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
v IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Silo Compatible Tape Frame 3592 Introduction, Planning,
and User’s Guide Model C20, GA32-0463
v IBM System Storage 3592 Tape Drives and TS1120 Controller Operator Guide,
GA32-0556
v IBM System Storage 3592 Tape Drives and TS1120 Controller Introduction and
Planning Guide, GA32-0555
v To search the IBM 3592-C07 Customer Information Center, visit the web at:
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/etc/cust/index.jsp.
v IBM System Storage 3592 Tape Drive SCSI Reference, GA32-0562
v IBM System Storage TS3000 System Console (TSSC) Maintenance Information
v IBM Virtualization Engine TS7700 Series Introduction and Planning Guide IBM
Virtualization Engine TS7700, TS7700 Cache Controller, and TS7700 Cache Drawer,
GA32-0567
v To search the IBM Virtualization Engine TS7700 Information Center, visit the
web here: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/ts7700/cust/index.jsp
v IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510 Introduction and Planning Guide, GC26-7767
v IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Tape Drive SCSI Reference, GA32-0450
v Systems Safety Notices, G229-9054. This publication is available at
http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink. To access, register for a userid and
password, then select Library in the navigation area.
v IBM Tape Device Drivers Installation and User's Guide, GC27-2130
v IBM Tape Device Drivers Programming Reference, GA32-0566
v Implementing IBM Tape in Linux and Windows, SG24-6268. This book is available
on the Web at http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/redpieces/pdfs/sg246268.pdf.
v Implementing IBM Tape in Unix Systems, SG24-6502. This book is available on the
Web at http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/redbooks/pdfs/sg246502.pdf.
v The IBM TotalStorage Tape Libraries Guide for Open Systems, SG24-5946
v The LTO Ultrium Primer for IBM eServer iSeries Customers, REDP-3580. This book
is available on the Web at http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/. Search on
REDP-3580.
v IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library Data Gathering - Introduction to Library
Statistics, a white paper that is available from your IBM Representative
v IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library Performance, a white paper that is available
from your IBM Representative
v To access installation instructions for customer-setup units (CSUs) from the web,
go to http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/storage/tape/
resourcelibrary.html#publications. Under Technical support, select 3584 Tape
Library. Then, under Support and downloads, select Documentation.
v IBM LTO Ultrium Cartridge Label Specification (Revision 2). This document is
available on the Web at http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/support/lto/
3584/. Under Additional resources, select LTO Ultrium media. Under Learn
more, select LTO label specifications. Under Abstract, select the PDF file to
access the document.
v Label Specification for IBM 3592 Cartridges when used in IBM Libraries. This
document is available on the web at http://www-03.ibm.com/systems/storage/
media/3592/index.html. Under Learn more, select Barcode Label Specification
for use with 3592 Tape Media. You can also contact your IBM Marketing
Representative for this specification.
About this publication
xxi
Authorized suppliers of bar code labels
You can order bar code labels directly from the authorized label suppliers listed in
the table below.
Attention: The IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library is designed to work
with bar code labels that meet the specifications and requirements set forth in the
IBM LTO Ultrium Cartridge Label Specification (Revision 2) and the Label Specification
for IBM 3592 Cartridges when used in IBM Libraries. The following label providers
have demonstrated the ability to produce finished bar code labels that meet the
foregoing specifications and requirements. This information is provided for the
convenience of TS3500 Tape Library users only, and is not an endorsement or
recommendation of such providers. IBM is not responsible for the quality of bar
code labels procured from sources other than IBM. This information is applicable
to bar code labels actually printed by the listed companies. IBM has not reviewed
the quality of any labels produced by software or services offered by such
companies which allow end users to print labels on their own printing equipment.
Table 1. Authorized suppliers of custom bar code labels
In the Americas
In Europe and Asia
Dataware
PO Box 740947
Houston, TX 77274
U.S.A.
Telephone: 800-426-4844 or 713-432-1023
Fax: 713-432-1385
http://www.datawarelabels.com/
Not applicable
Tri-Optic
6800 West 117th Avenue
Broomfield, CO 80020
U.S.A.
Telephone: 888-438-8362 or 303-464-3508
Fax: 888-438-8363 or 303-666-2166
http://www.tri-optic.com
EDP Europe Limited
43 Redhills Road
South Woodham Ferrers
Chelmsford, Essex CM3 5UL
U.K.
Telephone: 44 (0) 1245 322380
Fax: 44 (0) 1245 323484
http://www.edpeurope.com/media-labels.html
Netc, L.L.C.1
100 Corporate Drive
Trumbull, CT 06611
U.S.A.
Telephone: 203-372-6382
Fax: 203-372-0676
http://www.NetcLabels.com
Netc Europe Ltd1
The Old Surgery
5a The Pavement
North Curry TA3 6LX
Somerset
U.K.
Telephone: 44 (0) 1823 491439
Fax: 44 (0)1823 491373
http://www.NetcLabels.co.uk
Netc Asia Pacific Pty Ltd1
PO Box 872
Cooroy QLD 4563
Australia
Telephone: 61 (0) 7 5442 6263
Fax: 61 (0) 7 5442 6522
http://www.NetcLabels.com.au
Note:
1. This is an authorized supplier for radio frequency identification (RFID) labels.
xxii
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Data storage values
TS3500 Tape Library documentation displays data storage values using both
decimal (base-10) prefixes and binary (base-2) units of measurement.
Decimal units such as K, MB, GB, and TB have commonly been used to express
data storage values, though these values are more accurately expressed using
binary units such as KiB, MiB, GiB, and TiB. At the kilobyte level, the difference
between decimal and binary units of measurement is relatively small (2.4%). This
difference grows as data storage values increase, and when values reach terabyte
levels the difference between decimal and binary units approaches 10%.
To reduce the possibility of confusion, the TS3500 Tape Library documentation
represents data storage using both decimal and binary units. Data storage values
are displayed using the following format:
#### decimal unit (binary unit)
By this example, the value 512 terabytes is displayed as:
512 TB (465.6 TiB)
Table 2 compares the names, symbols, and values of the binary and decimal units.
Table 3 shows the increasing percentage of difference between binary and decimal
units.
Table 2. Comparison of binary and decimal units and values
Decimal
Binary
Name
Symbol
Value
(base-10)
Name
Symbol
Value
(base-2)
kilo
K
103
kibi
Ki
210
mega
M
106
mebi
Mi
220
giga
G
109
gibi
Gi
230
tera
T
1012
tebi
Ti
240
peta
P
1015
pebi
Pi
250
exa
E
1018
exbi
Ei
260
Table 3. Percentage difference between binary and decimal units
Decimal Value
Binary Value
Percentage Difference
100 kilobytes (KB)
97.65 kibibytes (KiB)
2.35%
100 megabytes (MB)
95.36 mebibytes (MiB)
4.64%
100 gigabytes (GB)
93.13 gibibytes (GiB)
6.87%
100 terabytes (TB)
90.94 tebibytes (TiB)
9.06%
100 petabytes (PB)
88.81 pebibytes (PiB)
11.19%
100 exabytes (EB)
86.73 exbibytes (EiB)
13.27%
About this publication
xxiii
xxiv
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Chapter 1. Introduction
This chapter introduces the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library, machine type
3584, also referred to as the 3584 Tape Library. The information in this chapter is
specific to the TS3500 Tape Library with the Advanced Library Management
System (ALMS).
Overview
This topic describes the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library, a highly scalable,
stand-alone device that provides reliable, automated tape handling and storage for
both mainframe and Open Systems environments.
Figure 2 on page 2 shows a 6-frame version of the TS3500 Tape Library. An
individual library, or library string, consists of one base frame and up to 15
expansion frames and can include up to 192 tape drives and more than 20 000 tape
cartridges. The flexibility to connect multiple library strings to create a shuttle
complex greatly increases opportunities for growth, as well as the maximum
cartridge capacity. In addition to scalability, the TS3500 Tape Library offers the
following enhancements:
v Enhanced data accessibility through dual accessors that increase speed and
provide failover protection
v Enhanced data security through support for tape drive encryption and
write-once-read-many (WORM) cartridges
v Increased storage capacity with high-density (HD) frames that greatly increase
capacity without requiring more floor space
v Increased growth flexibility with shuttle technology, even in physically
constrained environments
v Greatly increased cartridge capacity in a shuttle complex without the need for
additional tape drives
These features are explained in greater detail throughout this chapter.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
1
a69i0135
Figure 2. The TS3500 Tape Library
The TS3500 Tape Library comes with several tape drive, frame model, and feature
options in order to meet your specific needs. Some additional features of the
TS3500 Tape Library are listed below:
v Ability to attach multiple simultaneous heterogeneous servers
v Remote management using a web browser or the TS3500 Command Line
Interface program
v Remote monitoring using Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
v
v
v
v
v
Multipath architecture
Drive/media exception reporting
In-depth reporting using the Tape System Reporter
Host-based path failover
Up to 224 I/O slots (16 I/O slots standard)
Table 4 gives potential library capacity based on supported frames and
configurations.
Table 4. TS3500 Tape Library configurations
Supported configurations
A library including these
models
With these drives
Can contain this many
cartridges1, 2
And has this maximum
native capacity3
|
|
L5x, D5x, and S54
Ultrium tape drives
> 20 000
50 PB
(44.41 PiB)
|
|
|
L32, D32, and S544
Ultrium tape drives
> 20 000
50 PB
(44.41 PiB)
|
|
|
L2x, D2x, and S24
3592 tape drives
> 15 000
60 PB
(53.3 PiB)
|
|
|
L5x, D5x, S54, and SC1
Ultrium tape drives
> 300 000
750 PB
(666.1 PiB)
2
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 4. TS3500 Tape Library configurations (continued)
Supported configurations
A library including these
models
With these drives
Can contain this many
cartridges1, 2
And has this maximum
native capacity3
|
|
|
L32, D32, S54, and SC14
Ultrium tape drives
> 300 000
750 PB
(666.1 PiB)
|
|
|
L2x, D2x, S24, and SC1
3592 tape drives
> 225 000
900 PB
(799.36 PiB)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
1. In order to support code level 9500 or higher, all node cards in the library must be xx3-equivalent node cards.
For xx2 models, this requires a xx3 model conversion OR the enhanced node card(s) feature (FC 1700 or 1701).
2. In order to increase the maximum number of cartridges to more than 6 887, or to support a shuttle complex,
logical libraries must use LTO Ultrium 4, 3592 E05, or later tape drives as control path drives. In order to
support more than 6 887 cartridges, Ultrium 4 control path drives require a minimum code level of 97F0. For
logical libraries with shuttle stations assigned, Ultrium 4 control path drives require a minimum code level of
A480 and Ultrium 5 control path drives require a minimum code level of B170.
3. The maximum native capacity figures are based on library configurations with high density (HD) frames and all
Ultrium 6 or 3592 E07 tape drives. In addition, the figures for libraries with Model SC1 (shuttle connection) are
based on the maximum shuttle complex configuration.
4. In order to support Ultrium 6 tape drives, libraries with an L32 frame require enhanced grippers (FC 2205 or
2304).
For detailed information regarding tape drives supported by the TS3500 Tape
Library, and the data rate and capacity for these drives, see “Supported tape
drives” on page 17. For information regarding supported tape media, refer to
“Supported tape cartridges” on page 25. For details regarding frame models and
frame capacity, see “Structure of the library.” For information about the shuttle
complex and Model SC1, refer to “Structure of the shuttle complex” on page 15.
Structure of the library
This topic defines base and expansion frames and describes the models of the
TS3500 Tape Library.
The basic TS3500 Tape Library is a single storage unit known as the base frame
(Models L32, L52, or L53 for LTO Ultrium tape drives, or Models L22 or L23 for
3592 tape drives). The library's scalability allows you to increase capacity by
adding up to 15 additional storage units, called expansion frames (Models D32, D52,
D53, and S54 for LTO Ultrium tape drives or Models D22, D23, and S24 for 3592
tape drives). The frames join side by side, with the base frame on the left and the
expansion frame on the right. The additional expansion frames are supported by a
common cartridge accessor that requires no pass-through mechanism. Frame
Models D22, D23, D32, D52, and D53 can contain up to 12 Ultrium tape drives or
3592 tape drives, but cannot contain a mix of both.
High-density frames, referred to hereafter as HD frames, greatly increase library
capacity. HD frame Model S54 can contain up to 1 320 Ultrium tape cartridges and
HD frame Model S24 can contain up to 1 000 IBM 3592 tape cartridges. The HD
frames offer increased capacity without increasing frame size or required floor
space by using high density storage slots for tape cartridges, referred to hereafter
as HD slots. For more information, see “High density technology” on page 9. In
Chapter 1. Introduction
3
addition, HD frames can support shuttle stations that enable connections between
multiple TS3500 Tape Library strings. For more information, see “Structure of the
shuttle complex” on page 15.
Note: Base frame models L22, L23, L52, L53, and L32 are referred to hereafter as
base frames, unless model-specific information is discussed. Expansion frame
models D22, D23, D52, D53, D32, S24, and S54 are referred to hereafter as expansion
frames, unless model-specific information is discussed.
The TS3500 Tape Library features an optional second cartridge accessor. If you
order dual accessors, two frames that are used as service bays are required. Service
bay A is known as Model HA1 and service bay B is a Model D23, D22, D52, D53,
S24, or S54 frame. For more information, see “Dual accessors and service bays” on
page 7.
Note: In order to support mixed media in an HD library with dual accessors,
service bay B must be a model Dxx frame. This configuration requires feature code
1697, which ensures that the service bays provide both LTO and 3592 HD test slots.
For bulk media handling, the TS3500 Tape Library supports four I/O stations in
newly purchased Models D23 and D53 frames. The D-frame with I/O installed is
comprised of four independently accessible I/O station doors with a total of 64
slots (16 in each I/O station door). Additionally, two LED indicators are provided
for each I/O station in a D-frame in order to indicate if the I/O station is empty or
full and if the I/O station door is locked or unlocked. This plant feature reduces
the frame storage slot capacity by 160 for a Model D23 and by 176 for a Model
D53. The I/O stations increase the maximum library I/O slot capacity from 32 to
224. The multiple I/O stations can double the maximum insert and eject
throughput since both accessors can be used. The D23 and D53 models remain
compatible with existing Models L22, L32, L52, D22, D32, and D52.
The models of the TS3500 Tape Library vary depending on the type of media they
contain and whether the frame is a service bay, a base frame, or an expansion
frame. Table 5 lists each frame and its characteristics.
Table 5. TS3500 Tape Library frame models
Frame model
HA1
L22
L23
D22
4
Type
Service Bay A
Base frame
Base frame
Expansion
frame
Depth
Short
Short
Short
Short
Media type and capacity
N/A
N/A
Other
v Required when an optional
second accessor is ordered
v Contains slots for diagnostic
cartridges only
3592
Up to 12
drives and up v Might require L23 model
conversion OR installation of FC
to 260
17001
cartridges
3592
v Equipped with the enhanced
Up to 12
drives and up
frame control assembly
to 260
v Optionally equipped with
cartridges
backend Fibre Channel switches
3592
v Optionally configured as service
Up to 12
bay B
drives and up
v
Might require D23 model
to 400
conversion OR installation of FC
cartridges
17011
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 5. TS3500 Tape Library frame models (continued)
Frame model
Type
Depth
Media type and capacity
Other
v Optionally equipped with the
enhanced frame control
assembly
D23
Expansion
frame
Short
3592
v Optionally equipped with
Up to 12
drives and up
backend Fibre Channel switches
to 400
v Optionally equipped with four
cartridges
I/O stations
v Optionally configured as service
bay B, if not equipped with four
I/O stations
S24
|
|
Expansion
frame
L32
Base frame
D32
Expansion
frame
L52
L53
D52
Base frame
Base frame
Expansion
frame
Short
Long
Long
Short
Short
Short
3592
Up to 1 000
cartridges
v Optionally configured as service
bay B
v Optionally equipped with a
shuttle station
LTO Ultrium
v Might require installation of FC
Up to 12
17001
drives and up
to 281
v Might require installation of FC
cartridges
2205 or 23042
LTO Ultrium
Up to 12
drives and up v Might require installation of FC
to 440
17011
cartridges
LTO Ultrium
Up to 12
drives and up v Might require L53 model
conversion OR installation of FC
to 287
17001
cartridges
LTO Ultrium
Up to 12
drives and up v Equipped with the enhanced
to 287
frame control assembly
cartridges
LTO Ultrium
v Optionally configured as service
Up to 12
bay B
drives and up
v Might require D53 model
to 440
conversion OR installation of FC
cartridges
17011
v Optionally equipped with the
enhanced frame control
assembly
D53
Expansion
frame
S54
Expansion
frame
Short
Short
LTO Ultrium
LTO Ultrium
Up to 12
drives and up v Optionally equipped with four
to 440
I/O stations
cartridges
v Optionally configured as service
bay B, if not equipped with four
I/O stations
Up to 1 320
cartridges
v Optionally configured as service
bay B
v Optionally equipped with a
shuttle station
Chapter 1. Introduction
5
Table 5. TS3500 Tape Library frame models (continued)
Frame model
Type
Depth
Media type and capacity
Other
Note:
1. Prerequisite for any frame with a node card installed in a library string with code level 9500 or higher.
2. In order to support Ultrium 6 tape drives, libraries with an L32 frame require enhanced grippers (FC 2205 or
2304).
Models L22, D22, L23, D23, L52, D52, L53, D53, S24, and S54 are compatible with
Models L32 and D32, but require additional features because they use different
side and rear covers. If you change from a Model L32 or D32 to a Model D22, D23,
D52, D53, S24, or S54 (or from a Model D22, D23, D52, D53, S24, or S54 to a Model
D32) within the same library you may also need the appropriate side covers.
When expanding an installed library, an expansion frame is installed at the end of
the library string (end of the library string refers to the very last frame or, if
requested by the customer, the last frame before service bay B). In order to have
the expansion frame installed somewhere other than the end of the library string,
the IBM service representative must obtain a service contract to uninstall additional
frames as necessary to accommodate the customer's request.
The IBM System Storage Tape Library Specialist Web interface and 10/100 Ethernet
support are included with Models L22, L23, L52, and L53. For Model L32, they are
available as feature codes 1662 and 1660, respectively.
Figure 3 shows an example of a base frame and an expansion frame. A Model L23
or L53 (base frame) is on the left. A Model D23 or D53 (expansion frame) is on the
right and attaches to the base frame.
a69i0136
|
|
Figure 3. Frames in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library
6
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Dual accessors and service bays
This topic describes dual accessors and service bays and how they can enhance
library performance.
When an optional second accessor is installed, the TS3500 Tape Library features
enhanced availability by utilizing an additional accessor. The additional accessor
enables the library to operate without disruption if any component of the working
accessor fails.
If the library is installed with the optional second accessor, cartridge mount
performance is also optimized. (A mount occurs when the accessor removes a
cartridge from a drive, returns it to its storage slot, collects another cartridge from
a random storage slot, moves it, and loads it into the drive.) The second accessor is
part of feature code 1440 (Service Bay B Configuration), which can be ordered with
expansion frames used as service bay B. If you order a second accessor you must
also order a 3584 high availability (HA1) frame, which is also known as service
bay A.
r8a00005
As you view the library from the front, service bay A (the HA1 frame) is on the far
left and service bay B is on the far right. Figure 4 shows the location of service
bays in the TS3500 Tape Library.
Figure 4. Location of service bays in the TS3500 Tape Library
When dual accessors are installed and an attached host issues a command for
cartridge movement, the library automatically determines which accessor can
Chapter 1. Introduction
7
perform the mount in the most timely manner. If the library's primary accessor
fails, the second accessor assumes control and eliminates system outage or the
need for operator intervention.
Although the library uses defaults to specify the zones (areas) in which the
accessors operate, you can specify particular zones by using the Tape Library
Specialist Web interface. This process is called setting the preferred zone. For
details, see the section about setting the preferred zone in the IBM System Storage
TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
Service bay A (the HA1 frame) contains only gripper test slots (1 in Figure 5) for
diagnostic cartridges. Service bay B contains gripper test slots 2 for diagnostic
cartridges, and also contains unusable storage slots 3. The storage slots in service
bay B are not used if the frame is configured as a service bay. Figure 5 shows the
location of slots in an example of a service bay.
Figure 5. Cartridge slots in the service bays of the TS3500 Tape Library
If you already have an installed TS3500 Tape Library and you want to add a
second accessor, your IBM service representative can add the accessor and its
service bays. Converting from a single accessor to a dual accessor library requires
that the service representative take down the entire library.
If your library already contains the service bays and you decide to add one or
more expansion frames, your IBM service representative can convert service bay B
to an expansion frame, add the new frame or frames to the right, and convert the
last frame on the right to service bay B. This process requires no scheduled
downtime. (Downtime is designed to be less than one hour.) To convert the existing
service bay to an expansion frame, the service representative removes the test slots
and replaces them with storage slots. Similarly, to convert an expansion frame to a
service bay, the service representative removes specific storage slots and replaces
them with the test slots. For more information, contact your IBM service
representative.
Notes:
8
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
v If you convert an existing HD frame from a service bay to an expansion frame, a
Capacity on Demand feature (1645 or 1646) is required in order to use the full
capacity of the frame. If an HD frame is ordered to be used as service bay B, it
does not require a Capacity on Demand feature.
v In order to support mixed media in an HD library with dual accessors, service
bay B must be a model Dxx frame. This configuration requires feature code 1697,
which ensures that the service bays provide both LTO and 3592 HD test slots.
v Expansion frame Model D32 cannot be used as service bay B.
For information about library availability and performance, see “Library
performance” on page 83.
High density technology
The TS3500 Tape Library offers high-density, storage-only frame models (HD
frames) designed to greatly increase storage capacity without increasing frame size
or required floor space. The new HD frames (Model S24 for 3592 tape cartridges
and Model S54 for LTO Ultrium tape cartridges) contain HD storage slots.
HD slots contain tape cartridges in a tiered architecture. The cartridge immediately
accessible in the HD slot is a Tier 1 cartridge. Behind that is Tier 2 and so on. The
maximum tier in an LTO Ultirum (Model S54) HD slot is Tier 5. The maximum tier
in a 3592 (Model S24) HD slot is Tier 4 because the 3592 tape cartridge is slightly
longer than the LTO Ultrium cartridge. The single-deep slots on the door side of
HD frames are referred to as Tier 0 slots. On the left, Figure 6 on page 10 shows
the inside of an HD frame from the side. On the right, Figure 6 on page 10 shows a
top-down view of one row of an HD frame with cartridges in Tiers 0 (door side),
1, 2, and 3.
Chapter 1. Introduction
9
Figure 6. The HD frame (left) and top-down view of row in an HD frame (right)
Attention: The HD slots have a constant force spring for maintaining forward
pressure on the tape cartridges. Use caution when inserting or removing cartridges
from HD slots.
HD frame model S24 provides storage for up to 1 000 IBM 3592 tape cartridges.
HD frame model S54 provides storage for up to 1 320 LTO Ultrium tape cartridges.
The base capacity of Model S24 is 600 cartridges, which are stored in Tiers 0, 1,
and 2. The base capacity of Model S54 is 660 cartridges, which are stored in Tiers
0, 1, and 2. In order to increase capacity to the maximum for each frame, it is
necessary to purchase the High Density Capacity on Demand (HD CoD) feature.
This feature provides a license key that enables you to utilize the storage space
available in the remaining tiers. For more information, see “High Density Capacity
On Demand” on page 55.
Note: These numbers represent raw capacity and do not reflect actual
recommended capacity. It is recommended that actual capacity does not exceed
99% of the raw capacity due to the need to maintain unused slots in order to
perform a shuffle operation.
In HD frames, the cartridge accessor performs a shuffle operation in order to access
the cartridges stored in Tier 2 and beyond. A shuffle is the process of moving
cartridges in lower tiers into the gripper, or other available slots, in order to access
cartridges in higher tiers (Tier 2 or greater). In order to reduce the occurrence of
shuffle operations and to take advantage of repeated accesses of certain cartridges,
the role of cartridge cache is assigned to all single-deep (Tier 0) slots in an HD
library. In order to maintain efficient shuffle operations, the library performs a load
balancing of the tiers, which stores cartridges across all HD slots in the library
string. In other words, all HD slots are filled to a minimum tier level until that tier
10
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
is full across the library. For more information about HD frames and library
performance, see “Library performance” on page 83.
HD frame models S24 and S54 can be attached to installed Dx2, Dx3, Lx2, and Lx3
frames and these frames can be intermixed in the same library configuration. In
addition, HD frame models S24 and S54 can support shuttle stations in order to
attach multiple library strings in a shuttle complex. For more information about a
shuttle complex, see “Structure of the shuttle complex” on page 15.
Notes:
v If you convert an existing HD frame from a service bay to an expansion frame, a
Capacity on Demand feature (1645 or 1646) is required in order to use the full
capacity of the frame. If an HD frame is ordered to be used as service bay B, it
does not require a Capacity on Demand feature.
v In order to support mixed media in an HD library with dual accessors, service
bay B must be a model Dxx frame. This configuration requires feature code 1697,
which ensures that the service bays provide both LTO and 3592 HD test slots.
v When expanding an installed library, an expansion frame is installed at the end
of the library string (end of the library string refers to the very last frame or, if
requested by the customer, the last frame before service bay B). In order to have
the expansion frame installed somewhere other than the end of the library
string, the IBM service representative must obtain a service contract to uninstall
additional frames as necessary to accommodate the customer's request.
Chapter 1. Introduction
11
Components of the library
This topic describes the major parts of the TS3500 Tape Library.
The TS3500 Tape Library consists of the major components shown in Figure 7 on
page 14 (the figure depicts Model L53). For a more complete description of each
component, see the appropriate sections in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape
Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
12
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
1 Library frames
The base frame (Models L53, L52, or L32 for Ultrium tape drives, and Models L23 or L22 for 3592 tape
drives) and the expansion frame (Models D53, D52, D32, or S54 for Ultrium tape drives, and Models D23,
D22, or S24 for 3592 tape drives). Each frame contains a rail system, cartridge storage slots, and up to 12
tape drives. The storage-only frames, Models S24 and S54, do not contain tape drives.
2 Rail system
The assembly on which the cartridge accessor moves through the library. The system includes the top and
bottom rails.
3 Cartridge accessor with optimized dual-gripper transport mechanism
The assembly that moves tape cartridges between storage slots, tape drives, and the I/O stations. An
optional second accessor is available with two service bays. For libraries that have mixed drive types, the
optimized dual gripper can handle both Ultrium and 3592 tape cartridges.
4 Accessor controller
A circuit board that facilitates all accessor motion requests (such as calibrations, moves, and inventory
updates). If your library includes a second accessor, it will also have a second accessor controller.
5 Cartridge storage slots
Cells that are mounted in the TS3500 Tape Library and used to store tape cartridges.
6 IBM LTO Ultrium tape drives or 3592 tape drives
Mounted in the TS3500 Tape Library, one or more units that read and write data that is stored on tape
cartridges. IBM LTO Ultrium tape drives and 3592 tape drives may not be mixed in the same frame. IBM
Ultrium tape drives use LTO Ultrium tape cartridges; 3592 tape drives use IBM 3592 Tape Cartridges.
7 Front door
The front door of any frame. When you order the Capacity Expansion Feature for the Model L22, L32, or
L52, the storage slots inside the front door become enabled and can increase the tape library's capacity.
8 Door safety switch
A device in each frame that shuts down the motion power to the cartridge accessor whenever the front door
is opened.
9 I/O stations
Up to two cartridge compartments on the front door of base frames of the TS3500 Tape Library that allow
you to insert or remove tape cartridges without the library performing a reinventory of the frame.
10 Operator panel and operator panel controller
Located on the front of the base frame, the operator panel is the set of indicators and controls that lets you
perform operations and determine the status of the library. The panel consists of the library power switch, a
power-on indicator, a touch screen liquid crystal display (LCD), and the controller for the I/O stations. The
operator panel controller is a circuit board that facilitates communication between the operator panel and
the accessor controller.
11 Enhanced frame control assembly
An assembly of components that facilitate RS-422 communication between the drives in a frame and the
accessor controller and operator panel controller. Only Models L23, D23, L53, and D53 are equipped with
the enhanced frame control assembly, which includes two power supplies, both of which can provide power
to the library and all drives in a frame.
12 Patch panel
A panel that houses the cable connections for the drives that use Fibre Channel interfaces. If frame is
equipped with the TS7700 backend switches (not shown), the patch panel is removed.
13 Power cable hole
An optional, capped opening for a library whose power cable attaches to an outlet mounted above the
library.
14 Fibre Channel cable hole
An optional, capped opening for a library whose Fibre Channel cables are routed above the library.
Chapter 1. Introduction
13
Figure 7. Components of the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library. The front of a Model L53 is shown at the top.
The rear of Model L53 is shown on the bottom.
14
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Structure of the shuttle complex
In order to meet the needs of large data center archives that have to store
increasing amounts of data, the TS3500 Tape Library offers shuttle technology that
enables flexible library growth on a z-axis. This growth flexibility, enabled by
shuttle connections between HD libraries, allows a higher maximum capacity for a
single library image of multiple TS3500 library strings. This flexibility also
accommodates constrained data center layouts that do not have room to expand on
the x-axis, as well as data centers with large archives that exceed the maximum
cartridge count of an individual TS3500 Tape Library string.
Unlike passthrough automation technologies that pass tape cartridges through
intermediary libraries, the TS3500 Tape Library transports tape cartridges in shuttle
cars that pass over the libraries. This method of transporting cartridges is called
direct flight. With the direct flight capability, if there is no drive available in the
home logical library, the cartridge is moved across a shuttle connection to a logical
library with an available drive. This configuration of interconnected parallel library
strings is called a shuttle complex. The components of a shuttle complex (shown in
Figure 8 on page 16) are described below:
1 Shuttle station
The shuttle station mounts on top of an HD frame. It consists of a base
pad and a shuttle slot. The shuttle slot docks into the base pad. When the
shuttle slot is all the way down into the frame station it can accept or
deliver a cartridge. Each shuttle station has its own import/export element
(IEE) address.
2 Shuttle span
One or more shuttle spans are linked together in order to form a shuttle
connection between HD frames in parallel library strings. Shorter shuttle
spans support distances between library strings ranging from 762 mm (30
in) to 1 524 mm (60 in). Longer shuttle spans support distances between
library strings ranging from 1 524 mm (60 in) to 2 743.2 mm (108 in).
3 Shuttle connection
A shuttle connection is comprised of one shuttle car, two or more shuttle
stations, and one or more spans between these shuttle stations. Each
shuttle connection supports one shuttle car.
Shuttle car (not shown)
The shuttle car is the mechanism that carries one tape cartridge through
the shuttle connection to another library string. Each shuttle car carries one
tape cartridge at a time.
Chapter 1. Introduction
15
Figure 8. TS3500 Tape Library shuttle complex
Physical configuration of the shuttle complex
A shuttle complex is comprised of between two and 15 parallel library strings that
are interconnected by shuttle connections between HD frames. Each library string
in a shuttle complex has access to one or more shuttle cars that each provide at
least one direct route to each of the remote library strings. (At least two direct
routes are recommended for redundancy.)
A shuttle complex supports library strings with varying numbers of frames to the
left or right of each connection. A shuttle complex also supports shuttle
connections with varying numbers of spans. This support enables flexible shuttle
complex configurations in order to accommodate most data center arrangements. It
is required that the front doors of each library string in the shuttle complex face
the same direction.
Shuttle connections attach to shuttle stations that are mounted on HD frames.
Logical configuration of the shuttle complex
A shuttle complex enables multiple TS3500 Tape Library strings to appear as a
single library image to the host. Each library string is still its own SCSI library,
however a library manager application such as HPSS, aggregates the multiple SCSI
libraries into a single library image. This allows sharing of tape drive resources
across multiple logical libraries in different library strings.
Each library string in a shuttle complex contains up to 192 logical libraries. Each
shuttle station can be assigned to one logical library per library string or can
remain unassigned. It is required that all shuttle stations on the same connection
are assigned to logical libraries of the same media type. Shuttle stations are
assigned to logical libraries through the TS3500 Tape Library web specialist
interface.
16
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Supported tape drives
The LTO Ultrium tape drives and the 3592 tape drives are high-performance,
high-capacity data-storage units that can be installed in the TS3500 Tape Library.
Up to 12 drives can be installed in each base and expansion frame of the library,
but the two types of drives cannot be mixed in the same frame. You can identify a
drive by examining the logo at the front of the drive canister or by inspecting the
label at the rear of the drive canister.
Note: No drives are installed in the storage-only HD frames (Models S24 and S54).
Table 6 provides an overview of supported tape drives.
Table 6. Tape drives that are supported by the TS3500 Tape Library
Supported Tape Drives
Type of Drive
|
|
|
|
|
IBM System Storage TS1060 Tape
Drive1, 2
IBM System Storage TS1050 Tape
Drive1
Speed of
Connectivity
8 Gbps Fibre
8 Gbps Fibre
Other
Information
Native Data Rate
Native Capacity
160 MB/s
2 500 GB
(2328.31 GiB)
Also known as
the Ultrium 6
tape drive or the
3588 Model F6A
140 MB/s
1 500 GB
(1396.98 GiB)
Also known as
the Ultrium 5
tape drive or the
3588 Model F5A
Also known as
the Ultrium 4
tape drive or the
3588 Model F4A
IBM System Storage TS1040 Tape
Drive
4 Gbps Fibre
120 MB/s
800 GB
(745.06 GiB)
IBM System Storage TS1030 Tape
Drive Model F3B
4 Gbps Fibre
80 MB/s
400 GB
(372.53 GiB)
IBM System Storage 3588 Tape Drive
Model F3A
2 Gbps Fibre
80 MB/s
400 GB
(372.53 GiB)
IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 2
Tape Drive
2 Gbps Fibre
160 MB/s (LVD
SCSI)
40 MB/s (HVD
SCSI)
35 MB/s
200 GB
(186.26 GiB)
Also known as
the Ultrium 2
tape drive
IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 1
Tape Drive
1 Gbps Fibre
80 MB/s (LVD
SCSI)
40 MB/s (HVD
SCSI)
15 MB/s
100 GB
(93.13 GiB)
Also known as
the Ultrium 1
tape drive
250 MB/s
4 TB5(3.6 TiB)
1.6 TB4
(1.46 TiB)
Also known as
the 3592 Model
E07
160 MB/s
1 000 GB4
(931.32 GiB)
640 GB3(596.05
GiB)
Also known as
the 3592 Model
E06 or EU6
IBM System Storage TS1140 Tape
Drive1
IBM System Storage TS1130 Tape
Drive
8 Gbps Fibre
4 Gbps Fibre
Both of these
drives are also
known as the
Ultrium 3 tape
drive
Chapter 1. Introduction
17
Table 6. Tape drives that are supported by the TS3500 Tape Library (continued)
Supported Tape Drives
Speed of
Connectivity
Type of Drive
Native Data Rate
Native Capacity
IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape
Drive
4 Gbps Fibre
100 MB/s
700 GB4(651.93
GiB)
500 GB3(465.66
GiB)
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Drive
Model J1A
2 Gbps Fibre
40 MB/s
300 GB
(279.39 GiB)
Other
Information
Also known as
the 3592 Model
E05
Withdrawn from
marketing as of
September 2006
Notes:
|
1. In order to support Ultrium 5, TS1140, or later tape drives, all node cards in the library must be model
xx3-equivalent node cards. For node cards in model xx2 frames, this requires a xx3 model conversion OR the
enhanced node card(s) feature (FC 1700 or 1701).
|
|
2. In order to support Ultrium 6 tape drives, libraries with an L32 frame require enhanced grippers (FC 2205 or
2304).
3. JA/JW cartridge
4. JB/JX cartridge
5. JC/JY cartridge
You or your IBM service representative can update firmware for the LTO Ultrium 2
and newer Ultrium tape drives and all 3592 tape drives without scheduling
downtime. This enhancement is called a nondisruptive drive firmware update. It is
available through the IBM System Storage Tape Library Specialist web interface
and (for IBM service representatives) through CETool, but is not supported by the
SCSI interface. For more information, go to the section about updating drive
firmware in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
LTO Ultrium tape drives
There are six generations of Linear Tape-Open (LTO) Ultrium tape drives. The
newest of these drives, the IBM System Storage TS1060 Tape Drive Model F6A, is a
dual-ported drive that facilitates 8 Gbps Fibre Channel connectivity. This drive is
also known as the Ultrium 6 tape drive and is differentiated by its machine type
and model number 3588 F6A.
|
|
|
|
|
Note: In order to support Ultrium 5 and later tape drives, all node cards in the
library must be model xx3-equivalent node cards. For node cards in model xx2
frames, this requires an xx3 model conversion OR the enhanced node card(s)
freature (FC 1700 or 1701).
|
|
The six generations of LTO Ultrium drives are listed below:
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
18
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
System Storage TS1060 Tape Drive (8 Gbps, dual ports)
System Storage TS1050 Tape Drive (8 Gbps, dual ports)
System Storage TS1040 Tape Drive (4 Gbps, single port)
System Storage TS1030 Tape Drive Model F3B (4 Gbps, single port)
System Storage TS1030 Tape Drive Model F3A (2 Gbps, single port)
TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 2 Tape Drive (2 Gbps, single port)
TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 1 Tape Drive (1 Gbps, single port)
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
You can identify all Ultrium 2 and later Ultrium tape drives by the logo at the
front of the drive or by the label at the rear of the drive's canister. You can identify
the Ultrium 1 tape drive by the label at the rear of its canister. An Ultrium 3
write-once-read-many (WORM)-capable drive can be identified by the level of code
it contains. If the code level is 54K1 or higher, the Ultrium 3 drive is capable of
WORM functionality. Ultrium 3 and newer tape drives with WORM capability can
recognize WORM-compatible media.
Ultrium 3 drives with WORM-capable firmware and newer Ultrium tape drives
read and write non-WORM media. This means that you can load WORM-capable
firmware on your Ultrium 3 and newer tape drives and use any media that are
supported by these drives. In this case, only the data that is written on the WORM
media is treated as WORM data; data written on other types of media can be
overwritten.
Ultrium tape drives do not read from or write to 3592 tape cartridges, and 3592
tape drives do not read or write to Ultrium tape cartridges. Refer to “Mixing
media in drives” on page 37 for detailed information about cartridge and drive
compatibility.
The Ultrium tape drives can read tapes that have been written by non-IBM
Ultrium drives. They also write to tapes that can be read by non-IBM Ultrium
drives.
All generations of Ultrium tape drives and cartridges can reside in the same frame.
When a cartridge is labeled according to proper IBM bar code label specifications,
the last character of its volume serial (VOLSER) number indicates the generation of
the medium. For example, a cartridge with a VOLSER of 000764L5 is an Ultrium 5
cartridge; a cartridge with a VOLSER of 000764L4 is an Ultrium 4 cartridge; and so
forth.
To enhance library performance, Ultrium 2 and newer Ultrium tape drives include
speed matching, channel calibration, and power management. Speed matching
dynamically adjusts the drive's native (uncompressed) data rate to the slower data
rate of a server. Channel calibration customizes each read/write data channel for
optimum performance. The customization enables compensation for variations in
the recording channel transfer function, media characteristics, and read/write head
characteristics. Power® management reduces the drive's power consumption during
idle power periods.
Encryption
Ultrium 4 and later tape drives are encryption capable, which means they can
convert data into a cipher that ensures data security. To perform encryption, the
drive must be encryption enabled by your selection of one of three methods of
encryption management. Two of these methods, system-managed and
library-managed encryption, require the purchase of FC 1604 (Transparent LTO
Encryption). A key is required to encrypt and decrypt the data. How a key is
generated, maintained, controlled, and transmitted depends on the operating
environment where the Ultrium 4 or later tape drive is installed. Some data
management applications are capable of performing key management. For an
alternative solution, IBM provides a key manager that works in conjunction with
the keystore of your choice to perform all necessary key management tasks. There
is no recovery for lost encryption keys. For more information about encryption, see
Chapter 8, “Tape encryption overview,” on page 215. Also refer to the IBM
Chapter 1. Introduction
19
Encryption Key Manager and Tivoli® Key Lifecycle Manager publications listed in
the Related information section. To choose a method of encryption management,
refer to “Managing encryption” on page 216.
To ensure that your tape drive conforms to IBM's specifications for reliability, use
only IBM LTO Ultrium tape cartridges. You can use other LTO-certified data
cartridges, but they might not meet IBM standards of reliability.
Refer to “Drive performance” on page 79 for Ultrium tape drive performance
specifications.
3592 tape drives
There are four generations of 3592 tape drives: TS1140 (Model E07), TS1130
(Models E06 and EU6), TS1120 (Model E05), and J1A. All generations of 3592 tape
drives and cartridges can reside in the same TS3500 Tape Library frame. Each
generation of drive offers an increased data rate and increased native capacity from
the previous model, in addition to other enhancements. Each generation of drive
also offers dual-port Fibre Channel host attachment interfaces. This feature
provides flexibility in an Open Systems environment because the drives can
directly attach to Open Systems servers with Fibre Channel attachments. All
TS1120 and later tape drives are encryption capable, however some TS1120 tape
drives require feature code 5592 or 9592 in order to be encryption capable. Refer to
Table 7 for details about these and other 3592 tape drive features. For information
about encryption, refer to Chapter 8, “Tape encryption overview,” on page 215.
Note: The 3592 EU6 tape drive is a 3592 E05 tape drive canister upgraded to
contain a Model E06 drive through the Miscellaneous Equipment Specification
(MES) process. The EU6 model name is only used when information specific to the
Model EU6 is discussed.
All 3592 tape drives include an RS-422 library interface port for communication
with the TS3500 Tape Library. The 3592 tape drives use the Statistical Analysis and
Reporting System to isolate failures between media and hardware. The TS1130 and
TS1140 tape drives (3592 Models E06 and E07) also come with an Ethernet port,
however use of this port for service or remote monitoring is not supported in a
TS3500 Tape Library environment.
A 3592 tape drive cannot read or write to a 3590 High Performance Cartridge Tape
(media type J) or to a 3590 Extended High Performance Cartridge Tape (media
type K).
Table 7 shows the basic features of each generation of the 3592 tape drive. Refer to
“Drive performance” on page 79 for additional 3592 tape drive performance
specifications.
Table 7. Features of the 3592 tape drive
3592 tape drives
Feature
Native
sustained data
rate
20
TS1140
(Model E07)
TS1130
(Model E06 or EU6)
TS1120
(Model E05)
160 MB/s (E06 format)
250 MB/s (E07 format)
100 MB/s (E05 format)
140 MB/s (E05 format)
160 MB/s (E06 format)
50 MB/s (J1A format)
70 MB/s (J1A format)
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Model J1A
40 MB/s (J1A format)
Table 7. Features of the 3592 tape drive (continued)
Compressed
sustained data
rate (at
maximum
compression)
650 MB/s (E07 format) 350 MB/s (E06 format) 280 MB/s (E05 format)
4 TB (3.64 TiB)1
1.6 TB (1.46 TiB)2
500 GB (465.66 GiB)5
Native Capacity
1 000 GB (931.32 GiB)2
640 GB (596.05 GiB)3
128 GB (119.21 GiB)4
700 GB (651.93 GiB)2
500 GB (465.66 GiB)3
100 GB (93.13 GiB)4
Write-once-readmany (WORM)
capability
Yes
Capacity scaling
and short
cartridge
Yes
Read/write
capability
If encryption-enabled,
reads and writes
Model E07 and Model
E06 encrypted format
If encryption-enabled,
reads and writes
Model E06 and Model
E05 encrypted format
Reads and writes
Model E07 and Model
E06 format
Reads and writes
Model E06 and Model
E05 format
Reads Model E05
Reads Model J1A
format
120 MB/s (J1A format)
300 GB (279.39 GiB)3
Reads and writes
Model E05 format
Reads and writes
Model J1A format
Reads and writes
Model J1A format
Supports dual-port, 8
Gbps Fibre Channel
interface
Supports dual-port, 4 Gbps Fibre Channel
interface
Supports dual-port, 2
Gbps Fibre Channel
interface
Maximum interface
burst transfer rate of
800 MB/s
Maximum interface burst transfer rate of 400
MB/s
Maximum interface
burst transfer rate of
200 MB/s
Host (server)
attachment
Supports N and L ports with autoconfigure
Encryption
All TS1140 tape drives
are encryption capable
All TS1130 tape drives
are encryption capable
With feature code 9592
or 5592
Not supported
Notes:
1. Using JC/JY media
2. Using JB/JX media
3. Using JA/JW media
4. Using JJ/JR media
5. Using JK media
The 3592 tape drives provide the following performance, capacity, and availability
features:
N+1 power supplies
When installed in the TS3500 Tape Library frame, this helps to increase
drive availability in the event of a power failure.
Media reuse
The 3592 tape drives can reuse different types of tape and multiple
densities (logical formats) across various drive generations. Certain models
can only support a subset of densities (such as the 3592 J1A tape drive,
which can only read and write at a single density), while the later tape
drives can read and write at multiple densities. Enterprise format 1
Chapter 1. Introduction
21
(EFMT1) records 512 tracks on 8 channels. Enterprise format 2 (EFMT2)
records 896 tracks on 16 channels. Enterprise format 3 (EFMT3) records
1152 tracks on 16 channels. Enterprise format 4 (EFMT4) records 2560
tracks on 32 channels. These logical formats can be divided into multiple
sub-format options, such as segmentation and capacity scaling. For more
information about capacity scaling and segmentation, refer to “Capacity
scaling and segmentation” on page 176. For a complete matrix of read and
write compatability by cartridge and format type, refer to “Mixing media
in drives” on page 37.
Speed matching
When operating in a host environment where the net host data rate is less
than the maximum drive native data rate, 3592 tape drives automatically
perform dynamic speed matching to minimize backhitches. Dynamic speed
matching adjusts the native data rate of the drive as closely as possible to
the net host data rate (after data compressibility has been factored out). A
reduction in backhitches improves system performance.
HRTD The HRTD directory structure, located in 3592 tape drives, allows the drive
to have fast and consistent nominal and average access times for locate
operations.
Channel calibration and on-the-fly adaptive equalization
To gain optimum performance, channel calibration allows the drive to
automatically customize each read and write data channel. The
customization compensates for variations in the recording channel transfer
function, for media characteristics, and for read and write head
characteristics. Initial calibration settings are calculated and stored at the
time of manufacture. For optimum error rate performance, TS1120 and
later tape drives also use on-the-fly adaptive equalization hardware on an
ongoing basis to adjust the read equalization response.
Recursive accumulating backhitchless flush
The TS1120 and later tape drives use an algorithm known as recursive
accumulating backhitchless flush (or non-volatile caching) to increase
effective data rate performance from host servers that force explicit
synchronize operations during write operations.
Backhitchless backspace
Backhitchless backspacing enables some backspace operations to be
virtualized without physical backhitching. If you write and overwrite
multiple trailer labels, this firmware feature provides major performance
improvements. For more information, refer to the appendix about WORM
behavior in the IBM System Storage 3592 Tape Drive SCSI Reference.
Capacity scaling
If you want to exchange capacity for improved access times, 3592 tape
drives support multiple format options, such as scaling and segmentation
modes. These tape drives can sense and report the scaling state of current
medium by using the SCSI Mode Sense command and specifying Mode
Page X'23'. Capacity scaling is only offered on the JA, JB, and JC media
types. For the exact Mode Select commands and settings necessary to
invoke scaling, refer to the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library SCSI
Reference.
WORM
The 3592 tape drives support write-once-read-many (WORM) behaviors
and format attributes. Four WORM cartridge types are supported: JW (full
length), JR (short length), JX Extended WORM cartridge (for TS1120,
22
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
TS1130, and TS1140 tape drives), and JY Advanced WORM cartridge (for
TS1140 tape drives). WORM cartridges are factory-formatted as WORM
cartridges and may not be converted to data cartridges. The 3592 tape
drives allow append operations to data already on WORM cartridges, but
do not allow data to be overwritten under any circumstances.
Capacity-based and position-based LEOT reporting
The TS1120 and later tape drives use enhanced logic to report logical
end-of-tape (LEOT) data. The drive reports LEOT based on a combination
of indicators of capacity-based LEOT and position-based LEOT. These
drives monitor the total accumulated physical tape files written to the
cartridge and report the LEOT based on the capacity-based LEOT value,
rather than reporting LEOT based on the physical position on the tape
(position-based LEOT). To summarize, this technique reports LEOT based
on the amount of compressed data that is recorded to the cartridge and
reduces the variation in the amount of data recorded before LEOT is
issued. For applications that use LEOT to stop the write process, a more
consistent capacity is recorded to the media. For a higher percentage of the
time, this process allows tape copies to complete without overflow.
Enhanced format for recording error-correction codes (ECCs)
The logical formats of TS1120 and later tape drives offer improved
error-correction-code capabilities over the 3592 J1A and LTO formats by
increasing the power of one of the two orthogonal Reed-Solomon ECCs
that protect the data on tape. The correction power of the inner code is
approximately double that of the 3592 J1A and thus offers superior
reliability of the data.
Drive mechanical and electrical reliability
The mechanism of the TS1120 and later tape drives is specified at a
mean-cycles-between-failure rate of 300,000 cycles, which is the highest
reliability rating in the industry. The mechanism contains special
mechanical and electrical features to prevent damage to the media on
power-down or reset. These features also prevent the dropping of the
leader pin or other thread failures during similar interruptions. It also
tolerates extremely high vibration and shock environments without data
loss or degraded operation.
Multiple subsystem and automation support
The 3592 tape drives and their cartridges support multiple automation
libraries and can be easily transported between environments.
Data compression
The 3592 tape drives use the data-compression method known as
streaming lossless data compression algorithm. The compression logic for
TS1120 and later tape drives operates at more than twice the overall
transfer rates of the 3592 J1A tape drive.
Data buffer with read ahead feature
The 3592 J1A tape drive includes a data buffer of 134.22 MB (128 MiB). The
TS1120 tape drive includes a data buffer of 536.87 MB (512 MiB). The
TS1130 tape drive and TS1140 tape drive each include a data buffer of 1.07
GB (1 GiB). Along with enabling performance characteristics in buffered
Write and Read commands, the data buffer also supports a Read Ahead
feature. When the drive processes a command to locate or read a block, the
drive automatically continues to stream down the tape and read ahead
until the data buffer is full. This allows subsequent Locate or Read
commands to be fulfilled from the data buffer at faster speeds, rather than
requiring access to the tape.
Chapter 1. Introduction
23
Offboard data string searching
The TS1120 and later tape drives can search the data content of host server
records for string matches. The function is called offboard data string
searching because the data search workload can be performed offboard
from the host. Each drive performs a search at its own respective
maximum data rate. This greatly reduces the amount of data transfer and
host search times.
Encryption
All TS1130 and later tape drives are encryption capable, which means they
can convert data into a cipher that ensures data security. With IBM feature
code 9592 or 5592, TS1120 tape drives are encryption capable as well. To
perform encryption, the drive must be encryption-enabled by your
selection of one of three methods of encryption management. A key is
required to encrypt and decrypt the data. How a key is generated,
maintained, controlled, and transmitted depends on the operating
environment where the TS1120 and later tape drives are installed. Some
data management applications are capable of performing key management.
For an alternative solution, IBM provides a key manager that works in
conjunction with the keystore of your choice to perform all necessary key
management tasks. There is no recovery for lost encryption keys.
For more information about encryption, refer to Chapter 8, “Tape
encryption overview,” on page 215. Also refer to the IBM Encryption Key
Manager and Tivoli Key Lifecycle Manager publications listed in the
Related information section of this document. To choose a method of
encryption management, see the section about setting a drive's method of
encryption in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS
Operator Guide.
Firmware for each model of 3592 tape drive (TS1140, TS1130, TS1120, or J1A) only
works in that specific model.
The 3592 tape drive supports four types of the IBM 3592 Tape Cartridge. For more
information about the supported cartridges, see “Mixing media in drives” on page
37.
24
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Supported tape cartridges
Note: Management and handling of media cartridges is a customer function and
responsibility.
In the TS3500 Tape Library, frames that are installed with Ultrium tape drives use
Ultrium tape cartridges. Frames that are installed with 3592 tape drives use 3592
tape cartridges. A frame cannot house both Ultrium tape drives and 3592 tape
drives. Similarly, in an HD library, Model S24 contains HD slots that house only
3592 tape cartridges and Model S54 contains HD slots that house only Ultrium
tape cartridges. However, in a library that includes both types of frames, you may
insert 3592 tape cartridges into the lower I/O station of a Model L53, L52, or L32
frame for transport (by the cartridge accessor) to a Model D23, D22, or S24 frame.
Similarly, you may insert Ultrium tape cartridges into the lower I/O station of a
Model L23 or L22 frame for transport (by the cartridge accessor) to a Model D53,
D52, D32, or S54 frame. (Note that in both of these scenarios, your library must
contain an I/O station that will accept the type of cartridge that is being inserted.)
Table 8 shows the capacity of supported Ultrium tape cartridges. Table 9 shows the
capacity of supported 3592 tape cartridges.
Table 8. Capacity of Ultrium tape catridges
Native capacity
Compressed capacity 1, 2
IBM System Storage LTO Ultrium-6
2500 GB Data Cartridge
2 500 GB (2328.31 GiB)
6.25 TB (5.68 TiB)
IBM System Storage LTO Ultrium-5
1500 GB Data Cartridge
1 500 GB (1396.98 GiB)
3 TB (2.73 TiB)
IBM System Storage LTO Ultrium-4
800 GB Data Cartridge
800 GB (745.06 GiB)
1 600 GB (1 490.12 GiB)
IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium-3 400
GB Data Cartridge3
400 GB (372.53 GiB)
800 GB (745.06 GiB)
IBM TotalStorage 3589 Ultrium Tape
Cartridge Models 028 and 0294
400 GB (372.53 GiB)
800 GB (745.06 GiB)
IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium-2 200
GB Data Cartridge
200 GB (186.26 GiB)
400 GB (372.53 GiB)
IBM LTO Ultrium-1 Data Cartridge
100 GB (93.13 GiB)
200 GB (186.26 GiB)
Supported tape cartridges
|
|
Notes:
|
|
1. The compressed capacity for the Ultrium 6 cartridge uses a 2.5:1 compression ratio.
2. The compressed capacity for the Ultrium 5 cartridge uses a 2:1 compression ratio.
3. This cartridge is for the Ultrium 3 tape drives with or without write once read many (WORM) capability.
4. This cartridge is for the Ultrium 3 tape drives with WORM capability.
Table 9. Capacity of 3592 tape cartridges
3592 tape cartridge
E07 tape drive format2
Media type
Native capacity
Compressed capacity1
JC, JY
4 TB (3.64 TiB)
12 TB (10.91 TiB)
JB, JX
1.6 TB (1.46 TiB)
4.8 TB (4.37 TiB)
JK
500 GB (465.66 GiB)
1.5 TB (1.36 TiB)
Chapter 1. Introduction
25
Table 9. Capacity of 3592 tape cartridges (continued)
3592 tape cartridge
E06 tape drive format
E05 tape drive format
J1A tape drive format
4
3, 4
Media type
Native capacity
Compressed capacity1
JB, JX
1 000 GB (931.32 GiB)
3 TB (2.73 TiB)
JA, JW
640 GB (596.04 GiB)
1.9 TB (1.75 TiB)
JJ, JR
128 GB (119.21 GiB)
384 GB (357.63 GiB)
JB, JX
700 GB (651.93 GiB)
2.1 TB (1.91 TiB)
JA, JW
500 GB (465.66 GiB)
1.5 TB (1.36 TiB)
JJ, JR
100 GB (93.13 GiB)
300 GB (279.40 GiB)
JA, JW
300 GB (279.39 GiB)
900 GB (838.19 TiB)
JJ, JR
60 GB (58.88 GiB)
180 GB (167.64 GiB)
Notes:
1. The 3592 tape cartridges use a 3:1 compression ratio.
2. JA, JJ, JW, and JR media are not supported by this format.
3. JB and JX media are not supported by this format.
4. JC, JK, and JY media are not supported by this format.
Certain restrictions apply to the use of tape cartridges with drives. For additional
information about compatibility between cartridges and drives, see “Mixing media
in drives” on page 37. For additional information about 3592 tape cartridges, refer
to “Overview of 3592 media” on page 173. For additional information about
Ultrium tape cartridges, refer to “Overview of Ultrium Media” on page 145.
Cleaning cartridges are identified by a volume serial (VOLSER) number that begins
with a prefix of CLNI or CLNU for LTO Ultrium cleaning cartridges, and CLN for 3592
cleaning cartridges.
Compatible servers and software
This section identifies ways to determine the servers and software that support the
TS3500 Tape Library.
The TS3500 Tape Library is supported by a wide variety of servers, operating
systems, and adapters. These attachments can change throughout the life cycle of
the product. To determine the latest attachments, or to get a comprehensive list of
compatible software, perform one of the following actions:
v Visit the web:
– For a list of compatible software, operating systems, and servers for Ultrium
tape drives, visit the web at http://www.ibm.com/storage/lto. Under IBM
System Storage TS3500 Tape Library, select Product details. Under Learn
more, select Interoperability matrix or select Independent Software Vendor
(ISV) matrix for LTO.
– For a list of compatible software, operating systems, and servers for 3592 tape
drives, visit the web at http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/tape/drives.
Scroll to the correct tape drive and select Product details. Under Learn more,
select Interoperability matrix or Independent Software Vendor (ISV)
matrix.
v Contact your IBM sales representative.
Notes:
26
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
1. IBM does not provide application software with the TS3500 Tape Library. To
order software, contact your IBM sales representative, IBM business partner, or
an independent software provider.
2. If you attach your library to a non-IBM platform with non-IBM software, it is
recommended that you contact your software vendor to obtain a matrix of
compatible hardware, software, firmware revisions, and adapter cards.
Chapter 1. Introduction
27
Supported device drivers
This section identifies ways to determine the latest device drivers for the drives
and robotics of the TS3500 Tape Library.
IBM provides device driver support for the Ultrium tape drives, 3592 tape drives,
and the robotics in the TS3500 Tape Library. The device drivers also provide
support for application-managed encryption on AIX, Windows, Linux, Solaris, and
HP-UX platforms, and for system-managed encryption in Open Systems, on AIX,
Windows, Linux, and Solaris platforms.
IBM maintains the latest levels of device drivers and driver documentation on the
web. Go to http://www.ibm.com/support/fixcentral and perform the following
steps in order to access this material.
1. From the Fix Central Web page, select System Storage from the Product Group
list.
|
Select Tape Systems from the System Storage list.
Select Tape drivers and software from the Tape systems list.
Select Tape device drivers from the Tape drivers and software list.
Select the appropriate operating system from the Platform list and click
Continue.
6. Select the appropriate driver from the list that displays.
2.
3.
4.
5.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For a complete description of the mtlib program and command syntax, see the IBM
Tape Device Drivers Installation and User's Guide.
The IBM Tape Device Drivers Installation and User's Guide can be found on the web:
http://www-01.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?rs=577&uid=ssg1S7002972 .
Using TSLM for communication
|
|
This topic describes the IBM Tape System Library Manager (TSLM).
|
|
|
|
TSLM provides a resource management layer between applications such as Tivoli
Storage Manager (TSM) and the tape library hardware. Essentially, TSLM
decouples tape resources from applications, which simplifies both the aggregation
and the sharing of tape resources.
|
|
TSLM provides the following benefits:
v Consolidated, mainframe-class media management services
v Centralized repository, access control and administration
v Management beyond physical library boundaries
– Access multiple TS3500 Tape Libraries as a single library image
– TS3500 Tape Libraries can be separate (at SAN distances) or connected in a
shuttle complex
v Dynamic sharing of resources across heterogeneous application boundaries
v Security features to permit or prevent application access to tapes
– Helps to enable common scratch pool and private pools for every application
– Ensures secure usage and visibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
v Policy-based drive and cartridge allocation
v Policy-based media-lifecycle management
|
|
v 3494 Emulation
28
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
|
|
|
– Emulation of an IBM 3494 library on top of an attached TS3500 library
For more information about TSLM, refer to the IBM Tape System Library Manager
User’s Guide (GA32-2208).
Chapter 1. Introduction
29
Attachment interfaces
This section describes the types of interfaces that are available with the TS3500
Tape Library.
The TS3500 Tape Library supports the following attachment interfaces.
The SCSI Medium Changer Device, which supports:
Parallel SCSI interface
Models L32 and D32 support Ultrium 1 and Ultrium 2 tape drives
with parallel SCSI low voltage differential (LVD) and high voltage
differential (HVD) interfaces.
Fibre Channel interface
The library supports Ultrium tape drives and 3592 tape drives with
a Fibre Channel interface.
The Ethernet 10/100 interface, and the following protocols:
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
SNMP traps are supported for drive and library events. SNMP
management query functionality is supported by using a standard
Management Information Block (MIB).
Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP)
An embedded web server provides a web user interface for library
management and query capabilities. Except for certain service
capabilities, most of the operator panel functionality is provided on
the web user interface.
The TS3500 Tape Library supports the Ethernet 10/100 interface in auto negotiation
or fixed modes of 10 Mb/s and 100 Mb/s, and by using half or full duplex.
The library cannot be directly connected to a System z® server (mainframe host)
with a Fibre Connection (FICON) or Enterprise System Connection (ESCON)
interface. Instead, the System z server must connect to the TS3500 Tape Library
through one of the following configurations:
v Through a 3953 Tape System and a Tape Control Unit (a TS1120 tape controller,
a 3592 J70, a 3494 VTS Model B10, a 3494 VTS Model B20, or a TS7700
Virtualization Engine Model TS7740), then to the TS3500 Tape Library
v Through a TS7700 Virtualization Engine Model TS7740 with integrated library
manager (code level 8.5.0.x and higher), then to the TS3500 Tape Library with
frame model L23 or D23 equipped with 4 Gb Fibre Channel switches (feature
code 4872 or 4873) or 8 Gb Fibre Channel switches (two of feature code 4875 or
4877)
Note: In order to support 8 Gb Fibre Channel switches, the TS7740 must be at
code level 8.20.0.x or higher.
v Through a 3592-C07 Tape Controller with integrated library manager, then to the
TS3500 Tape Library with frame model L23 or D23 equipped with 8 Gb Fibre
Channel switches (feature code 4875 or 4877)
|
|
|
These configurations provide the interconnection to the TS3500 Tape Library.
The sections that follow describe the Fibre Channel, SCSI, FICON and ESCON
interfaces.
30
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Fibre Channel interface
This section describes Fibre Channel technology and where to find additional
information for drives that use a Fibre Channel interface.
Attention: This product contains an assembly that complies with the
performance standards set by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
for a Class I Laser Product. This laser assembly is registered with the
Department of Health and Human Services and is in compliance with
IEC825.
In the TS3500 Tape Library, for drives that use a Fibre Channel interface the
following information is available:
v For a list of compatible software, operating systems, and servers for Ultrium
tape drives, visit the web at http://www.ibm.com/storage/lto. Under IBM System
Storage TS3500 Tape Library, select Product details. Under Learn more, select
Interoperability matrix or select Independent Software Vendor (ISV) matrix
for LTO.
v For a list of compatible software, operating systems, and servers for 3592 tape
drives, visit the web at http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/tape/drives.
Under the appropriate tape drive, select Product details. Under Learn more,
select Interoperability matrix or Independent Software Vendor (ISV) matrix.
Fibre Channel technology combines the best features of traditional input/output
interfaces (such as the throughput and reliability of SCSI and Programmed Control
Interrupt) with the best features of networking interfaces (such as the connectivity
and scalability of Ethernet and Token Ring). The technology offers a transport
mechanism for delivering commands, and provides high performance by allowing
processing to be done in the hardware.
You can establish Fibre Channel connections between Fibre Channel ports that
reside in the TS3500 Tape Library, one or more servers, and the network
interconnecting them. The network can consist of such elements as switches, hubs,
bridges, and repeaters used in the interconnection.
Small Computer System Interface
This section sets forth the conditions that apply to drives in the TS3500 Tape
Library that use a Small Computer System Interface (SCSI) interface.
The TS3500 Tape Library operates as a set of SCSI-3 devices. For drives that use a
SCSI interface, the following conditions apply:
v The Ultrium 2 tape drive attaches to a server through a Low Voltage Differential
(LVD) Ultra160 SCSI interface or a High Voltage Differential (HVD) Ultra SCSI
interface
v The Ultrium 1 tape drive attaches to a server through an LVD Ultra2 SCSI
interface or an HVD Ultra SCSI interface
Each SCSI drive canister uses shielded, VHDCI, 68-pin connectors and can attach
directly to a 2-byte-wide SCSI cable.
Note: The earlier version of the SCSI drive used HD68 connectors and was
packaged on a tray (sled). While drive trays are still supported, they can no longer
be ordered. For information about the replacement design, contact your IBM
representative.
Chapter 1. Introduction
31
Any combination of up to two initiators (servers) and up to four targets (devices)
is allowed on a single SCSI bus if the following conditions are met:
v The SCSI bus is terminated properly at each end
v Cable restrictions are followed according to SCSI-3 standards
Under the SCSI-3 protocol, this type of attachment allows cable lengths of up to 25
m (81 ft) with the appropriate cable and terminator for HVD devices and up to 12
m (39 ft) for LVD devices.
For more information about the SCSI interface, see the IBM System Storage TS3500
Tape Library SCSI Reference.
FICON and ESCON interfaces
This section describes the FICON and ESCON interfaces used to attach the TS3500
Tape Library to the System z server.
The TS3500 Tape Library does not provide native attachment to Fibre Connection
(FICON) or Enterprise System Connection (ESCON) interfaces. Instead, the TS3500
Tape Library attaches to the IBM System z server (mainframe host) through one of
the following configurations:
v Through a 3953 Tape System (3953 F05 Frame and 3953 L05 Library Manager),
which allows attachment of the TS3500 Tape Library with 3592 tape drives (not
LTO Ultrium tape drives) to the IBM System z server (mainframe host). The
System z servers then attach through a FICON or ESCON interface to one of the
following FICON/ESCON-enabled components:
– IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape Controller Model C06 (3592 C06)
– IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Controller Model J70 (3592 J70)
– IBM TotalStorage 3494 Virtual Tape Server Model B10 (3494 B10)
– IBM TotalStorage 3494 Virtual Tape Server Model B20 (3494 B20)
– IBM Virtualization Engine TS7740 (code level 8.4.1.x and earlier)
v Through an IBM Virtualization Engine TS7740 with integrated library manager
(code level 8.5.0.x and later), which allows attachment of the TS3500 Tape
Library with 3592 tape drives (not LTO Ultrium tape drives) to the IBM System
z server (mainframe host).
|
|
|
Note: This configuration requires that the TS3500 Tape Library includes an L23
or D23 frame that is equipped with 4 Gb Fibre Channel switches (feature code
4872 or 4873) or 8 Gb Fibre Channel switches (two of feature code 4875 or 4877).
In order to use the 8 Gb Fibre Channel switches, the TS7740 must be at code
level 8.20.0.x or later.
v Through a 3592-C07 Tape Controller with integrated library manager, which
allows attachment of the TS3500 Tape Library with 3592 tape drives (not LTO
Ultrium tape drives) to the IBM System z server (mainframe host).
|
|
|
Note: This configuration requires that the TS3500 Tape Library includes an L23
or D23 frame that is equipped with 8 Gb Fibre Channel switches (feature code
4875 or 4877).
In each configuration, the FICON/ESCON-enabled products include attachment to
a system console. It is recommended that the TS3500 Tape Library also be
connected to a system console. This connection reduces the number of analog
phone lines needed for remote support and improves collaboration between the
systems in resolving hardware problems.
32
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
The library needs a minimum of two Ethernet ports: one attached to your network
for use by the storage administrator and one attached to the private master console
network for remote support.
Note: In the past, a library only had a single Ethernet port. To ensure a separate
Ethernet connection from the library to the system console, at least one additional
Model D22, D32, or D52 frame was required, with a frame control assembly
(feature code 1452 or 1453) that contained a medium changer card pack (MCP)
with an Ethernet connection (feature code 1660). However, with the design and
inclusion of the enhanced frame control assembly in Models L23, D23, L53, and
D53, and the enhanced node card upgrade (feature code 1700 or 1701) for Models
L22, D22, L52, D52, L32, and D32, each frame now contains a medium changer
assembly (MCA) with two Ethernet ports. This eliminates the need for an
additional Model D22, D32, or D52 frame.
The TS3500 Tape Library feature code 2715 (TS3000 Attachment) provides an
Ethernet cable for the library connection to the system console.
When a FICON/ESCON-enabled product attaches to a TS3500 Tape Library, the
following functionality must be enabled on the tape library to ensure proper
operation:
v Advanced Library Management System (ALMS)
v Cartridge assignment policy with All Other VOLSERs assigned to a specific
logical library
Note: Insert Notification is no longer required and is not recommended.
|
|
|
Figure 9 on page 34 shows a diagram of how the zSeries® server attaches to the
TS3500 Tape Library. For additional information about attaching the IBM System z
server to the TS3500 Tape Library through the 3953 Tape System, see the IBM 3953
Tape System Introduction and Planning Guide. For additional information about
attaching the IBM System z server to the TS3500 Tape Library through the IBM
Virtualization Engine TS7740, refer to the IBM Virtualization Engine TS7700 Series
Introduction and Planning Guide IBM Virtualization Engine TS7700, TS7700 Cache
Controller, and TS7700 Cache Drawer or the IBM Virtualization Engine TS7700
Information Center. For additional information about attaching the IBM System z
server to the TS3500 Tape Library through a 3592-C07 Tape Controller, refer to the
IBM System Storage 3592 C07 Customer Information Center. Refer also to the IBM
System Storage TS3000 System Console (TSSC) Maintenance Information guide.
Chapter 1. Introduction
33
FICON or ESCON Attachment to the TS3500 Tape Library
zSeries Server
(Mainframe Host)
ESCON
OR
FICON
ESCON
OR
FICON
3952 F05
Frame
3953 F05
Frame
3592-C07
(with integrated
library manager)
Ethernet
TCP/IP
3592 Controller
Fibre
Channel
3494 B10/B20
Fibre
Channel
Fibre
Channel
3592 Tape
Drives
RS-422
TS7740
(with integrated
library manager)
Fibre Channel
Switch
TS3500 Tape Library
(Models L22, D22, L23 and D23 Only)
Fibre Channel
Switch
(Models L23
and D23 only)
TS7740
Frame
Fibre
Channel
3953 L05
Library Manager
Fibre Channel
Switch
3592 Tape
Drives
Ethernet Switch
Ethernet
TCP/IP
Fibre
Channel
Fibre
Channel
3494 B10/
B20 Frame
FICON
Fibre Channel
Switch
(Models L23
and D23 only)
RS-422
Medium
Changer Card
Pack or
Medium
Changer
Assembly
RS-422
3592 Tape
Drives
RS-422
Fibre
Channel
3592 Tape
Drives
a8300302
FICON
Figure 9. Attaching the TS3500 Tape Library to the System z server (mainframe host)
Mixing drives in frames
This section contains a matrix of the drives that are compatible in a physical frame
(model) of the TS3500 Tape Library.
Note: If you plan to use encryption, also refer to “Configuration prerequisites for
encryption” on page 219.
34
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 10. Mixing drives in the physical frames of the TS3500 Tape Library
Models L22 and
D22
Models L23 and
D23
Models L32 and
D32
Models L52 and
D52
Models L53 and
D53
Ultrium 6 tape
drives
No
No
Yes1,2
Yes1
Yes
Ultrium 5 tape
drives
No
No
Yes1
Yes1
Yes
Ultrium 4 tape
drives
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Ultrium 3 tape
drives
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Ultrium 2 tape
drive
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Ultrium 1 tape
drive
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
TS1140 tape drive
Yes†
Yes
No
No
No
TS1130 tape drive
Yes†
Yes
No
No
No
TS1120 tape drive
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
3592 J1A tape
drive
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Drive Types
|
|
|
1. This configuration requires an xx3 model conversion or the enhanced node card(s) feature (FC 1700 or 1701).
|
|
2. In order to support the Ultrium 6 tape drive, libraries with a Model L32 frame require enhanced grippers (FC
2205 or 2304).
Mixing drives in a logical library
This section contains information about drives that are compatible in a logical
library of the TS3500 Tape Library.
Note: If you plan to use encryption, also refer to “Configuration prerequisites for
encryption” on page 219.
The TS3500 Tape Library supports a mixture of Ultrium drive types in a logical
library, but it does not support a mixture of Ultrium and 3592 tape drives in a
logical library. Some independent software vendors (ISVs) support mixed drive
types within logical libraries; others do not. Some ISVs that support mixed drive
types do so with restrictions. For details, contact your ISV.
For situations where the ISV support does not exist or does not meet your
requirements, the TS3500 Tape Library provides another option to protect your
investment by partitioning the tape drives into separate logical libraries. You can
customize the partition to any number of slots by using menus.
Figure 10 on page 36 shows examples of methods for mixing Ultrium drive types
in a logical library.
Chapter 1. Introduction
35
Library
Controller
Drive
1
Ultrium 1 and 2
Tape Drives
Drive
2
Logical
Library 2
Drive
3
iSeries
Ultrium 1 Tape
Drives only
Drive
4
Logical
Library 3
Drive
5
Drive
6
Windows
Ultrium 3 Tape
Drives only
pSeries
a69i0097
Logical
Library 1
Figure 10. Examples of methods for mixing Ultrium drive types in a logical library
36
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Mixing media in drives
This section contains information about compatible media and drives in the TS3500
Tape Library.
Not all cartridges that are supported by the TS3500 Tape Library are compatible
with all drives. Ultrium cartridges are not supported by 3592 tape drives, and 3592
tape cartridges are not supported by Ultrium drives.
When labeled according to proper IBM bar code label specifications, the last
character of an Ultrium cartridge's volume serial (VOLSER) number indicates the
generation of the medium. For example, a cartridge with a VOLSER of 000764L6 is
an Ultrium 6 cartridge, a cartridge with a VOLSER of 000764L5 is an Ultrium 5
cartridge, and so forth. On a 3592 tape cartridge, the IBM product label represents
whether it is a read/write (R/W) cartridge or a write-once-read-many (WORM)
cartridge.
|
|
Table 11 gives a matrix of cartridges that are compatible with Ultrium tape drives.
Table 12 on page 38 gives a matrix of cartridges that are compatible with 3592 tape
drives.
Table 11. Compatibility among Ultrium tape drives and tape cartridges
Drive type
Cartridge type
Ultrium 6
(F6A)
Ultrium 5
(F5A)
Ultrium 4
(F4A)
Ultrium 3
(F3A/ F3B)
Ultrium 2
Ultrium 1
|
|
|
|
|
IBM System
Storage 2500
GB LTO Data
Cartridge
(xxxxxxL6)
R/W
Not compatible Not compatible Not compatible Not compatible Not compatible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IBM System
Storage 2500
GB LTO
WORM Data
Cartridge
(xxxxxxLW)
R/W
Not compatible Not compatible Not compatible Not compatible Not compatible
IBM System
Storage 1500
GB LTO Data
Cartridge
(xxxxxxL5)
R/W
R/W
Not compatible Not compatible Not compatible Not compatible
IBM System
Storage 1500
GB LTO
WORM Data
Cartridge
(xxxxxxLV)
R/W
R/W
Not compatible Not compatible Not compatible Not compatible
Read only
R/W
IBM System
Storage 800 GB
LTO Data
Cartridge
(xxxxxxL4)
R/W
Not compatible Not compatible Not compatible
Chapter 1. Introduction
37
Table 11. Compatibility among Ultrium tape drives and tape cartridges (continued)
IBM System
Storage 800 GB
LTO WORM
Data Cartridge
(xxxxxxLU)
Read only
R/W
R/W
IBM System
Storage 400 GB
LTO Data
Not compatible
Cartridge
(xxxxxxL3)
Read only
R/W
R/W
Not compatible Not compatible
IBM System
Storage 400 GB
Not compatible
LTO WORM
Data Cartridge
(xxxxxxLT)
Read only
R/W
R/W
Not compatible Not compatible
Read only
R/W
R/W
Not compatible
Read only
R/W
R/W
IBM System
Storage 200 GB
LTO Data
Not compatible Not compatible
Cartridge
(xxxxxxL2)
IBM System
Storage 100 GB
Not compatible Not compatible Not compatible
Data Cartridge
(xxxxxxL1)
Not compatible Not compatible Not compatible
Notes:
|
v In order to support Ultrium 5 or later tape drives, all node cards in the library must be model xx3-equivalent
node cards. For node cards in model xx2 frames, this requires a xx3 model conversion OR the enhanced node
card(s) feature (FC 1700 or 1701).
v The library rejects any command to move unsupported media to a drive and returns a sense key of 5 and an
additional sense code/additional sense code qualifier of 30/00.
Table 12. Cartridges that are compatible with 3592 tape drives
TS1140 Tape Drive
Media
JC, JY1, JK
38
Recording
format
TS1130 Tape Drive
TS1120 Tape Drive
Encryption Encryption Encryption Encryption Encryption Encryption
not
enabled
not
enabled
not
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
J1A Tape
Drive
EEFMT4
(encrypted
E07)
R/W
Reformat
Not
supported
Not
supported
Not
supported
Not
supported
Not
supported
EFMT4
(E07)
R/W
R/W
Not
supported
Not
supported
Not
supported
Not
supported
Not
supported
EEFMT3
(encrypted
E06)
R/W
Reformat
Not
supported
Not
supported
Not
supported
Not
supported
Not
supported
EFMT3
(E06)
R/W
R/W
Not
supported
Not
supported
Not
supported
Not
supported
Not
supported
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 12. Cartridges that are compatible with 3592 tape drives (continued)
EEFMT3
(encrypted
E06)
JB, JX
1
Reformat
R/W
Reformat
Reformat
Reformat
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Reformat
Reformat
Read only
Reformat
R/W
Reformat
R/W
Reformat
Read only
Read only
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Not
supported
EEFMT3
(encrypted
E06)
Not
supported
Not
supported
R/W
Reformat
Reformat
Reformat
Reformat
EFMT3
(E06)
Not
supported
Not
supported
R/W
R/W
Reformat
Reformat
Reformat
EEFMT2
(encrypted
E05)
Not
supported
Not
supported
R/W
Reformat
R/W
Reformat
Reformat
EFMT2
(E05)
Not
supported
Not
supported
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Reformat
EFMT1
(J1A)
Not
supported
Not
supported
Read only
Read only
R/W
R/W
R/W
EFMT3
(E06)
EEFMT2
(encrypted
E05)
EFMT2
(E05)
JA, JW1,
JJ, JR1
Not
supported
R/W
Not
supported
Not
supported
Notes:
1. WORM tapes (JY, JX, JW, and JR) can be reformatted only if they are initialized and labeled; if data exists on the
tape, reformatting is not allowed.
Chapter 1. Introduction
39
Multi-Path Architecture
This topic explains Multi-Path Architecture feature of the TS3500 Tape Library,
which allows Open Systems applications to share the library's robotics.
The TS3500 Tape Library features the storage area network (SAN)-ready Multi-Path
Architecture, which allows homogeneous or heterogeneous Open Systems
applications to share the library's robotics without middleware or a dedicated
server (host) acting as a library manager. The SAN-ready Multi-Path Architecture
makes sharing possible by letting you partition the library's storage slots and tape
drives into logical libraries. Servers can then run separate applications for each
logical library. This partitioning capability extends the potential centralization of
storage that the SAN enables. Partitioning also provides investment protection for
Ultrium 1 and Ultrium 2 tape drives if your application does not support the
mixing of Ultrium 1, Ultrium 2, Ultrium 3, Ultrium 4, Ultrium 5, and Ultrium 6
tape drives and media in the same logical library. The Multi-Path Architecture is
compliant with the following attachment interfaces:
v Small computer system interface (SCSI)
v Fibre channel
|
The Multi-Path Architecture of the TS3500 Tape Library is designed to provide the
capability to share the library robotics. This is accomplished by partitioning the
library into as many as 192 logical libraries (up to the number of drives installed),
and providing each logical library its own separate and distinct drive(s), storage
slots, and control paths. Input/output (I/O) slots are shared on a first come, first
serve basis. This type of partitioning is designed to allow heterogeneous
applications to share the library robotics independent of each other. Cartridges
under library control are not shared between logical libraries, nor are they allowed
to be moved between logical libraries. An example of heterogeneous sharing is a
Microsoft Windows 2003 application using the drive and storage slots of one
logical library, while a UNIX application uses the drive and slots of another logical
library. Logical libraries can also be used for separating Ultrium 2 tape dives and
cartridges from Ultrium 4 tape drives and cartridges, or 3592 tape drives and
cartridges, for applications that do not support mixing the drives in the same
logical library.
Whether partitioned or not, the TS3500 Tape Library is certified for SAN solutions
(such as LAN-free backup).
The Multi-Path Architecture also lets you configure additional control paths for
any one logical library. A control path is a logical path into the library through
which a server sends standard SCSI Medium Changer commands to control the
logical library. Additional control paths reduce the possibility of failure in one
control path causing the entire library to be unavailable. Use of the control path
failover feature further reduces that possibility.
40
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Library sharing
This section describes ways that you can configure the TS3500 Tape Library into
one or more logical libraries that can be shared by multiple applications.
The default configuration for the TS3500 Tape Library allows a single application
to operate the library through a single control path. Often, however, it is
advantageous to be able to share a single library between heterogeneous or
homogeneous applications. Some applications (and some servers) do not allow for
sharing a library between systems. With the TS3500 Tape Library, however, you can
create configurations that enable the library to process commands from multiple
heterogeneous applications (such as an IBM pSeries® application and a Windows
application) and multiple homogeneous applications (for example, the same
application run by several pSeries servers).
From the library's web interface or operator panel, you can perform the following
actions:
v Configure the library so that it is partitioned into separate logical libraries that
independently communicate with separate applications through separate control
paths. This configuration (see example 1 in Figure 11 on page 42) requires no
special capabilities from the server or application.
v Configure any single logical library (including the entire physical library) so that
it is shared by two or more servers that are running the same application.
Depending on the capabilities of the server and application, there are several
ways to set up this type of configuration. Three typical ways include:
– Configuring one server (mainframe host) to communicate with the library
through a single control path; all other servers send requests to that server
through a network (see example 2 in Figure 11 on page 42). This
configuration is used by Tivoli® Storage Manager (TSM).
– Configuring all of the servers to communicate with the library through a
single, common control path (see example 3 in Figure 11 on page 42). This
configuration is used in high-availability environments such as
High-Availability Cluster Multi-Processing (HACMP™) from IBM and Systems
Management Server and Clustered Server Environments from Microsoft.
Multi-initiator configurations are only supported by certain adapters and
independent software vendors (ISVs). Check with your ISV.
– Configuring a single logical library to communicate with multiple servers
through multiple control paths. This configuration (see example 4 in
Figure 11 on page 42) requires that you add control paths. It is used by
Backup, Recovery, and Media Services.
Your library configuration is not limited to the examples shown in Figure 11 on
page 42. Many configurations are possible, and you can design them according to
your business needs.
Chapter 1. Introduction
41
2
1
Library Controller
Logical
Library 2
Logical
Library 3
Drive
1
Application 1
iSeries
Drive
2
Drive
3
Drive
4
Drive
5
Application 2
Logical
Library 1
Windows
Application 3
pSeries
Drive
6
Drive
1
Host 1
Drive
2
Host 2
Drive
3
Host 3
Drive
4
Host 4
Drive
5
Host 5
Drive
6
Host 6
All hosts are running the same application.
One host communicates with the library via a single
control path. Other hosts send requests to that host
via the network.
The library is partitioned into separate logical libraries that
independently communicate with separate applications
via separate control paths.
4
3
Library Controller
Host 1
Drive
2
Host 2
Drive
3
Host 3
Drive
4
Drive
4
Host 4
Drive
5
Drive
5
Host 5
Drive
6
Drive
6
Host 6
Host 1
Drive
2
Host 2
Drive
3
All hosts are running the same application and
communicate with the library via a single,
common control path.
Logical
Library 1
All hosts are running the same application.
Each host communicates with the same logical
library via multiple control paths. The additional
control paths reduce the possibility that a single
point of failure will affect the whole library.
Figure 11. Examples of configurations for sharing an IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library. Lines from one or
more drives to the library controller represent control paths.
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Host Network
Host Network
Logical
Library 1
Drive
1
Drive
1
a69i0016
Library Controller
42
Host Network
Logical
Library 1
Library Controller
Using multiple logical libraries
To maximize your investment, you can use multiple logical libraries to share the
physical TS3500 Tape Library between applications or to support mixed drive
types for any application. The sections that follow give guidelines for both
processes.
You can create multiple logical libraries by partitioning the physical library's
storage slots and tape drives into two or more logical libraries. Each logical library
consists of:
v Tape drives
v Storage slots
v Input/Output (I/O) slots
v Cartridge accessor
Each logical library has its own control path. A control path is a logical path into
the library through which a server sends standard SCSI Medium Changer
commands to control the logical library. For frames that contain Ultrium tape
drives and frames that contain 3592 tape drives, each logical library control path is
available to servers through logical unit number (LUN) 1 of the first drive that is
defined within that logical library. A LUN is a number used by a server to identify
a drive.
In a TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS, a logical library can share the tape drives
and storage slots of another logical library. The library also shares the I/O slots
and the cartridge accessor on a first-come, first-served basis. However, a logical
library cannot include both LTO and 3592 elements. That is, you must configure
LTO and 3592 elements (drives, storage slots, I/O slots, and grippers) into separate
logical libraries.
A frame that uses Ultrium tape drives can be partitioned into up to 12 logical
libraries. A frame that uses 3592 tape drives can also be partitioned into up to 12
logical libraries.
Note: When naming logical libraries, developing an enterprise-wide library
naming convention leads to easier management of the libraries. See the appropriate
section in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide for
more information.
Certain configuration prerequisites exist when using encryption in your library. For
an overview of these rules, see “Configuration prerequisites for encryption” on
page 219.
To create or change the configurations for your TS3500 Tape Library, see the IBM
System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
With automatic cleaning, any appropriate cleaning cartridge can be used to clean a
drive in any configured logical library, even if the cartridge resides in a different
logical library.
The following sections describe two uses for multiple logical libraries.
Using multiple logical libraries for library sharing
Multiple logical libraries are an effective way for the TS3500 Tape Library to
simultaneously back up and restore data from heterogeneous applications. For
example, you can partition the library so that it processes commands from
Chapter 1. Introduction
43
Application 1 (about Department A) in Logical Library 1, commands from
Application 2 (about Department B) in Logical Library 2, and commands from
Application 3 (about Department C) in Logical Library 3. In this configuration, the
storage slots and drives in each logical library are dedicated to that library and are
not shared among other libraries. Commands issued by the applications travel to
the library through three unique control paths. Thus, the data processing for
Department A is confined to the storage slots and drives in Logical Library 1,
processing for Department B is confined to the storage slots and drives in Logical
Library 2, and so forth.
Using multiple logical libraries for mixed drive types
For applications that do not support mixed drive types and media in the same
logical library, the TS3500 Tape Library can use partitioning and multiple logical
libraries to keep them separate. For example, you can partition Ultrium 5, Ultrium
4, Ultrium 3, Ultrium 2, and Ultrium 1 tape drives and their media into multiple
and separate logical libraries.
Using multiple control paths
With the TS3500 Tape Library, in addition to creating multiple logical libraries, you
can also configure any logical library to have more than one control path. When
you configure additional control paths, additional library sharing configurations
and availability options are made possible. Access to the logical library is on a
first-come, first-served basis and each control path for a logical library can accept
commands while the library is in use by another control path.
Note: Microsoft Windows 2000 Removable Storage Manager (RSM) does not
support multiple control paths within a logical library. IBM recommends that you
disable RSM to use this feature.
To add or remove additional control paths, see the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape
Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
The sections that follow describe two potential uses for multiple control paths.
Using multiple control paths for IBM i attachment
The use of control paths for IBM Power Systems™ running IBM i and the System
i®, iSeries®, and AS/400® servers is unique. In general, every IBM i, System i, and
iSeries input/output processor (IOP)-based adapter must “see” the control path
that is associated with the drives to which it is connected. The following list
presents possible scenarios:
v For a high voltage differential (HVD) small computer system interface (SCSI)
Ultrium 1 tape drive, IBM supports single drive configurations so that every
HVD Ultrium 1 tape drive must have a control path when connected to the
System i or iSeries server.
v For HVD and low voltage differential (LVD) SCSI Ultrium 2 tape drives, the
System i or iSeries server supports multiple drives that are connected per the
IOP-based adapter. One of the drives must have a control path.
v For the Fibre Channel-attached drives, OS/400® V5R1 supports only one drive
per IOP-based adapter and every drive requires a control path.
v For an OS/400 V5R2 and later Fibre Channel connection, the IOP-based adapter
supports multiple drives per adapter, so that only one control path for the group
of drives is required.
44
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
v For V6R1 and Power 6 hardware using the IOP-less (Smart IOA), the adapter
has two Fibre Channel ports and supports multiple devices per port. At least
one control path is required per IOA and per set of drives within a library
partition.
v For V7R1 and Power 6 or Power 7 hardware using the IOP-less (Smart IOA), the
adapter has two Fibre Channel ports and supports multiple devices per port. At
least one control path is required per IOA port and per set of drives within a
library partition.
Using multiple control paths for control path failover
The TS3500 Tape Library offers an optional control path failover feature that
enables the host device driver to resend the command to an alternate control path
for the same logical library.
Advanced Library Management System
This section explains the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS), which
virtualizes the locations of cartridges in the TS3500 Tape Library.
ALMS is an extension of IBM's patented Multi-Path Architecture. With ALMS, the
TS3500 Tape Library is the industry's first standards-based tape library to virtualize
the locations of cartridges (called SCSI element addresses) while maintaining native
SAN attachment for the tape drives. ALMS enables logical libraries to consist of
unique drives and ranges of volume serial (VOLSER) numbers, instead of fixed
locations.
When you enable ALMS with its license key, you can assign tape drives to any
logical library by using the Tape Library Specialist Web interface. Logical libraries
can also be added, deleted, or easily changed without disruption. Storage capacity
can be changed without impact to host applications.
ALMS offers dynamic management of cartridges, cartridge storage slots, tape
drives, and logical libraries. It enables the TS3500 Tape Library to achieve
unprecedented levels of integration for functionality through dynamic partitioning,
storage slot pooling, and flexible drive assignment. ALMS eliminates downtime
when you add Capacity On Demand (CoD) or High Density Capacity on Demand
(HD CoD) storage, add or remove logical libraries, or change logical library storage
allocation. ALMS also reduces downtime when you add expansion frames, add or
remove tape drives, or change logical drive allocation.
The capabilities of ALMS include:
v Dynamic partitioning (storage slot pooling and flexible drive assignment)
v The transparent ability to add or remove storage capacity to any host application
v The ability to configure drives or to configure Model L22, L23, L32, L52, or L53
storage capacity without taking the library offline
v Virtual I/O slots to automatically manage the movement of cartridges between
I/O slots and storage slots
If you purchase an entry-capacity or intermediate-capacity library, you can
purchase the new Entry ALMS or Intermediate ALMS at a price lower than the
Full ALMS. For more information, contact your IBM marketing representative.
The sections that follow describe the capabilities of ALMS.
Chapter 1. Introduction
45
Dynamic partitioning
The following topics explain dynamic partitioning. Dynamic partitioning in the
TS3500 Tape Library is comprised of storage slot pooling and flexible drive
assignment.
Storage slot pooling
When enabled in the TS3500 Tape Library, the Advanced Library Management
System (ALMS) allows logical libraries to be added or deleted without disrupting
operation. All storage slots are pooled (available on a first-come, first-served basis)
to each logical library based on cartridge insert operations. They are a shared
resource such that changes to the capacity allocation for each logical library can
occur without downtime or administrator involvement. The minimum logical
library simply has a name and can be thought of as a file folder that has no
contents. Drives can be placed in the file folder by using the Drive Assignment
screen of the Tape Library Specialist Web interface. Cartridges can also be placed in
the file folder, based on their volume serial (VOLSER) numbers and by using one
of the following methods (in priority order):
v Migration of static partitioning to dynamic partitioning (requires Web
enablement of ALMS)
v Cartridge assignment policy (automatic at the time of insertion)
v Software application move from the I/O station (based on the source application
that issued the command)
v Manual assignment by an operator using the Tape Library Specialist Web
interface
For information about migrating to dynamic partitioning and manually assigning
cartridges to a logical library, refer to the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library
with ALMS Operator Guide.
The primary and backup copies of VOLSER assignment and physical location of
cartridges are stored in non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM).
Flexible drive assignment
After you enable the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS) in the TS3500
Tape Library, you can assign drives to a logical library by using the Drive
Assignment screen of the Tape Library Specialist Web interface. You can assign a
drive to be shared by multiple logical libraries (for example, a drive used for a
once-a-month job or as a temporary replacement for a failed drive). Thus, each
logical library can consist of dedicated drives and shared drives. Each logical
library maps a drive element address to the locations of both dedicated and shared
drives. This allows multiple applications to be pre-configured to quickly use a
shared drive in the future. After you pre-configure the applications for future drive
usage, you must take each shared drive offline at all but one of the applications
that have access to it. Otherwise, an application may attempt to use a drive that is
in use by another application. This may cause failed backup jobs. Also, most
applications consider the symptoms of a drive already in use to be an error that is
reported as such.
The Drive Assignment Web screen supports the following capabilities which are
not disruptive to other logical libraries:
v Assign the drive
v Remove the drive assignment
v Reassign the drive
46
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
When a cartridge is mounted in a shared drive, the library only accepts a demount
command that is requested by the source logical library. Any demount command
that is requested by another logical library is rejected.
Transparent addition or removal of storage capacity
With the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS) enabled in the TS3500
Tape Library, you can change the total logical library capacity (quantity of
accessible storage slots). The change is transparent to each host application because
the value in the Maximum Number of Cartridges field in the Tape Library Specialist
Web interface is not impacted by changes to the quantity of storage slots. The
additional storage slots are simply new candidates for cartridges to be moved to
upon insertion. To change the cartridge capacity of a logical library, refer to the
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide and see the
section about changing the maximum allowable quantity of cartridges in a logical
library.
Configuration of storage capacity without disruption
With the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS), no downtime is required
when you enable Intermediate Capacity On Demand or Full Capacity On Demand
for Models L22, L23, L52, and L53 or High Density Capacity on Demand for
Models S24 and S54 of the TS3500 Tape Library.
Virtual I/O slots
This topic describes the virtual input/output (I/O) slots feature and its benefits in
a library with the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS).
|
|
When ALMS is enabled in a TS3500 Tape Library, virtual I/O slots are enabled by
default so that the library automatically queues all cartridge moves between the
I/O station and the storage slots. This makes the process of adding and removing
cartridges easier and faster.
The TS3500 Tape Library has I/O stations with I/O slots that allow you to import
and export up to 224 cartridges at any given time. The I/O slots are also known as
import/export elements (IEEs). Virtual I/O slots increase the quantity of available
I/O slots by allowing storage slots to appear to the host as I/O slots. These storage
slots are also called virtual import/export elements (VIEEs). With virtual I/O slots,
the library automatically moves cartridges from the I/O stations to the storage
slots. In this way, the library enhances its import and export capabilities.
The goal of virtual I/O slots is to reduce the dependencies between the system
administrator and library operator so that each performs their import and export
tasks without needing the other to perform any actions:
v In a typical import scenario without virtual I/O slots, a library operator is
needed to stand at the physical library and fill the I/O station with cartridges; a
system administrator is needed to cause the applications to send commands for
moving cartridges out of the I/O station and into library storage slots. After the
operator fills the I/O station with cartridges, he must wait for the I/O station to
be cleared before he is able to insert additional cartridges, which means he is
waiting on the system administrator to clear the I/O station of each set of
inserted cartridges. If the library is enabled with virtual I/O slots, the operator
can continuously insert cartridges into the I/O station and the administrator
does not need to issue commands to move each new set of inserted cartridges.
Chapter 1. Introduction
47
Instead, the library automatically moves the cartridges and places them into
virtual I/O slots until they are ready to be processed later as one composite set
of inserted cartridges.
v In a typical export scenario without virtual I/O slots, the system administrator
may need to export a large number of cartridges from the library. However, after
the I/O station is filled, he must wait for the operator to physically remove
cartridges from the entire I/O station before he can issue another export
command. This operation can be inconvenient. If the library is enabled with
virtual I/O slots, the administrator does not have to wait to issue all export
commands (up to 255 export commands can be issued at the same time for each
logical library) and the operator can remove cartridges from the I/O stations as
soon as the accessor automatically moves them from the storage slots.
With virtual I/O slots enabled, the library has various mechanisms for selecting
the best storage slot location for each inserted cartridge, as well as the best
accessor and I/O station for each ejected cartridge. These mechanisms vary
depending on the configuration of your library.
For ejects with virtual I/O slots enabled and I/O stations in both preferred zones
of a dual accessor library, the library selects the accessor and I/O stations that are
in the same preferred zone as the physical slot of the cartridge to be ejected, but
will maintain First In, First Out (FIFO) order for each zone. For ejects with virtual
I/O slots enabled and I/O stations in only one zone of a dual accessor library, the
library selects the accessor in that preferred zone and maintains FIFO order.
For more information, see “Cartridge assignment policy” and “Insert notification
setting” on page 49.
For detailed information about import and export performance in libraries with
virtual I/O slots enabled, refer to “Import and export performance with virtual
I/O slots” on page 86.
Cartridge assignment policy
This section describes the cartridge assignment policy for assigning cartridges to
specific logical libraries.
You identify a cartridge by affixing a label to it that bears a volume serial
(VOLSER) number. The cartridge assignment policy allows you to specify one or
more ranges of VOLSERs for logical libraries. For example, you can create a
cartridge assignment policy of 36 cartridge VOLSERs that range from 000764 to
000800 for a specific logical library. Note that VOLSERs in ranges do not include
the media-type indicator, such as L2, L3, JA, and so forth.
When you insert a cartridge into the library and its VOLSER is within a range, the
cartridge assignment policy assigns the cartridge to its logical library. The cartridge
must be of the same media type as that logical library. For example, if you create
for Logical Library 1 (a library of Ultrium drives) a cartridge assignment policy of
VOLSERs that range from ABC000 to ABC999 then you insert a cartridge with
VOLSER ABC123, the library recognizes that VOLSER as belonging to the range
and assigns it to Logical Library 1, provided that the cartridge is an Ultrium tape
cartridge (and not a different media type, such as a 3592 tape cartridge).
When an unassigned cartridge is present in the I/O station, the library reads its
VOLSER label and automatically assigns it to the logical library that is specified in
the range of VOLSERs which was previously selected by the system administrator
48
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
when creating a cartridge assignment policy. Similarly, when ALMS is enabled, if
you open and close the library's front door the library automatically performs an
inventory. If the library detects a newly inserted, unassigned cartridge, it assigns
the cartridge to the logical library of the VOLSER range that was previously
selected by the system administrator when creating a cartridge assignment policy.
A cartridge assignment policy can also be created for All Other VOLSERs. This
represents all VOLSERs not covered by specific ranges in the cartridge assignment
policy. If you do not want these cartridges to be assigned to an active logical
library, then you can create a new drive-less logical library and have the All Other
VOLSERs automatically assigned to that logical library. In this way, the drive-less
logical library becomes a safe media vault. Note that a drive-less logical library
consumes no additional resources in a TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS.
Subsequently, these All Other VOLSERs can be manually assigned to a different
logical library using the Tape Library Specialist Web interface or the TS3500 Tape
Library Command Line Interface (CLI).
If there is no cartridge assignment policy assigned for All Other VOLSERs,
unassigned cartridges can be assigned by one of the following methods:
v If the unassigned cartridge is in the I/O station and the Insert Notification
setting is disabled, the cartridge is automatically assigned on a first-come,
first-served basis
v If the unassigned cartridge is in the I/O station and the Insert Notification
setting is enabled, you can assign the cartridge to a logical library by using the
Settings and Insert Notification selections from the library's operator panel
Use the cartridge assignment policy to create a new VOLSER range and then
perform an inventory
v Use the Tape Library Specialist Web interface
v
v Use the TS3500 Tape Library CLI
Within a physical library, the maximum quantity of ranges that can be created by
the cartridge policy assignment is 300.
For more information, see “Insert notification setting” and “TS3500 Tape Library
Command Line Interface” on page 57. For information about creating a new
VOLSER range, performing an inventory, or assigning cartridges to a logical
library, see the appropriate sections in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library
with ALMS Operator Guide.
Insert notification setting
This section describes insert notification. This is an optional setting that enables the
TS3500 Tape Library to monitor the I/O station for new media that does not have
a logical library assignment.
Note: Insert notification is no longer recommended and is not supported in any
library that includes an HD frame. In HD libraries, insert notification is
automatically disabled. When Insert Notification is disabled, TS7700 Virtualization
Engine and 3953 L05 Library Manager customers should assign All Other Volsers
to a specific logical library. Refer to “Cartridge assignment policy” on page 48 for
more information.
An insert notification event can be caused if you open the I/O station door and
perform one of the following actions:
Chapter 1. Introduction
49
v Place a cartridge into an empty I/O slot
v Move a cartridge from one I/O slot to another
If you enable the insert notification setting, when new media is detected in the I/O
station the operator panel displays a message that asks you to select a logical
library. Any unassigned cartridges in the I/O station are then assigned to the
logical library that you select (and all other logical libraries will not be able to
access the cartridges). If you do not select a logical library within 60 seconds or if
you select the BACK button, the library makes the cartridges unassigned and the
operator panel returns to the Activity Screen. You can later assign the unassigned
cartridges by using the IBM System Storage Tape Library Specialist Web interface
or the TS3500 Tape Library Command Line Interface.
For more information, see the sections about enabling or disabling the insert
notification setting and assigning cartridges to a logical library in the IBM System
Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
Power structure of the TS3500 Tape Library
This section introduces the two power structures that are offered by the TS3500
Tape Library.
Depending on the frames that you have, the library offers two power structures:
v For Models L22, D22, L32, D32, L52, and D52, the library offers the frame control
assembly power structure, with the option of ordering dual AC line cords for
redundancy.
v For Models L23, D23, L53, and D53, the library offers the enhanced frame control
assembly power structure, which combines drive power, library power, and
standard dual AC line cord capabilities.
The two power structures are compatible among frames in the same library.
Frame control assembly and dual ac power
This section describes the frame control assembly (FCA) power structure and the
optional dual ac power feature of the TS3500 Tape Library. This power structure
and feature apply to Models L22, D22, L32, D32, L52, and D52.
The frame control assembly power structure is designed so that each Ultrium tape
drive and 3592 tape drive is paired with an associated power supply. Adjacent
power supplies are cabled together such that redundant power becomes a standard
function. Each pairing is packaged side by side on a shelf in a frame. Drives are
housed in removable canisters and power supplies are housed in fixed trays. The
design enables a drive with a failed power supply to continue operating by using
power from the adjacent power supply.
The library's optional dual ac power feature further enhances library availability by
making another power source available in case of planned or unplanned power
grid outages. The feature provides a power switch that connects to two
independent ac power cords which connect to two independent branch power
feeds. The power cords support 110 V ac or 220 V ac. The switch monitors the ac
line voltage from the feed it uses and automatically connects to the alternate power
feed if the incoming voltage is lost. Dual ac power is available when you order
feature code 1901.
50
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Enhanced frame control assembly
The enhanced frame control assembly is a power structure that combines drive
power, library power, and dual ac line cord capabilities. The assembly includes
only two power supplies, dual ac line cords, and a Medium Changer Assembly
(MCA) unit.
The enhanced frame control assembly comes standard with Models L23 and L53,
and can be ordered as a feature code for Models D23 and D53. For two or more
frames that are properly configured, the assembly is constructed such that failure
or repair of a single, particular part does not cause the entire system to fail or
require scheduled downtime for maintenance. For example, the replacement of any
single, failed power supply can be accomplished without affecting the operation of
the library. The two redundant power supplies are fed directly by independent,
dual ac line cords that support only 220 V ac (110 V ac is not supported). The dual
ac line cords come standard on Models L23, D23, L53, and D53, and do not need
to be ordered as an additional feature code.
If dual ac line cords are not desired, both power supplies can be fed by a single
customer outlet by using feature code 1909 (Single Power Source Bifurcated Cable),
however, feature code 1909 cannot be used if feature code 1950 (Power Distribution
Unit) is installed in the same frame.
The enhanced frame control assembly is compatible with the following model
conversions, which must be performed by an IBM Service Representative:
v Model L22 to L23
v Model D22 to D23
v Model L52 to L53
v
v
v
v
v
Model
Model
Model
Model
Model
D52 to D53
L23 to L53
D23 to D53
L53 to L23
D53 to D23
Models L23 and D23 equipped with feature code 4871 (TS7700 Backend Switches
mounting hardware) must also have feature code 1950 (Power Distribution Unit),
which enables dual ac power distribution to the Fibre Channel switches as well as
to the enhanced frame control assembly.
Control path failover, data path failover, and load balancing
This section discusses measures that the TS3500 Tape Library uses to control
library and data path failure, and to balance workload.
Command failures and time-outs are costly. You want your library to run smoothly
and efficiently. To ensure continued processing, libraries that are equipped with
Fibre Channel Ultrium and 3592 tape drives offer path failover and load balancing
capabilities that enable the IBM device driver to resend a command to an alternate
path. The alternate path can include another host bus adapter (HBA), Storage Area
Network (SAN), or library control path drive. The device driver initiates error
recovery and continues the operation on the alternate path without interrupting
the application. Path failover and load balancing are built-in features that are
enabled by using a purchased license key.
Chapter 1. Introduction
51
Two types of path failover capabilities exist: control path failover (CPF) and data path
failover (DPF). Control refers to the command set that controls the library (the SCSI
Medium Changer command set on LUN 1 of the tape drives). Data refers to the
command set that carries the customer data to and from the tape drives (the
SCSI-3 Stream Commands (SSC) device on LUN 0 of the tape drives). Path failover
means the same thing in both: that is, where there is redundancy in the path from
the application to the intended target (the library accessor or the drive mechanism,
respectively), the device driver transparently fails over to another path in response
to a break in the active path.
Both types of failover include host-side failover when configured with multiple
HBA ports into a switch, but CPF includes target-side failover through the control
paths that are enabled on more than one tape drive. DPF includes target-side
failover for the dual-ported tape drives that are supported by the TS3500 Tape
Library.
DPF includes load balancing of the HBAs because the channel is a data-intensive
path (the control path carries very little data, so load balancing is not an issue).
The dynamic load balancing support optimizes resources for devices that have
physical connections to multiple HBAs in the same machine. When an application
opens a device that has multiple HBA paths configured, the device driver
determines which path has the HBA with the lowest usage and assigns that path to
the application. When another application opens a different device with multiple
HBA paths, the device driver again determines the path with the lowest HBA
usage and assigns that path to the second application. The device driver updates
the usage on the HBA assigned to the application when the device is closed.
Dynamic load balancing uses all HBAs whenever possible and balances the load
between them to optimize the resources in the machine.
Both CPF and DPF require the use of the IBM device driver, and are supported
exclusively with products that bear the IBM logo on the operating systems
indicated in Table 13.
Table 13 summarizes the differences between CPF, DPF, and load balancing.
Table 13. Differences between DPF and CPF
Characteristic
Device type
LUN
3
Host-side failover
Target-side failover
IBM device driver required
Operating systems supported
CPF
DPF and Load
Balancing for
Ultrium 2 and newer
tape drives
DPF and Load
Balancing for 3592
tape drives
SMC1
SSC2
SSC
LUN 1
LUN 0
LUN 0
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
7
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
®(R)
AIX , SuSE
Linux(TM), Red Hat
Enterprise Linux,
Solaris, Windows,
HP-UX, Asian UX
AIX, SuSE Linux, Red AIX, SuSE Linux, Red
Hat Enterprise Linux, Hat Enterprise Linux,
Solaris, Windows4
Solaris,
4
Windows (DPF only), (DPF only), HP-UX,
Asian UX
Asian UX
Order feature to obtain license key
Yes
Yes5, 6
No
SCSI attachment supported
Yes
No
No
Fibre Channel attachment supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
52
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 13. Differences between DPF and CPF (continued)
Characteristic
CPF
DPF and Load
Balancing for
Ultrium 2 and newer
tape drives
DPF and Load
Balancing for 3592
tape drives
Notes:
1. SMC = SCSI-3 Medium Changer Specification (library)
2. SSC = SCSI-3 Stream Commands (drive)
3. LUN = logical unit number
4. Load balancing is not supported on Windows
5. For Ultrium 2 tape drives, DPF and load balancing do not require a license key on AIX.
6. Ultrium 4 and newer tape drives do not require license keys at the host when configuring Data Path Failover.
|
7. DPF includes target-side failover for dual-ported Ultrium 5 and later tape drives.
The path failover features can be ordered from the factory, or you may order them
as field upgrades. To order features, contact your IBM Sales Representative.
Note: The control path failover feature for Ultrium tape drives is activated by a
license key that you enter at the library operator panel. The data path failover
feature for Ultrium 1, Ultrium 2, and Ultrium 3 tape drives is activated by a license
key that you enter at the host. For Ultrium 4 and newer tape drives, license keys
do not need to be entered at the host when configuring Data Path Failover.
For more information about using these features, see the IBM Ultrium Device
Drivers Installation and User's Guide.
Expanded I/O capacity
This section describes the extra input/output (I/O) stations that you can order for
the TS3500 Tape Library.
To insert cartridges into and remove them from the TS3500 Tape Library (without
requiring a reinventory), the library comes with an I/O station located on the front
door of the base frame models. You can optionally order an additional I/O station
for installation on base frame models.
A base frame cannot combine both the 3592 tape drive and Ultrium tape drive.
However, in a library that mixes frame types, you may insert 3592 tape cartridges
into the lower I/O station of a Model L53, L52, or L32 frame for transport (by the
cartridge accessor) to a Model D23 or D22 frame (your library must contain an I/O
station that will accept 3592 tape cartridges). Similarly, you may insert LTO
Ultrium tape cartridges into the lower I/O station of a Model L23 or L22 frame for
transport (by the cartridge accessor) to a Model D53, D52, or D32 frame (again,
your library must contain an I/O station that will accept Ultrium tape cartridges).
The TS3500 Tape Library also supports an option for 64 additional I/O slots in a
newly purchased Model D23 or D53 frame. A D-frame with I/O installed includes
four independently accessible I/O stations. The D-frame I/O stations increase the
maximum I/O slot capacity from 32 to 224. There is a maximum of three D23 or
D53 I/O frames in a library. The D-frame I/O stations can double the maximum
insert/eject throughput in libraries with a dual accessor. These D23 and D53
Models are compatible with existing Models L22, L32, L52, D22, and D32.
Chapter 1. Introduction
53
Note: The 64 additional I/O slots features (feature codes 1655 and 1656) are not
supported on libraries with mixed media. In order to use this feature, the library
must use all Ultrium media or all 3952 media, not a mixture of both.
Table 14 shows how I/O stations can be mixed among frames.
Table 14. Mixing I/O stations among frames of the TS3500 Tape Library
Type of Frame
Number of Slots in Upper
I/O Stations
Number of Slots in Lower
I/O Stations
L22 and L23
16 (3592)
16 (Ultrium or 3592)
L32
10 (Ultrium)
20 (Ultrium) or 16 (3592)
L52 and L53
16 (Ultrium)
16 (Ultrium or 3592)
D23 (with 64 additional I/O
slots)2, 4
32 (3592)
3
D53 ( with 64 additional I/O 32 (Ultrium)3
slots)2, 4
1
32 (3592)3
32 (Ultrium)3
Notes:
1. The 3592 I/O station for Model L32 is included with feature code 1608.
2. For the 64 additional I/O slots option, feature code 1451 must be installed as a
prerequisite, then either feature code 1655 for LTO Ultrium media, or feature code 1656
for 3592 media. When expanding an installed library, feature codes 1655 and 1656
assume the D-frame is installed at the end of the library string ("end of the library
string" refers to the very last frame in a single accessor library or the last frame before
SBB in HA libraries). If the customer prefers the D-frame to be installed elsewhere in
the string, the Service Representative must obtain a "Services Contract" to uninstall
additional frames as necessary to accommodate the customer's request.
3. Mixed media is not allowed in libraries with D-frame I/O slots. All cartridges must be
either LTO Ultrium or 3592.
4. A maximum of three D-frames with I/O slots can be installed per library.
For additional information, also refer to “Virtual I/O slots” on page 47.
Increasing capacity
This section introduces information about capacity configurations for frames of the
TS3500 Tape Library.
Depending on whether you have the Capacity Expansion feature, Capacity On
Demand feature, or High Density Capacity on Demand feature installed in your
library, different capacity configurations exist for the frames.
The sections that follow describe each feature.
Capacity expansion feature for Model L32
The Capacity Expansion feature (feature code 1603) is a license key that lets you
enable the storage slots inside the front door of Model L32 of the TS3500 Tape
Library. With the Capacity Expansion feature installed, the library offers 140
additional slots for Ultrium tape cartridges in the Model L32 if the second I/O
station is not present and 88 additional slots if the second I/O station is present.
The Capacity Expansion feature is required when you add one or more expansion
frames to the base frame.
54
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
When you purchase your library, you may specify that the Capacity Expansion
feature be installed at the factory, or you may order the feature later and have your
IBM Service Representative install it. To order the Capacity Expansion feature,
contact your IBM Sales Representative.
To determine the quantity of LTO Ultrium tape cartridges and 3592 tape cartridges
that the library supports, see Chapter 7, “Frame capacity,” on page 211.
Intermediate, Full, and Capacity On Demand features for
Models L22, L23, L52, and L53
In the TS3500 Tape Library, the initial (entry) capacity of a Model L22 or Model
L23 frame is enabled to use 58 cartridge slots for 3592 tape cartridges. If you add
the Intermediate Capacity or Full Capacity features, you can enable additional
storage elements in the Model L22 or Model L23 to increase the available capacity
to 117 cartridge slots, or from 199 to 260 cartridge slots (depending on the features
that you order).
The initial capacity of a Model L52 or Model L53 frame is enabled to use 64
cartridge slots for LTO Ultrium tape cartridges. If you add the Intermediate
Capacity or Full Capacity features, you can enable additional storage elements in
the Model L52 or Model L53 to increase the available capacity to 129 cartridge
slots, or from 219 to 287 cartridge slots (depending on the features that you order).
The Intermediate Capacity feature is available through an IBM plant site as feature
code 1641 and through the field as feature code 1643.
The Full Capacity feature is available through an IBM plant site as feature code
1642 and through the field as feature code 1644. This feature is required to add a
16-slot I/O station. The Intermediate Capacity feature is a prerequisite to the Full
Capacity feature. The Full Capacity feature is required when you add one or more
expansion frames to a base frame.
Capacity features that are available through the field are known as Capacity On
Demand.
To determine the quantity of LTO Ultrium tape cartridges and 3592 tape cartridges
that the library supports, see Chapter 7, “Frame capacity,” on page 211.
High Density Capacity On Demand
This section describes the High Density Capacity on Demand features for the
TS3500 Tape Library.
The HD Capacity on Demand feature codes provides a license key that let you
enable additional storage slots in HD frames.
In the TS3500 Tape Library, the physical capacity, or total storage slots, is
comprised of licensed and unlicensed capacity. When the number of assigned
cartridges within a library reaches the licensed capacity, additional inserted
cartridges are not assignable to a logical library until one of the following actions
occurs:
v A cartridge is removed
v A CoD feature is purchased
v Additional slots or frames are added to the library
Chapter 1. Introduction
55
The capacity utilization of the library can be monitored through the Tape Library
Web specialist.
The initial (base) capacity for Model S24 is 600 slots and for Model S54 is 660 slots.
Additional capacity for Models S24 and S54 can be purchased with the High
Density Capacity on Demand (HD CoD) features that provide a license key to
non-disruptively increase the licensed capacity. Unlike other Capacity on Demand
features, the HD CoD feature allows the additional licensed capacity to be used in
any HD frame in the library string.
Feature code 1645 adds 400 slots of capacity to Model S24. Feature code 1646 adds
660 slots of capacity to Model S54.
To determine the quantity of LTO Ultrium tape cartridges and 3592 tape cartridges
that the library supports, see Chapter 7, “Frame capacity,” on page 211.
Web interface
This section gives basic information about the IBM System Storage Tape Library
Specialist, the Web interface for the TS3500 Tape Library.
The Tape Library Specialist Web interface enables operators and administrators of
the TS3500 Tape Library to manage storage devices from any location in an
enterprise. The Tape Library Specialist allows you to communicate directly with
your library and perform a full range of end user, operator, and administrator
tasks without being at the operator panel. The Web interface is included with
Models L22, L23, L52, and L53, and is available as feature code 1662 for Model
L32.
The Tape Library Specialist requires a Category 5 Ethernet cable (not supplied with
the tape library). It may be installed by you or your IBM Service Representative.
You can use the Tape Library Specialist Web interface to download the following
flat files, which contain information for analyzing the library, drives, Fibre Channel
ports, and the health of the cartridges. Information is available from Ultrium 2 and
newer Ultrium tape drives and from all 3592 tape drives.
v Library Statistics.csv - contains information about the maximum cartridge
residency, mount, and eject times, average cartridge residency, mount, and eject
times, and total cartridge inserts, mounts and ejects. The information is provided
for each hour of a 24-hour period and for each logical library. Note: To obtain
this log, your library must include Model L23 or L53.
v Drive Statistics.csv - contains information about each drive's last mount; only
installed drives are shown in the drive statistics log.
v Port Statistics.csv - contains Fibre Channel port information about the last
mount; only installed drives with Fibre Channel ports are shown in the port
statistics log.
v Mount History.csv - includes statistics about the last 100 cartridges that were
demounted in the library and information about the 3592 E05 (at firmware level
16E4 or later), Ultrium 4, and newer tape drives that is derived from the
customer-centric Statistical Analysis and Reporting System (ccSARS).
The TS3500 Tape Library downloads the files in comma-separated value (.csv)
format. You can use the data to identify storage area network (SAN), drive, or
media performance trends. The .csv file format can easily be imported into most
spreadsheet and database programs.
56
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
For more information about using the Tape Library Specialist Web interface, see the
section about operating the library from the Web in the IBM System Storage TS3500
Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
TS3500 Tape Library Command Line Interface
This topic describes the TS3500 Tape Library Command Line Interface (CLI)
program, which provides the ability to access TS3500 Tape Library functions
through a CLI.
In order to use the TS3500 Tape Library CLI, the following prerequisites apply:
v The TS3500 Tape Library must be at firmware level 8xxx (or higher).
v The Advanced Library Management System (ALMS) must be installed and
enabled.
v Secure Socket Layer (SSL) for the Web must be disabled.
The TS3500 Tape Library CLI, along with additional information including
supported actions and command parameters, can be found here:
http://www-01.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=ssg1S4000854.
IBM Tape System Reporter
This section describes the IBM Tape System Reporter application and how it works
in supported environments.
The IBM Tape System Reporter application is a Java-based monitoring server with
an optional Windows-based graphical user interface (GUI) that allows you to
monitor and gather data for multiple libraries. You can generate general and
specific data reports for the multiple tape cartridges, tape drives, and frames that
you are monitoring.
The IBM Tape System Reporter application enables operators and administrators of
the TS3500 Tape Library to monitor and report on storage devices from any
location in an enterprise environment. This application communicates directly with
your library to collect and store pertinent data enabling you to generate and view
performance trends. The IBM Tape System Reporter application is bundled with
your Advanced Library Management System (ALMS) purchase.
Data is available from 3592 tape drives (models J1A, E05, E06, EU6, and E07) and
from LTO Ultrium 2 and newer Ultrium tape drives.
The ccSARS data is available from 3592 E05, Ultrium 4, and newer tape drives.
Notes:
1. Data is not collected for the LTO Ultrium 1 tape drive.
2. Use of the IBM Tape System Reporter application requires that you establish
database connectivity through firewalls and to any tape libraries that it is
monitoring.
The IBM Tape System Reporter application operates by collecting information from
the TS3500 Tape Library, aggregating the data in a database, and providing you the
ability to generate a report. You can generate a General SQL Query or custom
report on the utilization and performance of tape cartridges, tape drives, and the
tape library. The application can be installed by you or by IBM Lab Services.
Figure 12 on page 58 illustrates how the Tape System Reporter application collects
Chapter 1. Introduction
57
information from the tape libraries, aggregates the data in a database, and provides
you with the opportunity to generate a general query or custom report.
Database
Tape
Library
Tape
Library
Tape
Library
Tape
System
Reporter
Client
tsr00001
Tape
System
Reporter
Server
Figure 12. Tape System Reporter data flow
Note: It is suggested that you install the Tape System Reporter application on a
dedicated server machine that is separate from your client machine or machines.
This is particularly effective when workload balancing is a consideration.
For more information about the prerequisites for using the IBM Tape System
Reporter, installing and setting up the application, working with the Apache Derby,
DB2, or Oracle databases, and generating reports, refer to the IBM System Storage
TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Tape System Reporter User's Guide (GA32-0589). You
can also find information about the IBM Tape System Reporter on the Web at
http://www-01.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=ssg1S4000680.
Remote support
This section describes the types of remote support that the TS3500 Tape Library
and its drives use to detect and solve problems.
Optional remote support is available for the TS3500 Tape Library through its Call
Home capability. The Call Home feature uses a modem connection or a system
console to report failures that are detected by the library or a tape drive. Whenever
a failure is detected, Call Home sends detailed error information to IBM (home).
The IBM Service Representative can then prepare an action plan to handle the
problem before traveling to the library. The library may also periodically send
support information (such as configuration, library and drive code versions, and
error logs) to IBM.
The Call Home feature of the TS3500 Tape Library has three different, but related,
capabilities: Problem Call Home, Heartbeat Call Home, and Test Call Home. The
TS3500 Tape Library sends data files that may be helpful to Support Center
personnel for all three types of Call Home. These data files include library error
logs and configuration information, such as the Machine Reported Product Data
(MRPD) log. The MRPD file contains information about the machine (library),
including the number of frames and drives, the model and serial number of each
58
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
frame, the type and serial number of each drive, the code version of the library
and each drive, and any machine-detectable features such as additional I/O
stations, capacity expansion, and so forth. In the case of a Problem Call Home, the
library also sends any trace files that are related to the problem.
Problem Call Home
The TS3500 Tape Library or one of its drives detects a problem and the
library performs a Call Home operation to create a Problem Management
Record (PMR) in the IBM Remote Technical Assistance Information
Network (RETAIN). This is a single page of text data that enables the
Support Center or the Service Representative to access an action plan and a
list of parts (called field replaceable units or FRUs).
Heartbeat Call Home
The TS3500 Tape Library sends the Heartbeat Call Home on a scheduled
basis in order to ensure proper Call Home functionality. By default, the
Heartbeat Call Home is sent once per week, one hour after a power cycle,
and one hour after a code update is complete.
Test Call Home
When servicing the library, the Service Representative can issue a Test Call
Home operation to RETAIN from the library's operator panel. The library
allows the Service Representative to include drive dumps in the Test Call
Home for analysis, rather than collect dumps by using CETool and
transmitting them through an IBM messaging system. In this way, a drive
dump can be accessed by Support Center personnel through the Call
Home database.
For more information, see:
v “Remote support through a modem”
v “Remote support through a system console” on page 60
v “Remote support security” on page 63
v “Power requirements for remote support features” on page 123
Remote support through a modem
This section describes remote support to the TS3500 Tape Library (or its drives)
through a modem.
Hardware requirements for remote support by modem vary, depending on
whether you already have one or more IBM tape products that have the remote
support capability. Table 15 indicates the requirements.
Table 15. Requirements for remote support (the Call Home feature)
Quantity of IBM Tape
Products with Remote
Support Capability
Requirement
1
Remote Support Facility (modem and cable; feature code
#2710)
2
Remote Support Switch (feature code #2711). This feature
applies only if you are attaching multiple libraries to one
modem. While still valid, this feature can no longer be
ordered.
3 or more
Remote Support Attachment (cable; feature code #2712)
Chapter 1. Introduction
59
Remote support through a system console
This section describes remote support to the TS3500 Tape Library through a system
console.
A system console is a service tool that is present in most environments where one
or more FICON/ESCON-enabled products, such as the IBM TS7700 Virtualization
Engine, are connected to a System z server (mainframe host).
The TS3000 System Console (TSSC) provides the same functionality to attach a
TS3500 Tape Library that is connected to an Open Systems server. The TSSC is a
personal computer (PC), complete with an Ethernet port. A customer
rack-mountable version of the TS3000 System Console is available by ordering
feature code 2732.
Table 16. Desktop and rack mountable TS3000 System Consoles
Feature
Code
CustomerSetup Unit
(CSU)
Description
1
L22, L23, L32,
L52, L53
No
Desktop TS3000 System Console
2724
L22, L23, L52,
L53
No
Rack-mount TS3000 System Console
(This feature provides the enhanced
rack-mountable TS3000 System Console and
an Ethernet cable for connection of one
machine to an IBM-supplied modem. This
feature replaces feature codes 2730 and
2732.)
27302
L22, L23, L32,
L52, L53
No
Customer rack-mountable TS3000 System
Console (TSSC) (provides a 1U server,
keyboard, display, mouse, bifurcated cables,
connectors, 115 V ac cables, and Ethernet
switch for customer-provided 19-inch rack)
27323
L22, L23, L32,
L52, L53
No
Customer rack-mountable TS3000 System
Console (TSSC) (provides a TS3000 server,
keyboard, display, mouse, and Ethernet
switch). This feature replaces FC 2730 and
includes the console upgrade previously
provided as FC 2719. (Prerequisite for
modem call home: FC 27334 in approved
countries or an external modem that is
supported by the TSSC server)
2720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supported
Models
Note:
1. Feature code 2720 withdrawn from marketing on October 31, 2008.
2. Feature code 2730 withdrawn from marketing on January 15, 2010.
|
3. Feature code 2732 withdrawn from marketing on July 27, 2012.
4. Feature code 2733 provides an internal modem that is installed in the TSSC. Refer to
“Feature codes for elements in the library” on page 135 for details and a list of
supported countries.
The rack-mount system console (FC 2724) comes with an Ethernet cable for
connection of one machine to an IBM-supplied modem. Feature code 2734 provides
one USB modem for use with FC 2724.
|
|
|
60
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
The customer rack-mountable TSSC (FC 2732) comes with serial cables and a
Keyboard Video Mouse (KVM). Feature code 2733 installs one internal modem in
the TSSC. The TSSC is preloaded with software and is tested prior to shipment.
When the TS3500 Tape Library is in an environment that includes a system
console, IBM recommends that the library perform the Electronic Customer Care
(ECC) Call Home function through the system console instead of through a direct
modem connection.
To perform an ECC Call Home operation through a system console, the TS3500
Tape Library sends Call Home information across a private Ethernet connection to
the system console. The system console then performs the ECC Call Home
operation and sends the information to the IBM Remote Technical Assistance
Information Network (RETAIN) through the system console's modem or Ethernet
(broadband) connection.
For remote support through a system console, the TS3500 Tape Library needs a
minimum of two Ethernet ports: one attached to your network for use by your
administrator and one attached to the private system console network for remote
support. New frame models L23 and L53 provide two Ethernet ports per frame so
no additional features are necessary. Frame models L22, L32, and L52 require an
Lx3 model conversion or the enhanced node card feature (FC 1700) in order to
support the dual Ethernet port requirement.
The library feature code 9217 provides an Ethernet cable for the remote support
connection from the TS3500 Tape Library to a system console.
Figure 13 on page 62 shows the attachment of a system console to the TS3500 Tape
Library for remote support. (Refer to Table 17 on page 62.)
Chapter 1. Introduction
61
2
3
NIC/LAN
Ethernet
9
Tape System
8
4
7
1
System Console
(TSSC)
Tape System
5
TS7700
a69i0354
6
Figure 13. Remote support system console connection diagram
|
Table 17. System console components
|
1 Rackmount system console (FC 2724)
6 Ethernet switch expansion (FC 2704)
|
|
2 Ethernet switch provided with FC
2714
7 Cable supplied with FC 2714
|
3 Cable supplied with FC 2724
8 Customer-supplied phone line
|
4 Cable supplied with FC 2715
9 Customer-supplied Ethernet connection
|
|
5 Cable supplied with FC 2714
Table 18 on page 63 presents the capabilities of remote support with a system
console.
Note: All of the listed capabilities do not apply to every product type. For
example, the TS3500 Tape Library does not utilize wellness checking, daily log file
storage, or code image broadcast.
62
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 18. Remote support capabilities
Customer site
Call Home events
v Error initiated
v Heartbeat (regular interval)
v Test
System console support
capability
v Error-initiated problem reporting for up
to 43 subsystems
v Staged, error-specific data gathering
v Subsystem and system console heartbeat
reporting
v Wellness checking
v Log file storage (daily)
v Code image and documentation
repository (from media and RETAIN Fix
Distribution Library)
IBM support
System console and
remote support service
tools
v Code image broadcast
System console remote
access
v Authenticated, secure remote access
v Call home event log review
v End-of-call completion report
v Simultaneous call in and call home
v Data transmission (TCP/IP) supported
IBM call home database
v 24/7 access by IBM support staff
v Error analysis and search capability
Complete information on how to configure the TSSC for ECC Call Home is in the
IBM TS3000 System Console Maintenance Information publication.
Remote support security
This section describes the security design for remote support for the TS3500 Tape
Library through a system console.
The TS3000 System Console (TSSC) provides Ethernet connectivity to all attached
systems through a private internal network. Up to two modems can be attached to
the TSSC. The TSSC provides Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) connectivity through
the modems to the private Ethernet network.
The TSSC also provides optional Ethernet outbound connectivity through the
customer's network to the IBM service support system, RETAIN®. All inbound
communication over this connection is restricted. The TSSC uses the following
ports: HTTPS: Port 443 HTTP: Port 80, and DNS: Port 53.
Figure 14 on page 64 shows an overview of network connectivity.
Chapter 1. Introduction
63
RMSS Tape Network
Connectivity Legend:
Customer
Network
Customer
Router/
Firewall
R
Total Storage Service Console
Internal LAN networks
250
251
Customer's Network
RMSS Tape Complex for 3494 and 3953
LMA
VTS
TS7700
V06
AX0/CX1
C06
Fiber
Sw
J70
LMB
C06
Fiber
Sw
Fiber
Sw
EKM
Rtr
EKM
Rtr
Primary for Dual LAN
3 Com Switch
Network
192.168.250.xxx
Alternate for Dual LAN
Primary for Single LAN
3 Com Switch Network
192.168.251.xxx
Router
Router
Router
TS3500 Automated
Tape Library
TS3000
Broadband
Modem
Passwords
protected
set by CE
Modem
- TotalStorage R Service Console network connects the following
subsystems: LMA, LMB,
Passwords
- Modems attached to TS3000 Service Console (TSSC) and TS3500.
protected
TS3000 offers outbound only internet connectivity to return error logs
set by CE
to IBM.
- Redundant LANs connected the VTS, TS7700, C06, J70, LMA, LMB
- LMA, LMB, TS7700, AX0, CX1 and EKM routers have customer network access.
- The 3953 uses the TS3500 Automated Tape Library, but not the A60 tape controller.
- The TS3500 calls home through either the TSSC or the modem but not both.
a69i0350
TSSC Switch
Network 172.31.1.xxx
Figure 14. Attachment of the system console to the TS3500 Tape Library and the 3953 Tape System for remote
support
Dial Out security features
Dial out is used by the Call Home feature to send service-related
information from the attached systems to the IBM service support system,
RETAIN®; and to optionally send a pager message to a
customer-designated number. Dial out is available through the TSSC and
the modem. Dial out security properties for the Attached Systems are as
follows:
64
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
1. Dial-out is from the customer location to the IBM connection point. The
IBM service support system (RETAIN®) does not initiate connections to
the attached systems.
2. Dial out through the TSSC can either be over a modem connection or
over an outbound Ethernet connection to the customer network. All
outbound traffic is limited to HTTP, HTTPS, and DNS information. All
service-related data is communicated using HTTPS and is therefore
encrypted.
3. The data exchanged between the attached systems and RETAIN® is
service-related data. The protocol used is specific to this application
and not publicly available.
4. On the first data exchange of each transmission, RETAIN® validates
that the calling system is entitled to service. If the calling system is not
validated, it is disconnected.
5. The default setting for the call home feature is enabled. The Call Home
feature may be disabled by an IBM Service Representative.
None of the customer data stored on the tape or in memory for the TS3500
Tape Library is transmitted or accessed in a Call Home session. Call Home
is enabled or disabled by a CETool menu selection. When properly
configured, Call Home uses an IBM Global Services secure network or an
internet connection. A unique account code is used which establishes
connections only to RETAIN®.
Dial In security features
Dial in is used by IBM Service Representatives to logon to and provide
service support. Dialing in through the modem and TSSC, or WTI switch
for legacy systems, provides connectivity to the 3953 and 3494 Tape
Library managers. All dial-in connectivity to the TSSC must be through the
modem connection. The optional Ethernet connection restricts all incoming
traffic. Separate log ons are required for access to each of the Attached
Systems.
Note: TS3500 Tape Library does not support dial in.
The TSSC supports the following data security requirements when
properly configured:
v Customer data, stored on tape or in memory, can not be transmitted or
accessed in remote support sessions.
v Remote dial in is enabled or disabled through an operator panel or Web
specialist menu selection by the customer. The default is to disable
remote call in. When remote call in is enabled, the default is to enable it
for 24 hours.
v Remote dial in requires a password for access. The password is managed
by the customer.
The following dial in security properties are available:
Modem
The default modem setting for dial in is no password required. A
password can be specified by the customer and set by the IBM
Service Representative.
WTI Switch (used with some legacy systems)
The WTI Switch has a default password. A different password can
be set locally by the IBM Service Representative.
Chapter 1. Introduction
65
Security for Encryption Support
Encryption support in the TS3500 Tape Library and 3592 tape controllers (models
C07, C06 and J70) allow system-managed tape encryption on IBM System z
platforms. An IBM service representative installs routers between the internal LAN
network, which is connected to the controllers, and the customer's LAN network.
The router provides access to the customer's key manager. Network traffic through
this router is outbound only. The Network Address Translation (NAT) function in
the router prevents externally-initiated connections to any internal components.
Port information for firewall environments
Table 19 shows the only ports that are required to be opened on the firewall for
environments where the tape configuration is separated from the LAN-attached
hosts and/or Web clients by a firewall. All other ports may be closed.
Table 19. Port Information for firewall environments
Port
Direction (from
library)
Protocol
3494
Bi-directional
TCP/IP
TotalStorage Specialist
80
Inbound
TCP/IP
SNMP Traps
161/162
Bi-directional
UDP/IP
Encryption key manager
1443
Outbound
SSL
Encryption key manager
3801
Outbound
TCP/IP
Function
Library Operations
®
Note: The TS3000 System Console uses the following ports: HTTPS: Port 443;
HTTP: Port 80; and DNS: Port 53.
Port information communications can be initiated either by the tape library or by
the host. Typically, the library only initiates a connection when responding to the
host; however, in the case of unsolicited messages such as statistics notifications
and operator interventions, the library initiates a connection through port 3494. If
the library manager needs to make a connection to the host, it chooses a temporary
port and uses that port to make an outbound connection to a 3494 listening port
on the host. When the host has a message to deliver to the library manager, it
chooses its own ephemeral port by which to make an outbound connection to
listening port 3494 on the library manager. The connection is only maintained for
the duration required to pass a single message, and then it is disabled.
Table 19 describes the minimum level of connectivity required to perform library
operations. Other ports that could be opened up on the firewall, but are not
necessary in order to have full functionality include:
v The standard HTTP port, 80, allows inbound communication to the library from
the IBM System Storage Tape Library Specialist (IBM's Enterprise Storage
Resource Management solution).
v Ports 161 and 162, which are the standard ports for sending SNMP traps. The
tape library can be configured to send traps to SNMP target machines in the
case of operator interventions, if you want to do that. In this case the firewall
needs to allow outbound connections from the library from its port 161 to port
162 on the listening SNMP target machine.
66
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Remote support security for the TS3500 Tape Library through a
system console
This section describes remote support security for the TS3500 Tape Library through
a system console.
Figure 15 illustrates all of the external communication connections to the TS3500
Tape Library control system.
Figure 15. External communication connections to the TS3500 Tape Library control system
Access to read and write data to and from tape cartridges is only available on the
host interface (Fibre Channel or SCSI). The host interface is provided by the drives.
The library communicates with the drives though the Library/Drive Interface. The
Ethernet port, modem port, and CETool port do not have any direct access to the
Library/Drive Interface. All communication between the various interfaces is
through the library control system.
All library communication requires explicit support by the library firmware
running in the library control system. The library firmware does not provide
capability for any of the following functions:
v Answering an incoming call to the modem.
v Communications between the Ethernet port and the modem port.
v Communications between the Ethernet port and the CETool port.
v Communications between the CETool port and the modem port.
v Accessing data from tape cartridges through the Library/Drive Interface.
v Sending or receiving data from tape cartridges through any port.
For more information about installing and using the CETool, see the IBM System
Storage TS3500 Tape Library 3584 Maintenance Information manual.
Security considerations when using the TS3500 Tape Library
Specialist Web interface
This section describes remote support security for the TS3500 Tape Library through
a system console when using the Tape Library Specialist Web interface.
Chapter 1. Introduction
67
The TS3500 Tape Library Tape Library Specialist Web interface does not allow any
access to customer data, and it does not allow FTP or TELNET type operations. It
only provides those functions that are specifically coded in the library firmware.
The only files it can offload are library logs, drive logs, a backup of the nonvolatile
random access memory (NVRAM) configuration information for the library, and
certain usage and error statistics files. It cannot be used to read or write a customer
cartridge or otherwise access customer data.
The Tape Library Specialist Web interface allows the customer to set up an
administrator password, and no one without the password can use the Tape
Library Specialist Web interface to do anything to the library. The Tape Library
Specialist Web interface also provides several levels of access through roles, and
these roles have lower levels of access than the administrator. In addition, when
password protection is enabled, the Tape Library Specialist Web interface also
provides an option to authenticate through the Storage Authentication Service
(SAS). See the section about Web security in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape
Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
Security concerns when using the Tape Library Specialist Web interface are similar
to those of using the operator panel. For example:
v A specialist user could move a cartridge from one location to another within the
library, potentially confusing a host application or making a cartridge
unavailable by moving it to a different partition.
v A user could re-configure the library, possibly causing problems at the hosts
because of changes in partitioning or device IDs.
v A remote user could update library or drive code. However, since the library
and drives ignore any code they do not recognize, the only exposure is to
loading down level code.
These security concerns can be addressed by utilizing the password, user role, and
authentication features provided by the Tape Library Specialist Web interface and
also by enabling SNMP audit logging. When SNMP audit logging is enabled, the
library sends notifications when certain events occur in the library. For more
information, refer to “SNMP audit logging” on page 71.
Security considerations for the IBM TS3500 Tape Library RS/232
Port
This section describes security information for the IBM TS3500 Tape Library
RS/232 Port through the debug/CETool interface.
When servicing a TS3500 Tape Library, IBM Service Representatives may connect a
service terminal (laptop computer) to an RS-232 serial port on the TS3500 Tape
Library. Serial port J1 (also known as the CETool Port) provides an interface which
allows IBM Service Representatives to send messages to the library and receive
information from the library. This is a proprietary interface which provides specific
commands and only passes the data associated with those commands.
A program called CETool.exe is used to interface with the library through this port.
The CETool program provides the following capabilities:
v Update library or drive firmware by transferring a library code image or a drive
code image from the service terminal to the library
v Get error and statistics logs and configuration information from the library and
drive
v Configure the library settings related to the Call Home facility
68
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
v Backup and restore the library non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM)
(configuration data)
v Correct a tape drive serial number that has been corrupted
v Specify whether to report 5 characters or 7 characters of the library serial
number in inquiry data
The CETool Port interface does not provide any capability to access data that has
been written on the tape cartridges within the library. In addition, the CETool Port
interface does not provide any capability to access any Ethernet network connected
to the library.
For more information about installing and using the CETool, see the IBM System
Storage TS3500 Tape Library 3584 Maintenance Information manual.
Methods of cleaning drives
This section describes the methods of cleaning that the TS3500 Tape Library uses
for its drives.
Notes:
v It is the operator's responsibility to monitor cleaning cartridge usage.
v Automatic cleaning is always enabled with the Advanced Library Management
System (ALMS).
The head of every tape drive in the TS3500 Tape Library must be kept clean to
prevent errors caused by contamination. To help you keep the drives clean, IBM
provides a cleaning cartridge with the library. Whenever a drive determines that it
needs to be cleaned, it alerts you with a message on the library's display or host
console. The library uses the cleaning cartridge to clean the drive with whatever
cleaning method that you choose. In all methods, cleaning is performed after the
data cartridge has been unloaded from the drive and before the next load.
Two methods of cleaning are available:
Automatic cleaning (preferred)
Automatic cleaning enables the library to automatically respond to any
tape drive's request for cleaning and to begin the cleaning process. The
cleaning process is transparent to any host application that uses the library.
Automatic cleaning is required, and cannot be disabled, in libraries with
the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS). For more information,
see the section about automatic cleaning in the IBM System Storage TS3500
Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
Manual cleaning
Manual cleaning requires that you select a menu option from the library's
operator panel or Tape Library Specialist Web interface to perform cleaning
on one or more of the tape drives. Manual cleaning is always supported,
regardless of whether automatic cleaning is enabled or disabled. For more
information, see the section about performing a manual cleaning operation
in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
TapeAlert support
This topic gives an overview of the TapeAlert technology, which is supported by
the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library.
Chapter 1. Introduction
69
The TS3500 Tape Library is compatible with TapeAlert technology, which provides
error and diagnostic information about the drives and the library to the host
application. The library provides this information as TapeAlert flags that are
reported to the application by the SCSI LOG SENSE command.
For a list of the TapeAlert flags for the drives and the library, see the appropriate
section in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
SNMP messaging
This section describes the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP), which
allows the TS3500 Tape Library to send alerts over a LAN network to a monitoring
server.
Occasionally, the TS3500 Tape Library may encounter a situation that you want to
know about. These can be conditions that affect library performance, such as an
open door that causes the library to stop, or user actions that you want to have
logged, such as a cartridge move or export that is specifically initiated from the
Tape Library Specialist web interface or the library's operator panel. SNMP
messages can alert you of these conditions.
The library provides a standard TCP/IP protocol called SNMP to send alerts about
conditions (such as an opened door) over a TCP/IP LAN network to an SNMP
monitoring server. These alerts are called SNMP traps. Using the information
supplied in each SNMP trap, the monitoring server (together with
customer-supplied software) can alert operations staff of possible problems or
operator interventions that occur. Many monitoring servers (like NetView(R)) can be
used to send e-mail or pager notifications when they receive an SNMP alert (for
more information, see your NetView documentation or the manuals for your
network management application).
The monitoring server must be loaded with systems management software that can
receive and process the trap. SNMP supports a get and get-response mechanism
for an operator to gather more information about a problem or query the library
about its current status. Through a monitoring server, the operator issues a "get"
via SNMP to request information about the library. A get-response is the
information that is provided in response to the get. This type of support generally
requires an up-to-date library Management Information Base (MIB). The library's
MIB contains units of information that specifically describe an aspect of a system,
such as the system name, hardware number, or communications configuration.
IBM provides the MIBs that are supported by the library. They include:
v IBM 3584 MIB for Version 1 or Version 2c traps
v Storage Networking Industry Association (SNIA) Storage Media Library (SML)
MIB Version 1.12
v SNIA SML MIB Version 1.20b
Refer to “Obtaining MIBs” on page 71 for step-by-step instructions for
downloading the correct MIB for your operating system.
An operator cannot change library settings by using SNMP. Settings can only be
changed by using the Tape Library Specialist web interface or operator panel.
Figure 16 on page 71 shows the flow of SNMP communication from the library
over the Ethernet local area network (LAN) to an SNMP monitoring server.
70
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
SNMP Monitoring Server
TCP/IP
Trap
Get
Get-Response
3584 Tape Library
a69i0118
TCP/IP
Figure 16. The SNMP messaging system
For information about interpreting an SNMP trap or using SNMP MIBs to monitor
your library, see the appropriate sections in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape
Library Operator Guide. For information about SNMP audit logging, refer to “SNMP
audit logging.” Additional information is available in Implementing IBM Tape in
Linux and Windows; this book is available on the Web at http://
www.redbooks.ibm.com/abstracts/sg246268.html?Open. Also see Implementing IBM
Tape in Unix Systems; this book is available on the Web at http://
www.redbooks.ibm.com/redbooks/pdfs/sg246502.pdf.
Obtaining MIBs
To obtain the latest MIBs, visit the web at: http://www.ibm.com/support/
fixcentral and perform the following steps:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. From the Fix Central web page, select System Storage from the Product Group
menu.
2. Select Tape systems from the System Storage menu.
3. Select Tape autoloaders and libraries from the Tape Systems menu.
4. Select TS3500 Tape Library from the Tape autoloaders and libraries menu and
click Continue. The Select fixes page displays.
5. Select the appropriate microcode level for your library. A sign on page displays.
6. Log on with your user ID and password in order to view available MIB files
for download.
SNMP audit logging
This topic describes the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) audit
logging, which provides logging information about specific TS3500 Tape Library
user actions.
The TS3500 Tape Library provides various interfaces, other than the host
application, that allow a user to configure different library or drive settings, move
cartridges within or out of the library, and perform other actions. In order to
provide additional capabilities for monitoring these actions and the physical
security of the library, the TS3500 Tape Library provides notifications, in the form
of SNMP traps, that provide a log of when certain activities are performed.
SNMP audit logging sends the log information over a TCP/IP LAN network to an
SNMP monitoring server, just as SNMP traps are sent for library alerts. By default,
Chapter 1. Introduction
71
SNMP audit logging is disabled, however, you can enable SNMP audit logging
using the TS3500 Tape Library Specialist Web interface.
The following events are logged when SNMP audit logging is enabled:
v Log in attempt granted or denied
v Logout (timeout, logout, or force logout)
v Any configuration change
v Any data or cleaning cartridge move initiated from a library user interface
v Any code load operation (library or drive) initiated from a library user interface
and not associated with a FRU replacement
v Any prepare or finish service procedure initiated from a library user interface
including set storage slot offline or online
v Any drive serial number change not associated with a FRU replacement
v Any drive power cycle initiated from a library user interface
v Any node card reset initiated from a library user interface
Notes:
v Each login and logout is only logged if security is enabled.
v Door open is logged whether or not SNMP Audit Logging is enabled.
The following information is provided in the logs for each of the events listed
above:
v Machine type, model, and serial number of the reporting machine
v The UserID initiating the event
v Level of severity
v Trap ID
v Description of the event
Note: The UserID is only applicable for the Web when security is enabled and for
operations performed from the operator panel.
SMI-S support
This section describes the Storage Management Initiative - Specification (SMI-S)
service provided by the TS3500 Tape Library.
SMI-S defines a standard interface for interoperable, extensible, and secure
management of heterogeneous and distributed storage systems. This interface uses
an object-oriented, XML-based, messaging-based protocol designed to support the
specific requirements of managing devices such as the TS3500 Tape Library in a
storage environment. The SMI-S specification describes the information available to
a WBEM client, such as the IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center (TPC), from an
SMI-S-compliant CIM WBEM Server such as the TS3500 Tape Library. This SMI-S
standard storage management interface is developed by the Storage Network
Industry Association (SNIA).
The TS3500 Tape Library provides native support for SMI-S. It is no longer
necessary to run a proxy SMI-S agent on a separate Linux machine. All of the
functions present in the proxy SMI-S agent are replicated in this embedded
version. In addition, this embedded version includes support for asset reporting on
each installed frame in the TS3500 Tape Library.
72
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
New base frame models L23 and L53 come with support for the embedded SMI-S
Agent. Other frame models, however, require upgrades in order to support the
embedded SMI-S Agent. The following table displays the frame models and
required upgrades.
Table 20. Required upgrade for those frames providing Ethernet attachment to the SMI-S
Agent
Frame model
Required upgrade
L22, D22
Installation of feature code 1700 or 1701
or model conversion to L23 or D23
L23, D23
No upgrade required
L32, D32
Installation of feature code 1700 or 1701
L52, D52
Installation of feature code 1700 or 1701
or model conversion to L53 or D53
L53, D53
No upgrade required
The TS3500 Tape Library SMI-S HTTP service operates on the library Ethernet
interface IP address on port 5988 by default. The SMI-S service agent can be
enabled and disabled using the library Web interface (see the appropriate section
in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide). The
TS3500 Tape Library embedded SMI-S service uses "root/ibm" as the Namespace.
Namespace is a configuration parameter needed to access the SMI-S service for an
SMI-S client such as TPC.
The user authentication and security (SSL) for the SMI-S service works in
conjunction with the Web service. When the Web user accounts are enabled, the
same user accounts and passwords are used for SMI-S service authentication.
When Web SSL is enabled, the SMI-S HTTPS service is enabled on port 5989 and
the SMI-S HTTP service is disabled on port 5988.
An SMI-S profile is a subset of the SMI-S standard that supports interoperability in
managing specific products such as tape libraries. A profile is a vertical slice
through the SMI-S standard defining physical, logical, and behavioral elements
required for interoperability.
The TS3500 Tape Library embedded SMI-S service supports the following profiles:
Table 21. Embedded SIM-S Agent Profiles
Profile
Sub Profiles
SMI-S Version
Server Profile
n/a
1.2
Storage Media Library
1.2
Limited Access Port
1.2
Chassis
1.2
FC Port
1.2
Software
1.2
Physical Package
1.2
Note: Two versions of the embedded SMI-S agent are supported by the TS3500
Tape Library. The initial version (v1.1), released with code level 7050, does not
Chapter 1. Introduction
73
require the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS). The full version (v1.2),
released with code level 8160, requires that ALMS is installed and enabled on your
library.
To learn more about the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center, go to
http://www.ibm.com/systems/storage/software/. To learn more about SMI-S and
SNIA, go to http://www.snia.org/.
Secure Socket Layer (SSL) functionality
The TS3500 Tape Library supports secure socket layer (SSL). SSL is a protocol for
transmitting private documents through the Internet. SSL uses a cryptographic
system that uses these two keys to encrypt data:
v a public key known to everyone
v a private key known only to the recipient of the message
Many Web sites use this protocol to obtain confidential user information, such as
credit card numbers. By convention, URLs that require an SSL connection start
with https: instead of http:.
The TS3500 Tape Library provides the ability to enable or disable SSL for Web
browser communication. The action is performed using the Tape Library Specialist
Web specialist.
Storage Authentication Service
This topic describes the Storage Authentication Service (SAS), which is an option
for web login requests on the TS3500 Tape Library.
Remote authentication is supported on a TS7700 Virtualization Engine or TS3500
Tape Library using the Tivoli Secure Authentication Service client and server, and
the WebSphere® Federated Repositories. The TS7700 Virtualization Engine or
TS3500 Tape Library must connect to a System Storage Productivity Center (SSPC)
appliance or a server using Tivoli Productivity Center (TPC). The SAS client is
integrated into the TS7700 Virtualization Engine microcode or the TS3500 Tape
Library firmware, while the SAS server and the WebSphere Federated Repositories
are integrated into TPC 4.1 and higher. TPC is available as a software-only package
or as an integrated solution on the SSPC appliance.
When SAS is enabled, the TS3500 Tape Library passes user authentication requests
to the SAS server on the SSPC or TPC, where they are forwarded to the customer's
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) or Microsoft Active Directory (AD)
server. The LDAP or AD server then authenticates the user's ID and password; if
they are valid then one or more user groups are assigned. The TS3500 Tape Library
then assigns the user a role based on the LDAP or AD group.
This central repository allows you to accomplish the following security tasks from
a single interface, without logging in to a TS3500 Tape Library:
v Add or remove a user
v Reset or change a password
v Assign, change, or delete the LDAP or AD group of a user
Figure 17 on page 75 shows an overview of the Storage Authentication Service.
74
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
TS3500 Tape Library
Firmware
Browsers
SSPC or TPC
Server
LDAP Server
Tivoli
Integrated
Portal (TIP)
LDAP
Storage
Authentication
Service Server
LDAP Service
Storage
Authentication
Service Client
Customer Network
Customer Network
Customer Network
a69i0356
Web Server
Figure 17. Storage Authentication Service overview
A central repository can also simplify the process of responding to new security
requirements for one or more tape libraries. For instance, rules for passwords can
be changed in one location without reconfiguring multiple, affected machines. By
comparison, when local authentication is employed, each individual machine
maintains an internal database of user IDs, with corresponding passwords and
roles.
LDAP dependency
The WebSphere Federated Repositories component of the SSPC or TPC receives
authentication requests from the TS3500 Tape Library through the SAS. The SAS
passes user ID and password information to the LDAP or AD server. The LDAP or
AD server returns authentication status to the SSPC or TPC, which forwards the
authentication status through the SAS to the TS3500 Tape Library. The LDAP or
AD server attached to the SSPC or TPC manages the following information:
User ID
A string to identify a specific user
User password
A password for each user ID
Groups
Strings to identify one or more groups of users. The TS3500 Tape Library
maps each LDAP group to a TS3500 Tape Library role.
Each user is defined as a member of one or more groups, meaning the user
assumes the roles defined by those groups.
Notes:
v The User ID and User password cannot exceed 15 characters. LDAP users that
exceed this maximum may not be able to authenticate to the TS3500 Tape
Library Specialist Web interface when SAS is enabled.
v The maximum length of a Group is 15 characters. Groups exceeding 15
characters in length will not map to a defined role in the TS3500 Tape Library.
Chapter 1. Introduction
75
Mapping groups to roles
When a user is successfully authenticated using the Storage Authentication Service,
the resulting user information includes a list of groups the user belongs to. For
successful authorization, at least one LDAP group in the list must have the same
name as a role that is defined in the TS3500 Tape Library. The first LDAP group to
match a role determines the role of the user. Avoid ambiguity of multiple matches
by making sure that only one group matches a role in the TS3500 Tape Library.
Note: Prior to firmware level A040, a user in an Admin LDAP group is required to
enable and disable SAS.
For more information about TPC, visit the web at http://www-03.ibm.com/
systems/storage/software/center/index.html. For additional information about
TPC security features, including how to use Microsoft Active Directory for
authentication, visit the web at http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/
wasinfo/v7r0/index.jsp?topic=/com.ibm.websphere.base.doc/info/aes/ae/
cwim_fedrepos.html.
IPv6 functionality
The TS3500 Tape Library supports internet protocol (IP) addresses in both IPv4 and
IPv6 format. IPv6 is designed to allow the Internet to grow steadily, both in terms
of the number of hosts connected and the total amount of data traffic transmitted.
Both the operator panel and the Tape Library Specialist Web interface allow the
definition of IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. The Key Proxy determines the IP version
used and presents the correct IP address and parameters to the IP Stack.
IPv4 and IPv6 address formats
An IPv4 address has the following format: x . x . x . x where x is called an octet
and must be a decimal value between 0 and 255. Octets are separated by periods.
An IPv4 address must contain three periods and four octets. Examples of valid
IPv4 addresses include:
v 1 . 2 . 3 . 4
v 01 . 102 . 103 . 104
Here is an example of a screen that uses IPv4 addresses:
Ethernet IPv4
Panel 0175
Current Settings Frame 1:
MAC Address: 18:36:F3:98:4F:9A
IP Address (IPv4): 19.117.63.126
Subnet Mask (IPv4): 255.255.253.0
Gateway (IPv4):
19.117.63.253
Ethernet Mode:
Manual IP Entry
Press ENTER to Change Settings
[BACK]
[ UP ]
[DOWN]
[ENTER]
An IPv6 address can have two formats:
v Normal - Pure IPv6 format
v Dual - IPv6 plus IPv4 formats
76
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
An IPv6 (Normal) address has the following format: y : y : y : y : y : y : y
: y where y is called a segment and can be any hexadecimal value between 0 and
FFFF. The segments are separated by colons - not periods. An IPv6 normal address
must have eight segments, however a short form notation can be used in the Tape
Library Specialist Web interface for segments that are zero, or those that have
leading zeros. The short form notation can not be used from the operator panel.
Examples of valid IPv6 (Normal) addresses:
v 2001 : db8: 3333 : 4444 : 5555 : 6666 : 7777 : 8888
v 2001 : db8 : 3333 : 4444 : CCCC : DDDD : EEEE : FFFF
v : : (implies all 8 segments are zero)
v 2001: db8: : (implies that the last six segments are zero)
v
v
v
: : 1234 : 5678 (implies that the first six segments are zero)
2001 : db8: : 1234 : 5678 (implies that the middle four segments are zero)
2001:0db8:0001:0000:0000:0ab9:C0A8:0102 (This can be compressed to
eliminate leading zeros, as follows: 2001:db8:1::ab9:C0A8:102 )
Here is an example of a screen that uses IPv6 addresses:
Ethernet IPv6
Panel 0178
Current Settings
Frame 1, Port B÷
MAC Address: 18:36:F3:98:4F:9A
Manual IP (IPv6): 684D:1111:222:3333:4444:5555:6:77
DHCP IP (IPv6): Disabled
Stateless Auto IP (IPv6): 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
Press ENTER to Change Settings
[BACK]
[ UP ]
[DOWN]
[ENTER]
An IPv6 (Dual) address combines an IPv6 and an IPv4 address and has the
following format: y : y : y : y : y : y : x . x . x . x. The IPv6 portion of
the address (indicated with y's) is always at the beginning, followed by the IPv4
portion (indicated with x's).
v In the IPv6 portion of the address, y is called a segment and can be any
hexadecimal value between 0 and FFFF. The segments are separated by colons not periods. The IPv6 portion of the address must have six segments but there is
a short form notation for segments that are zero.
v In the IPv4 portion of the address x is called an octet and must be a decimal
value between 0 and 255. The octets are separated by periods. The IPv4 portion
of the address must contain three periods and four octets.
Examples of valid IPv6 (Dual) addresses:
v
v
2001 : db8: 3333 : 4444 : 5555 : 6666 : 1 . 2 . 3 . 4
: : 11 . 22 . 33 . 44 (implies all six IPv6 segments are zero)
2001 : db8: : 123 . 123 . 123 . 123 (implies that the last four IPv6 segments
are zero)
v : : 1234 : 5678 : 91 . 123 . 4 . 56 (implies that the first four IPv6 segments
are zero)
v : : 1234 : 5678 : 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 (implies that the first four IPv6 segments are
zero)
v
Chapter 1. Introduction
77
v 2001 : db8: : 1234 : 5678 : 5 . 6 . 7 . 8 (implies that the middle two IPv6
segments are zero)
Subnet masks (IPv4) and prefix lengths (IPv6)
All IP addresses are divided into portions. One part identifies the network (the
network number) and the other part identifies the specific machine or host within
the network (the host number). Subnet masks (IPv4) and prefixes (IPv6) identify
the range of IP addresses that make up a subnet, or group of IP addresses on the
same network. For example, a subnet can be used to identify all the machines in a
building, department, geographic location, or on the same local area network
(LAN).
Dividing an organization's network into subnets allows it to be connected to the
Internet with a single shared network address. Subnet masks and prefixes are used
when a host is attempting to communicate with another system. If the system is on
the same network or subnet, it will attempt to find that address on the local link. If
the system is on a different network, the packet is sent to a gateway which will
then route the packet to the correct IP address. This is called Classless-InterDomain
Routing (CIDR).
In IPv4, the subnet mask 255.255.255.0 is 24 bits and consists of four 8-bit octets.
The address: 10.10.10.0 subnet mask 255.255.255.0 means that the subnet is a
range of IP addresses from 10.10.10.0 - 10.10.10.255.
The prefix-length in IPv6 is the equivalent of the subnet mask in IPv4. However,
rather than being expressed in 4 octets like it is in IPv4, it is expressed as an
integer between 1-128. For example: 2001:db8:abcd:0012::0/64 specifies a subnet
with a range of IP addresses from: 2001:db8:abcd:0012:0000:0000:0000:0000 2001:db8:abcd:0012:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff. The portion in bold is called the
network portion of the IP address, or the prefix. The non-bold portion is called the
host portion of the IP address, since it identifies an individual host on the network.
78
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Drive performance
This topic gives performance data for Ultrium and 3592 tape drives.
Table 22 provides drive performance of the Ultrium tape drives with different
media. Table 23 on page 80 provides drive performance of the 3592 tape drives.
Table 24 on page 81 provides additional information for 3592 media.
|
Table 22. Performance specifications of the Ultrium tape drives
|
|
|
Performance Parameter
|
|
|
Sustained data rate
(native)1
Tape Drive
Ultrium 6
Ultrium 5
Ultrium 4
Ultrium 3
Ultrium 2
Ultrium 1
160 MB/s
(L6 media)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
|
|
|
140 MB/s
(L5 media)
140 MB/s
(L5 media)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
|
|
|
120 MB/s
(L4 media)
120 MB/s
(L4 media)
120 MB/s
(L4 media)
N/A
N/A
N/A
|
|
|
N/A
80 MB/s
(L3 media)2
80 MB/s
(L3 media)
80 MB/s
(L3 media)
N/A
N/A
|
|
|
N/A
N/A
35 MB/s
(L2 media)
35 MB/s
(L2 media)
35 MB/s
(L2 media)
N/A
|
|
|
N/A
N/A
N/A
20 MB/s
(L1 media)
20 MB/s
(L1 media)
15 MB/s
(L1 media)
400 MB/s
(L6 media)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
280 MB/s
(L5 media)
280 MB/s
(L5 media)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
240 MB/s
(L4 media)
240 MB/s
(L4 media)
240 MB/s
(L4 media)
N/A
N/A
N/A
|
|
|
N/A
160 MB/s
(L3 media)2
160 MB/s
(L3 media)
160 MB/s
(L3 media)
N/A
N/A
|
|
|
N/A
N/A
70 MB/s
(L2 media)
70 MB/s
(L2 media)
70 MB/s
(L2 media)
N/A
|
|
|
N/A
N/A
N/A
40 MB/s
(L1 media)
40 MB/s
(L1 media)
30 MB/s
(L1 media)
175 MB/s
110 MB/s
60 MB/s
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sustained data rate (L6
media compressed at
2.5:1 compression; L5
and earlier media
compressed at 2:1
compression)
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum sustained
data rate (at maximum
compression)
|
|
|
Burst data rate for
Fibre Channel drives
|
|
|
|
|
340 MB/s
(read)
745 MB/s
745 MB/s
350 MB/s
(write)
800 MB/s
800 MB/s
400 MB/s
400 MB/s
200 MB/s
100 MB/s
Burst data rate for Low
Voltage Differential
(LVD) SCSI drives
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
160 MB/s
(Ultra160)
80 MB/s
(Ultra2)
|
|
|
|
|
Burst data rate for
High Voltage
Differential (HVD) SCSI
drives
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
40 MB/s
(Ultra)
40 MB/s
(Ultra)
|
|
|
Time to load, thread,
and initialize a
cartridge
12 seconds
15 seconds
20 seconds
Chapter 1. Introduction
79
|
Table 22. Performance specifications of the Ultrium tape drives (continued)
|
|
|
Performance Parameter
|
|
|
Time to unload
cartridge from load
point
|
|
|
Average search time to
first byte of data (load
time)
|
|
|
|
Notes: N/A = not applicable.
Tape Drive
Ultrium 6
Ultrium 5
Ultrium 4
Ultrium 3
17 seconds
60 seconds
57 seconds
Ultrium 2
Ultrium 1
15 seconds
18 seconds
49 seconds
73 seconds
1. All sustained data rates are dependent on the entire data path (from data source to host system to tape drive).
2. Read only
Table 23. Performance specifications of the 3592 tape drives
Performance
parameter
Sustained data rate
(native)1
Compressed
sustained data rate
(at maximum
compression)
Tape Drive
TS1140 Tape Drive
TS1130 Tape Drive
TS1120 Tape Drive
3592 Model J1A Tape
Drive
250 MB/s
(E07 format)
N/A
N/A
N/A
160 MB/s
(E06 format)
160 MB/s
(E06 format)
N/A
N/A
N/A
140 MB/s
(E05 format)
100 MB/s
(E05 format)
N/A
N/A
70 MB/s
(J1A format)
50 MB/s
(J1A format)
40 MB/s
(J1A format)
650 MB/s
(E07 format)
350 MB/s
(E06 format)
280 MB/s
(E05 format)
120 MB/s
(J1A format)
Burst data rate for
Fibre Channel devices
800 MB/s
Load-to-ready time
15 seconds
13 seconds
19 seconds
2
2
21 seconds
Unload time
Maximum rewind
time
24 seconds
400 MB/s
Not supported
23 seconds
55 seconds (100%
scaled JA)
72 seconds (100% scaled JB)
76 seconds (100%
scaled JC)
Not supported
Not supported
200 MB/s
66 seconds (100%
scaled JA)
77 seconds
(100% scaled JA)
90 seconds (100%
scaled JB)
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
18 seconds (20% scaled JA)
24 seconds (20% scaled JB)
26 seconds (20%
scaled JC)
80
Not supported
18 seconds (20%
scaled JA)
Not supported
Not supported
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Not supported
Table 23. Performance specifications of the 3592 tape drives (continued)
29 seconds (100%
scaled JA)
Not supported
38 seconds (100% scaled JB)
Average rewind time
42 seconds (100%
scaled JC)
35 seconds (100%
scaled JA)
Not supported
47 seconds (100%
scaled JB)
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
11 seconds (20% scaled JA)
Not supported
15 seconds (20% scaled JB)
17 seconds (20%
scaled JC)
Not supported
Average block locate
time from load point
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
See Table 24
Notes:
|
1. All sustained data rates are dependent on the entire data path (from data source to host system to tape drive).
2. 40 seconds after encryption key change
Table 24. Average block locate time from load point for 3592 tape cartridge in 3592 tape drives
Type of 3592
Tape Cartridge
Average Block Locate Time from Load Point1
TS1140 tape
drive
TS1130 tape drive TS1120 tape drive
3592 J1A Tape
Drive
JA cartridge type
- 100% scaled
Not supported
28 seconds
33 seconds
40 seconds
JA cartridge type
at full, unscaled
capacity (EFMT1
300 GB [279.39
GiB]; EFMT2 and
EEFMT2 500 GB
[465.66 GiB];
EFMT3 and
EEFMT3 640 GB
[596.04 GiB])
12 seconds
JA cartridge type
at scaled capacity
with 0x35 setting
(EFMT1 format 60
GB [55.88 GiB];
EFMT2 and
EEFMT2 100 GB
[93.13 GiB];
EFMT3 and
EEFMT3 128 GB
[119.21 GiB])
Not supported
JB cartridge type
at full, unscaled
capacity (EFMT2
and EEFMT2 700
GB [651.93 GiB];
EFMT3 and
EEFMT3 1 000 GB
[931.32 GiB];
EFMT4 and
EEFMT4 1 600 GB
[1 396.98 GiB])
JA cartridge type
- 20% scaled
Not supported
11 seconds
JB cartridge type
- 100% scaled
37 seconds
45 seconds
Comments2
Chapter 1. Introduction
81
Table 24. Average block locate time from load point for 3592 tape cartridge in 3592 tape drives (continued)
Type of 3592
Tape Cartridge
Average Block Locate Time from Load Point1
TS1140 tape
drive
TS1130 tape drive TS1120 tape drive
3592 J1A Tape
Drive
JB cartridge type
- 20% scaled
15 seconds
Not supported
JB cartridge type
at scaled capacity
with 0x35 setting
(EFMT2 and
EEFMT2 140 GB
[130.39 GiB];
EFMT3 and
EEFMT3 200 GB
[182.26 GiB];
EFMT4 and
EEFMT4 320 GB
[298.02 GiB])
Not supported
JC cartridge type
at full, unscaled
capacity (EFMT4
and EEFMT4 4 TB
[3.64 TiB])
Not supported
JC cartridge type
at scaled capacity
with 0x35 setting
(EFMT4 and
EEFMT4 800 GB
[745.06 GiB]
12 seconds
Economy - short
length (EFMT1 60
GB [55.88 GiB];
EFMT2 and
EEFMT2 100 GB
[93.13 GiB];
EFMT3 and
EEFMT3 128 GB
[119.21 GiB])
Not supported
Advanced
Economy - short
length (EFMT4
and EFEMT4 500
GB [465.66 GiB])
40 seconds
WORM standard length
(EFMT1 300 GB
[279.39 GiB];
EFMT2 and
EEFMT2 500 GB
[465.66 GiB];
EFMT3 and
EEFMT3 640 GB
[596.04 GiB])
JC cartridge type
(100% scaled)
40 seconds
Not supported
Not supported
JC cartridge type
(20% scaled)
12 seconds
Not supported
Not supported
JJ cartridge type
Not supported
11 seconds
JK cartridge type
11 seconds
Not supported
Not supported
JW cartridge type
Not supported
82
28 seconds
33 seconds
Comments2
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 24. Average block locate time from load point for 3592 tape cartridge in 3592 tape drives (continued)
Type of 3592
Tape Cartridge
Average Block Locate Time from Load Point1
TS1140 tape
drive
TS1130 tape drive TS1120 tape drive
JX cartridge type
37 seconds
45 seconds
Not supported
Extended WORM
(EFMT2 and
EEFMT2 700 GB
[651.93 GiB];
EFMT3 and
EEFMT3
1 000 GB [931.32
GiB]; EFMT4 and
EEFMT4
1 600 GB [1490.12
GiB])
Not supported
Advanced
WORM (EFMT4
and EEFMT4 4 TB
[3.64 TiB])
12 seconds
Economy WORM
- short length
(EFMT1 60 GB
[55.88 GiB];
EFMT2 and
EEFMT2 100 GB
[93.13 GiB];
EFMT3 and
EEFMT3 128 GB
[119.21 GiB])
JY cartridge type
40 seconds
Not supported
Not supported
JR cartridge type
Not supported
11 seconds
Comments2
3592 J1A Tape
Drive
Notes:
1. For an encrypted format, an additional 5 seconds may be required to obtain a encryption key to read the first
block accessed on the cartridge.
2. Encrypted format is referred to as EEFMT2 (for E05), EEFMT3 (for E06), and EEFMT4 (for E07).
By using the built-in data-compression capability of the tape drives, you can
achieve greater data rates than the native data transfer rate. However, the actual
throughput is a function of many components, such as the host system processor,
disk data rate, block size, data compression ratio, interconnect (for example, SCSI
or Fibre Channel), and system or application software.
For maximum performance with SCSI drives, multiple SCSI buses may be required
and the TS3500 Tape Library devices must be the only target devices that are active
on each SCSI bus. For more information, see the section about the SCSI interface in
the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
Library performance
This section explains how performance values, such as cartridge inventory times,
mount performance, and cartridge move time, are obtained for the TS3500 Tape
Library.
Performance values for the TS3500 Tape Library, whether measured on test systems
or modeled through simulations, are based on a fixed set of workload assumptions
to ensure accurate comparisons; however, the results are not evaluated in all
Chapter 1. Introduction
83
production environments. Thus, the performance values show the relative
performance of the systems and may not be absolute indicators of performance in
your specific environment.
Some of the specific assumptions may not pertain to a given operating
environment. Actual performance may vary. Accordingly, the performance
information for this product does not constitute a performance guarantee or
warranty. Verify that the performance of the library is acceptable in your specific
environment.
The sections that follow describe the library's performance.
Inventory times
This section describes inventory times for frames in the TS3500 Tape Library and
inventory with audit times for HD frames.
The typical time required for the TS3500 Tape Library to inventory cartridges is
less than 60 seconds per frame.
An inventory operation includes a check to determine whether each cartridge
storage slot in the library is empty or full, and a scan of the bar code labels. An
inventory occurs whenever you:
v Power on the TS3500 Tape Library
v Issue the SCSI Initialize Element Status with Range command
v Select the appropriate menu options from the Tape Library Specialist Web
interface (see the section about performing an inventory of the library in the
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide)
v Select Inventory from the Manual Operations menu on the library's operator
panel
v Close the front door after manually accessing the inventory
Note: The TS3500 Tape Library tracks the logical location of all of its elements by
performing an automatic inventory as required (if you issue the SCSI Initialize
Element Status command, it is allowed but ignored). The automatic inventory
improves application performance.
When the library performs an automatic inventory because the front door was
closed, the inventory occurs only for those frames whose doors have been opened.
Inventory with audit times
The process of moving cartridges in an HD slot in order to scan each barcode label
is referred to as an audit. For all inventory operations, an HD slot is only audited
when one of the following changes occurs:
v A Tier 1 cartridge barcode label has changed
v Enough Tier 1 barcode labels have changed in a column to warrant an audit of
the entire column of HD slots
An audit can also be requested via the Tape Library Specialist Web interface or by
using a vendor-specific SCSI command.
Note: It is recommended that manual access of HD slots be limited to the initial
bulk loading of the frame.
84
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
The typical time required for the TS3500 Tape Library to audit cartridges is less
than 30 seconds per full HD slot. The typical time required for the TS3500 Tape
Library to audit a column of full HD slots in a Model S54 frame is less than 10
minutes and in a Model S24 frame is less than 8 minutes. If the inventory with
audit includes column 9 of an HD frame at the end of a library string, the
inventory could take an additional 3 to 6 minutes.
Mount performance and cartridge move time
This section describes mount performance and cartridge move times for the TS3500
Tape Library.
Mounts per hour is a measure of the overall capability of the cartridge accessor
and tape drives. It is defined as the number of cartridges that the TS3500 Tape
Library can mount in one hour. A mount, often called the demount and mount
cycle, involves the following steps: (1) removing the cartridge from a drive; (2)
returning it to a storage slot; (3) collecting another cartridge from a random storage
slot; (4) moving it to the drive; and (5) loading the cartridge into the drive.
Move time is the time required for the cartridge accessor to pick a cartridge from a
random slot, move the cartridge to a drive, pivot (if required), and insert the
cartridge into the drive.
Table 25 shows the mount performance and average move time for a TS3500 Tape
Library without dual accessors and without HD frames.
Table 25. Mount performance and move time for drives in a TS3500 Tape Library without dual accessors and without
HD frames
Drives in Frame 1
Drives in Center Frame
Library
Configuration
Mounts Per Hour
Average Move Time
in Seconds
Mounts Per Hour
Average Move Time
in Seconds
1 frame
550
2.7
N/A
N/A
2 frames
520
2.6
N/A
N/A
4 frames
410
3.3
430
2.9
6 frames
350
3.8
380
3.3
8 frames
310
4.4
350
3.7
12 frames
255
5.3
300
4.3
16 frames
215
6.2
260
4.7
Specifications were produced from models, but are consistent with test results.
Table 26 shows the mount performance for a TS3500 Tape Library with dual
accessors but without HD frames.
Table 26. Mount performance for drives in a TS3500 Tape Library with dual accessors but without HD frames
Library Configuration
(Active Frames1)
Mounts Per Hour2
4 frames
1000
6 frames
900
8 frames
800
12 frames
700
16 frames
600
Chapter 1. Introduction
85
Table 26. Mount performance for drives in a TS3500 Tape Library with dual accessors but without HD
frames (continued)
Library Configuration
(Active Frames1)
Mounts Per Hour2
Notes:
1. Active frames are all frames in a dual-accessor library except service bay frames.
2. Specifications were produced from models, but are consistent with test results. This data assumes that the library
is partitioned into at least two logical libraries, such that each of the cartridges located in the two zones are
mounted in drives within each zone with no accessor path overlap. Detailed performance data and tips about
maximizing the performance of a TS3500 Tape Library are available in the IBM TotalStorage 3584 Tape Library
Performance white paper. For information about this document, contact your IBM Representative.
In order to understand how HD frames affect mount performance and cartridge
move time, refer to “HD frame performance considerations” on page 87.
Import and export performance with virtual I/O slots
This topic describes import and export performance in the TS3500 Tape Library
with virtual I/O slots enabled.
Virtual I/O slots increase the quantity of available I/O slots by allowing storage
slots to appear to the host as I/O slots. With virtual I/O slots, the library
automatically moves cartridges between the I/O stations and the storage slots. In
this way, the library enhances its import and export capabilities.
Imports per hour and average I/O station drain time can vary depending on
whether a library has single or dual accessors, and whether the library has HD
frames. Imports per hour is defined as the average number of cartridges imported in
one hour. Average I/O station drain time is defined as the time it takes one active
accessor to import 16 cartridges from one I/O station into the library. Both
specifications assume there is no other activity in the library.
Table 27 shows the imports per hour and average I/O station drain time using one
active accessor in a TS3500 Tape Library with virtual I/O slots enabled, but
without HD frames. Table 28 on page 87 shows imports per hour in a TS3500 Tape
Library with dual active accessors and virtual I/O slots enabled, but without HD
frames.
Table 27. Specifications for imports per hour and average I/O station drain time for a TS3500 Tape Library using one
active accessor
I/O station in frame 1
Imports per hour1
Average I/O Station
Drain Time (in
Seconds)1
Imports per hour1
Average I/O Station
Drain Time (in
Seconds)1
1 frame
829
69
N/A
N/A
2 frames
725
79
N/A
N/A
4 frames
640
90
678
85
6 frames
585
98
639
90
8 frames
536
107
603
95
12 frames
466
123
556
103
16 frames
412
139
513
112
Library configuration
86
I/O station in center frame
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 27. Specifications for imports per hour and average I/O station drain time for a TS3500 Tape Library using one
active accessor (continued)
Notes:
1. The following library setup was used to obtain the stated performance data:
v ALMS and virtual I/O slots are enabled
v Cartridge assignment policy is setup for each logical library
v No HD frames
Table 27 on page 86 lists the specifications for import performance only. Export
performance is designed to be within 20% of import performance when cartridges
are being exported from tier 0 and tier 1 slots. In other words, for recently used
cartridges and all cartridges in non-HD frames, exports per hour will be between
80% to 100% of imports per hour, and average I/O station fill time will be between
100% to 120% of the average I/O station drain time.
Table 28. Specifications for imports per hour for a TS3500 Tape Library with dual active
accessors and I/O Stations in both accessor zones
Library configuration (active frames)1
Imports per hour2,3
4 frames
1400
6 frames
1300
8 frames
1200
12 frames
1100
16 frames
1000
Notes:
1. Active frames are all frames in a dual-accessor library, except for service bays.
2. The following library setup was used to obtain the stated performance data:
v ALMS and virtual I/O slots are enabled
v Cartridge assignment policy is setup for each logical library
v No HD frames
3. The data assumes that the library is partitioned into two separate zones, such that the
cartridges assigned to the logical libraries in the two zones are imported and exported
using the I/O stations within each zone with no accessor path overlap.
Table 28 lists the specifications for import performance only. Export performance is
designed to be within 20% of import performance when cartridges are being
exported from tier 0 and tier 1 slots. In other words, for recently used cartridges
and all cartridges in non-HD frames, exports per hour range between 80% and
100% of imports per hour.
Import and export performance is impacted in a library with HD frames. For more
information, refer to “HD frame performance considerations.”
HD frame performance considerations
In HD frames, the cartridge accessor performs a shuffle operation in order to access
the cartridges stored in Tier 2 and beyond. A shuffle is the process of moving
cartridges in lower tiers into the gripper, or other available slots, in order to access
cartridges in higher tiers (Tier 2 or greater). In order to reduce the occurrence of
shuffle operations, and to take advantage of repeated accesses of certain cartridges,
the role of cartridge cache is assigned to all single-deep (Tier 0) slots in an HD
library. In order to maintain efficient shuffle operations, the library performs a load
Chapter 1. Introduction
87
balancing of the tiers, which stores cartridges across all HD slots in the library
string. In other words, all HD slots are filled to a minimum tier level until that tier
is full across the library. This reduces the need to access cartridges in higher tiers.
The mount performance for a TS3500 Tape Library that includes HD frames is
dependent on the library configuration and cartridge usage. For most
configurations, the impact is not noticeable. For configurations with high accessor
utilization (as measured in mounts per hour), the overall reduction in mount
performance compared to a TS3500 Tape Library without HD frames can range
from no impact to a worst-case 50% reduction in mounts per hour (for a 99% full
library in which all expansion frames are HD frames). This reduction in mount
performance is determined by the distribution of tiers that cartridges are mounted
from and the need to destage least-recently-used (LRU) cartridges from the
cartridge cache. The library configuration and cartridge usage influences the
reduction in mount performance in the following ways:
v Each non-HD frame in the configuration increases the mounts from Tier 0
v Unlicensed capacity decreases the mounts from the highest tiers and decreases
the time required for shuffle operations (load balancing ensures the highest tiers
are the last ones utilized)
v Lower capacity utilization decreases the mounts from the highest tiers and
decreases the time required for shuffle operations (load balancing ensures the
highest tiers are the last ones utilized)
v A higher ratio of cartridges that are mounted more than once (cartridge cache hits)
increases the mounts from Tiers 0 and 1
v Cartridge eject operations prior to mount operations reduce the need to destage
LRU cartridges (this is because eject operations empty some Tier 0 slots)
Eject and insert performance can also be impacted for a TS3500 Tape Library that
includes HD frames. The impact to eject performance is determined by factors
similar to mount performance (distribution of tiers from which cartridges are
ejected). The impact to insert performance is different because inserts tend to go to
HD frames since Tier 0 slots are nominally kept full. This impact to insert
performance is determined by the following factors:
v A shorter time delay between eject and insert operations increases the inserts to
non-HD frames (this is because eject operations will empty some number of Tier
0 slots)
v A shorter distance between the I/O stations used for inserts and the HD frames
decreases the insert move time to those frames
For more information about HD frames, see “High density technology” on page 9.
Shuttle complex performance considerations
In order to move a cartridge from one library string to another, the cartridge is first
placed in a shuttle car by the cartridge accessor. The cartridge is then moved
across the shuttle connection and is removed by the cartridge accessor at the
destination library. The time for the shuttle car to move from one library to the
next varies based on installation distances, but is as low as five seconds in optimal
configurations.
Mount performance and cartridge move time in a shuttle complex depends on the
overall configuration of the complex, including the length of the shuttle
connections and the location of the available drive. In order to maximize
performance, the application should only use remote tape drives if all drives are
88
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
full in the home logical library. In addition, the application can further maximize
performance in a shuttle complex by supporting a "floating home library"
algorithm so that cartridges make one-way trips rather than round trips across
shuttle connections. However, a "floating home library" algorithm increases the
need for customer monitoring for an imbalance of cartridges across libraries that
can lead to a full, or nearly full, capacity utilization of a library string.
Chapter 1. Introduction
89
90
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
This chapter describes the physical planning specifications for the TS3500 Tape
Library and also provides planning considerations for a TS3500 Tape Library
shuttle complex.
For optimum operation of the TS3500 Tape Library, make sure that you place it in
an environment that meets the requirements described in the following sections.
For proper performance in a TS3500 Tape Library shuttle complex, also review and
understand the physical requirements for this configuration. The library, individual
library frames, and shuttle complex components are installed by an IBM service
representative.
Height and length of library
Each frame of the TS3500 Tape Library has a set of casters and four leveling
jackscrews. The casters and leveling jackscrews that attach to the TS3500 Tape
Library affect its height. The nominal height from the bottom of the jackscrews to
the top of the frame is 1840 mm (72.4 in.) and can be varied by ±40 mm (±1.6 in.).
The shipping height of the library (on its casters and with jackscrews raised) is 1
800 mm (70.9 in.). The height of a frame with a shuttle connection is 2 275 mm
(89.57 in.)
Refer to the following physical specifications section for detailed information by
frame model. To calculate the length of your fully configured library or fully
configured shuttle complex, see the section about clearance specifications for
models of the TS3500 Tape Library.
Library placement
This topic provides recommendations for library placement.
In order to ensure optimal performance, the TS3500 Tape Library must be placed in
a location that meets the requirements presented in this guide. In addition, it is
recommended that you keep the following items away from the tape library in
order to avoid damage to the library, tape drives, and tape media:
v Equipment that may produce airborne dust, particulate pollution, or corrosive
fumes, such as laser printers, ultrasonic humidifiers, and ionizers
|
|
Refer to “Environmental specifications” on page 115 for detailed information about
gaseous and particulate contamination.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
91
Physical specifications for Models L22 and D22
This section gives physical specifications (such as height, width, depth, and
weight) of Models L22 and D22 of the TS3500 Tape Library.
Table 29. Physical characteristics of the TS3500 Tape Library, Models L22 and D22
Physical Characteristic
Measurement
Height of L22 and D22 frames (on casters)
1800 mm (70.9 in.)
Width of L22 frame with covers
Width of L22 or D22 frame without covers
782 mm (30.8 in.)
1
725 mm (28.5 in.)
Depth of L22 or D22 frame (including front and rear
doors)
1212 mm (47.72 in.)
Weight of second accessor
15.1 kg (33.3 lbs)
Model L22
Model D22
364 kg (802 lb)
N/A3
534 kg (1178 lb)
N/A
Weight of expansion frame with 0 drives and 0
cartridges2
N/A
270 kg (596 lb)
Weight of expansion frame with 12 drives and
maximum cartridges (360 for 3592 tape cartridges)2
N/A
494 kg (1089 lb)
Weight of base frame with 1 drive and 0 cartridges
2
Weight of base frame with 12 drives and maximum
cartridges (238 for 3592 Tape Cartridges)2
Notes:
1. Frame width only. Additional interframe spacing of 30 mm (1.2 in.) is required.
2. The weight with cartridges assumes a cartridge weight of .242 kg (.534 lb) for a standard 3592 tape cartridge.
The actual weight of the library varies, depending on the configuration and cartridge capacity.
3. N/A = Not applicable.
92
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Physical specifications for Models L23 and D23
This section gives physical specifications (such as height, width, depth, and
weight) of Models L23 and D23 of the TS3500 Tape Library.
Table 30. Physical characteristics of the TS3500 Tape Library, Models L23 and D23
Physical Characteristic
Measurement
Height of L23 and D23 frames (on casters)
1800 mm (70.9 in.)
Width of L23 frame with covers
Width of L23 or D23 frame without covers
782 mm (30.8 in.)
1
725 mm (28.5 in.)
Depth of L23 or D23 frame (including front and rear
doors)
1212 mm (47.72 in.)
Weight of second accessor
15.1 kg (33.3 lbs)
Model L23
Model D23
361 kg (796 lb)
N/A
525.75 kg (1 160 lb)
N/A
Weight of expansion frame with 0 drives and 0
cartridges and 4 I/O stations2
N/A
296 kg (645 lb)
Weight of expansion frame with 12 drives, maximum
(3602) 3592 tape cartridges, and backend Fibre Channel
switches3
N/A
487.75 kg (1 075 lb)
Weight of base frame with 1 drive and 0 cartridges
2
2
Weight of base frame with 12 drives, maximum (238 )
3592 tape cartridges, and backend Fibre Channel
switches3
Notes: N/A = Not applicable.
1. Frame width only. Additional interframe spacing of 30 mm (1.2 in.) is required.
2. The weight with cartridges assumes a cartridge weight of .242 kg (.534 lb) for a standard 3592 tape cartridge.
The actual weight of the library varies, depending on the configuration and cartridge capacity.
3. The weight of the backend Fibre Channel switches includes the required power distribution unit, cables, and
mounting hardware.
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
93
Physical specifications for Models L32 and D32
This section gives physical specifications (such as height, width, depth, and
weight) of Models L32 and D32 of the TS3500 Tape Library.
Table 31. Physical characteristics of the TS3500 Tape Library, Models L32 and D32
Physical Characteristic
Measurement
Height of L32 and D32 frames (on casters)
1800 mm (70.9 in.)
Width of frame with covers
748 mm (29.4 in.)
Width of frame without covers
1
725 mm (28.5 in.)
Depth of L32 or D32 frame (including front and rear
doors)
1520 mm (59.8 in.)
Model L32
Model D32
425 kg (937 lb)
N/A
570 kg (1256 lb)
N/A
Weight of expansion frame with 0 drives and 0
cartridges2
N/A
355 kg (784 lb)
Weight of expansion frame with 12 drives and
maximum cartridges (396 Ultrium tape cartridges)2
N/A
558 kg (1229 lb)
Weight of base frame with 1 drive and 0 cartridges
2
Weight of base frame with 12 drives and maximum
cartridges (227 for Ultrium tape cartridges)2
Notes: N/A = Not applicable.
1. Frame width only. Additional interframe spacing of 30 mm (1.2 in.) is required.
2. The weight with cartridges assumes a cartridge weight of .206 kg (.454 lb) for a standard LTO Ultrium tape
cartridge. The actual weight of the library varies, depending on the configuration and cartridge capacity.
94
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Physical specifications for Models L52 and D52
This section gives physical specifications (such as height, width, depth, and
weight) of Models L52 and D52 of the TS3500 Tape Library.
Table 32. Physical characteristics of the TS3500 Tape Library, Models L52 and D52
Physical Characteristic
Measurement
Height of L52 and D52 frames (on casters)
1800 mm (70.9 in.)
Width of L52 frame with covers
Width of L52 or D52 frame without covers
782 mm (30.8 in.)
1
725 mm (28.5 in.)
Depth of L52 or D52 frame (including front and rear
doors)
1212 mm (47.72 in.)
Weight of second accessor
15.1 kg (33.3 lbs)
Model L52
Model D52
366 kg (806 lb)
N/A
526 kg (1160 lb)
N/A
Weight of expansion frame with 0 drives and 0
cartridges2
N/A
274 kg (604 lb)
Weight of expansion frame with 12 drives and
maximum cartridges (396 for Ultrium tape cartridges)2
N/A
483 kg (1065 lb)
Weight of base frame with 1 drive and 0 cartridges
2
Weight of base frame with 12 drives and maximum
cartridges (262 for Ultrium tape cartridges)2
Notes: N/A = Not applicable.
1. Frame width only. Additional interframe spacing of 30 mm (1.2 in.) is required.
2. The weight with cartridges assumes a cartridge weight of .206 kg (.454 lb) for a standard LTO Ultrium tape
cartridge. The actual weight of the library varies, depending on the configuration and cartridge capacity.
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
95
Physical specifications for Models L53 and D53
This section gives physical specifications (such as height, width, depth, and
weight) of Models L53 and D53 of the TS3500 Tape Library.
Table 33. Physical characteristics of the TS3500 Tape Library, Models L53 and D53
Physical Characteristic
Measurement
Height of L53 and D53 frames (on casters)
1800 mm (70.9 in.)
Width of L53 frame with covers
Width of L53 or D53 frame without covers
782 mm (30.8 in.)
1
725 mm (28.5 in.)
Depth of L53 or D53 frame (including front and rear
doors)
1212 mm (47.72 in.)
Weight of second accessor
15.1 kg (33.3 lbs)
Model L53
Model D53
363 kg (799 lb)
N/A
481 kg (1061 lb)
N/A
Weight of expansion frame with 0 drives and 0
cartridges and 4 I/O stations2
N/A
296 kg (654 lb)
Weight of expansion frame with 12 drives and
maximum (3962) Ultrium tape cartridges
N/A
440 kg (970 lb)
Weight of base frame with 1 drive and 0 cartridges
2
Weight of base frame with 12 drives and maximum
(2622) Ultrium tape cartridges
Notes: N/A = Not applicable.
1. Frame width only. Additional interframe spacing of 30 mm (1.2 in.) is required.
2. The weight with cartridges assumes a cartridge weight of .206 kg (.454 lb) for a standard LTO Ultrium tape
cartridge. The actual weight of the library varies, depending on the configuration and cartridge capacity.
96
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Physical specifications for HA1 Frame
This section gives the height, width, depth, and weight of the HA1 frame of the
TS3500 Tape Library.
If your TS3500 Tape Library contains a second accessor, the following are the
physical specifications for the HA1 frame (service bay A).
Table 34. Physical characteristics of the HA1 frame (service bay A)
Physical Characteristic
Measurement
Height of HA1 frames (on casters)
1800 mm (70.9 in.)
Width of HA1 frame without covers (see Note)
725 mm (28.5 in.)
Depth of HA1 frame
1212 mm (47.72 in.)
Weight of HA1 frame
261 kg (575 lb)
Note: Frame width only. Additional interframe spacing of 30 mm (1.2 in.) is required.
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
97
Physical specifications for Model S24
This section gives physical specifications (such as height, width, depth, and
weight) for Model S24 of the TS3500 Tape Library.
Table 35. Physical characteristics of the TS3500 Tape LibraryModel S24
Physical Characteristic
Measurement
Height of S24 frame (on casters)
1 800 mm (70.9 in.)
Height of S24 frame with shuttle station
3
Width of S24 frame with covers
Width of S24 frame without covers
2 275 mm (89.57 in.)
782 mm (30.8 in.)
1
Depth of S24 frame (including front and rear doors)
725 mm (28.5 in.)
1 212 mm (47.72 in.)
Weight of base frame with 0 cartridges
285.8 kg (630 lb)
Weight of base frame with shuttle station and 0
cartridges3
302 kg (665.8 lb)
Weight of frame with maximum (1 000) 3592 tape
cartridges2
Weight of frame with shuttle station and
maximum (1 000) 3592 tape cartridges3
526.2 kg (1 160 lb)
542.4 kg (1 195.79 lb)
Notes:
1. Frame width only. Additional interframe spacing of 30 mm (1.2 in.) is required.
2. The weight with cartridges assumes a cartridge weight of .242 kg (.534 lb) for a standard 3592 tape cartridge.
The actual weight of the library varies, depending on the configuration and cartridge capacity.
3. One shuttle station can optionally be mounted on a Model S24 frame in a TS3500 Tape Library shuttle complex.
98
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Physical specifications for Model S54
This section gives physical specifications (such as height, width, depth, and
weight) for Model S54 of the TS3500 Tape Library.
Table 36. Physical characteristics of the TS3500 Tape Library, Model S54
Physical Characteristic
Measurement
Height of S54 frame (on casters)
Height of S54 frame with shuttle station
1 800 mm (70.9 in.)
3
Width of frame with covers
Width of frame without covers
2 275 mm (89.57 in.)
782 mm (30.8 in.)
1
Depth of S54 frame (including front and rear doors)
Weight of base frame with 0 cartridges
Weight of base frame with shuttle station and 0
cartridges3
Weight of frame with maximum cartridges (1 320
Ultrium tape cartridges)2
Weight of frame with shuttle station and
maximum (1 320) Ultrium tape cartridges3
725 mm (28.5 in.)
1 212 mm (47.72 in.)
290.3 kg (640 lb)
306.5 kg (675.72 lb)
562.5 kg (1 240 lb)
578.7 kg (1 275.82 lb)
Notes:
1. Frame width only. Additional interframe spacing of 30 mm (1.2 in.) is required.
2. The weight with cartridges assumes a cartridge weight of .206 kg (.454 lb) for a standard LTO Ultrium tape
cartridge. The actual weight of the library varies, depending on the configuration and cartridge capacity.
3. One shuttle station can optionally be mounted on a Model S54 frame in a TS3500 Tape Library shuttle complex.
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
99
Floor requirements
The section specifies the required conditions of a floor on which a TS3500 Tape
Library is installed.
Install the library on a raised or solid floor. The floor must have a smooth surface
and, if raised, must not have ventilation panels beneath the leveling jackscrews. If
carpeted, ensure that the carpet is approved for computer-room applications.
To accommodate unevenness in the floor, you can raise or lower the leveling
jackscrews to the following specifications:
v Maximum allowable variance must not exceed 7 mm (.27 in.) per 76 mm (3 in.).
v Maximum out-of-level condition must not exceed 40 mm (1.6 in.) over the entire
length and width of the library.
The floor on which the TS3500 Tape Library is installed must be able to support:
v Up to 4.8 kilograms per square centimeter (68.6 pounds per square inch) of point
loads exerted by the leveling jackscrews
v Up to 211 kilograms per square meter (43.4 pounds per square foot) of overall
floor loading
The number of point loads exerted depends on the number of frames that make up
the library. There are four point loads per frame (located at the corners of each
frame).
100
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Delivery route
This section defines the conditions of the route by which the TS3500 Tape Library
will be delivered.
Check the delivery route that the library must travel from your loading dock to the
installation location. Ensure that the library will fit through all doors, hallways,
and elevators.
You must remove the library from the pallet and place it at the final location before
you call your IBM Service Representative to arrange for the installation. Refer to
the instructions on the shipping carton for correct unpacking procedures.
Delivery and Subsequent Transportation of the Equipment
Use Only Professional Movers!
> 500 lbs. (> 227 kg.)
Use Only
Professional Movers!
a69i0332
especializado
Only professional movers or riggers should transport the equipment. The customer
should prepare his environment to accept the new product based on the
installation planning information provided, with assistance from an IBM
Installation Planning Representative (IPR) or IBM-authorized service provider. In
anticipation of the equipment delivery, the final installation site should be prepared
in advance such that professional movers or riggers can transport the equipment to
the final installation site within the computer room. If, for some reason, this is not
possible at the time of delivery, the customer will need to make arrangements to
have professional movers or riggers return to finish the transportation at a later
date. The customer is also responsible for using professional movers or riggers in
the case of equipment relocation or disposal. The IBM-authorized service provider
will only perform minimal frame repositioning within the computer room, as
needed, to perform required service actions.
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
101
Security
This topic recommends where to locate the TS3500 Tape Library to ensure
controlled access. It also discusses the library's locking mechanisms.
To prevent unauthorized access to data, IBM recommends locating the TS3500 Tape
Library and all shelf-resident cartridges in an area where access is controlled.
You are responsible for the physical security of the library, the cartridges contained
within the library, and shelf-resident cartridges. The I/O stations have locking
mechanisms that prevent you from opening an I/O station door when the accessor
is manipulating cartridges in a station.
The library's front door has a keylock. The keylock is the same for every front
door, and the keys are shipped with the library. The library's rear door has a
different keylock. The keylock is the same for every rear door and the keys are
shipped with the library.
You are also responsible for evaluating, selecting, and implementing security
features, administrative procedures, and appropriate controls in application
systems and communication facilities.
Data security is the responsibility of the application program controlling the
library. If you are an administrator or superuser, you can enable or disable security
for the operator panel. If you enable security, you can provide further protection
by creating a password. You can also specify a timeout period which, when
exceeded, will cause the operator panel to lock. For more information, see the IBM
System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide and refer to the
sections about enabling or disabling security for the operator panel and locking
and unlocking the operator panel.
Move restraints
This section discusses the location of points on the TS3500 Tape Library that you
can use to restrain the unit from potential movement (such as an earthquake).
Should you want to restrain the TS3500 Tape Library from potential movement (for
example, from earthquake), restraining points are located at the bottom of the unit
(see 1 in Figure 18 on page 103). Affix restraints to each of the four points (two
on each long side) and secure the library as needed. Figure 19 on page 105 and
Figure 20 on page 106 show the locations of the four points. The restraint points
provide threaded holes, thread size M10.
102
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
a69i0137
1
Figure 18. Location of restraining points. Two restraining points are located on each long side of the library.
Clearance specifications for the library
This section describes the space that is required for you or IBM Service
Representatives to use or work on the TS3500 Tape Library.
Plan for appropriate clearances around your TS3500 Tape Library to allow space
for you and IBM Service Representatives to use and work on it. Operator clearance
is required in front of all frames; service clearance is required as follows:
v In front of and behind all frames
v At one or both ends of the library, depending on the following conditions:
– At both ends if the library contains service bay frames
– At either the left or the right end if the library contains no service bay frames
Note: Libraries with service clearance on the right end only (as you face the
front door) also require visual access on the left end as determined by the
local service team. This visual access allows the IBM Service Representative to
see the 2-character display on the left side of the cartridge accessor.
Ensure that service clearance space does not overlap into high-traffic walkways
where service activity could impede pedestrian traffic. As you plan clearances, be
sure to consider leaving additional room on the right end of the library (as you
face the front door) for future expansion.
Clearance specifications for models of the Library
This section helps you to calculate the length of a TS3500 Tape Library and the
clearances for service.
Table 37 on page 104 shows the length of the TS3500 Tape Library both with and
without service bays and including side clearances; Figure 19 on page 105 shows
the location of the clearances for Models L22, D22, L23, D23, L52, D52, L53, D53,
S24, S54, and the service bays. Figure 20 on page 106 shows the location of the
clearances for Models L32 and D32.
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
103
Table 37. Clearance requirements for the TS3500 Tape Library. The table gives the
clearances for a library both with and without service bays.
Length of A in Figure 19 on
page 105 or in Figure 20 on
page 106 (Not Including
Service Bays)
Length of A in Figure 19 on
page 105 or in Figure 20 on
page 106 (Including Service
Bays)
(see Notes 1, 2, and 3)
(see Notes 1 and 2)
1
1 544 mm (60.79 in.)
Not applicable
2
2 298 mm (90.47 in.)
4 569 mm (179.88 in.)
3
3 052 mm (120.16 in.)
5 324 mm (209.61 in.)
4
3 806 mm (149.84 in.)
6 079 mm (239.33 in.)
5
4 560 mm (179.53 in.)
6 833 mm (269.02 in.)
6
5 314 mm (209.21 in.)
7 588 mm (298.74 in.)
7
6 068 mm (238.90 in.)
8 342 mm (328.43 in.)
8
6 822 mm (268.58 in.)
9 097 mm (358.15 in.)
9
7 576 mm (298.27 in.)
9 852 mm (387.87 in.)
10
8 330 mm (327.95 in.)
10 606 mm (417.56 in.)
11
9 084 mm (357.64 in.)
11 361 mm (447.28 in.)
12
9 838 mm (387.32 in.)
12 115 mm (476.97 in.)
13
10 592 mm (417.01 in.)
12 870 mm (506.69 in.)
14
11 346 mm (446.69 in.)
13 625 mm (536.42 in.)
15
12 100 mm (476.38 in.)
14 379 mm (566.10 in.)
16
12 863 mm (506.42 in.)
15 134 mm (595.3 in.)
Number of Active Frames
Note:
1. For Models L22, D22, L23, D23, L52, D52, L53, D53, S24, S54, and the service bays, the
size of a clearance is measured by its depth from the outside of the frame and its width
along the library. At the ends of the library, the depth of the service clearance is
measured from the front of the library to the rear. In Figure 19 on page 105, B refers to
the distance (2737 mm or 107.8 in.) that is the total service clearance between the front
and the rear of the library.
2. For Models L32 and D32, the size of a clearance is measured by its depth from the
outside of the frame and its width along the library. At the ends of the library, the
depth of the service clearance is measured from the front of the library to the rear. In
Figure 20 on page 106, B refers to the distance (3044 mm or 119.8 in.) that is the total
service clearance between the front and the rear of the library.
3. For libraries with service clearance on the right end only (as you face the front door),
visual access is also required on the left end as determined by the local service team.
This visual access allows the IBM Service Representative to see the 2-character display
on the left side of the cartridge accessor.
104
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
(2X) 41.4
(1.6)
(2X) 699.2
(27.5)
Rear
(2X) 807.4
(31.8)
(2X) 148.8
(5.9)
(2X) 99
(3.9)
(2X) 208
(8.2)
(2X) 1008
(39.7)
(2X) 1116
(43.9)
M10
(4X)
Front
(2X) 64
(2.5)
(2X) 90
(3.5)
(2X) 658
25.9
(2X) 683
26.8
762
(30)
762
(30)
410
(16.4)
762
(30)
99
(3.9)
B
762
(30)
A
a69i0292
Leveling pad
Caster
Power cord exit
Cable exit area
Operator side
Move restraints
Figure 19. Size of operator and service clearances for the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library, Models L22,
D22, L23, D23, L52, D52, L53, D53, S24, S54, and the service bays. The top measurements are in millimeters; the
bottom measurements are in inches. The service clearance area (and operator clearance area at the front of both
frames) is denoted by dotted lines.
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
105
(2X) 24.4
(1.0)
(2X) 699.2
(27.5)
(2X) 258.2
(10.2)
(2X) 130.5
(5.1)
(2X) 357.8
(14.1)
(2X) 1265.1
(49.8)
(2X) 807.4
(31.8)
(2X) 1392.9
(54.8)
Rear
762
(30)
(2X) 57.5
(2.3)
(2X) 99.9
(3.9)
Front
(2X) 648.2
(25.5)
(2X) 690.7
(27.2)
762
(30)
460
(18.11)
762
(30)
83
(3.3)
B
762
(30)
A
a69i0293
Leveling pad
Caster
Power cord exit
Cable exit area
Operator side
Move restraints
Figure 20. Size of operator and service clearances for the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library, Models L32 and
D32. The top measurements are in millimeters; the bottom measurements are in inches. The service clearance area
(and operator clearance area at the front of both frames) is denoted by dotted lines.
106
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Clearance specifications for the shuttle complex
This topic provides dimensions of a TS3500 Tape Library shuttle complex and
helps you to calculate the required clearances for access and service.
The clearance specifications for a TS3500 Tape Library shuttle complex vary
depending on the selected configuration. Be sure to consider the following items
when designing and installing your shuttle complex:
v Service and operator clearance around each library string in the shuttle complex
v Height of ceiling and ceiling-mounted appliances
|
|
Note: A minimum ceiling height of 8 feet is required for shuttle complex
installation and service.
v Fire-suppression system and position of ceiling-mounted sprinkler heads
Figure 21 on page 108 shows a shuttle complex of two parallel six-frame library
strings. The . indicates the operator side of the library. As shown, the front doors
of each library string in a shuttle complex must face the same direction.
|
|
|
Variable dimension A, in Figure 21 on page 108, shows the width of the walkway
between library strings. When the short span is ordered (feature code 1850), A can
range from 762 mm (30 in.) to 1 524 mm (60 in.). When the long span is ordered
(feature code 1851), A can range from 1 524 mm (60 in.) to 2 743 mm (108 in.). A
tolerance of +/− 50 mm (2 in.) can be applied to the maximum dimension of the
short span and the minimum dimension of the long span in order to allow for
flexibility in space planning. Dimension B shows the minimum height of the
walkway between connected library strings. This is the distance from the floor to
the bottom of the shuttle connection. Variable dimension C shows the distance
between shuttle connections. If shuttle connections are mounted on adjacent
frames, the distance between them is 418 mm (16.5 in.). If there are additional
frames between shuttle connections, it is necessary to add 782 mm (30.8 in.) per
interim frame to this figure in order to determine the distance between shuttle
connections. Dimension D shows the maximum height of the shuttle complex. This
is the maximum distance from the floor to the top of a shuttle connection. Note
that a minimum ceiling height of 8 feet is required for shuttle complex installation
and service.
Although perfect alignment of the two HD frames attached by a shuttle span
results in the best appearance, the two parallel library strings may be slightly offset
in the X-axis. The maximum allowable offset can be determined using the
following formula:
Maximum offset in X = 0.13 x A
For example, if the two parallel library strings are 30 inches apart, the maximum
allowable offset is 3.9 inches.
Each library string in a shuttle complex must also adhere to the operator and
service clearance requirements that are detailed in “Clearance specifications for
models of the Library” on page 103.
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
107
C
418
16.46
Y
Z
D
2 375
93.5
X
B
2 035
80.12
A
762 - 2743.2
30 - 108
Figure 21. Shuttle complex dimensions and clearances
Routing Fibre Channel cables through the top of a frame
This section describes how to route Fibre Channel cables from servers through the
top of a frame in the TS3500 Tape Library.
As an alternative to routing Fibre Channel cables from servers to the bulkhead at
the bottom rear of the TS3500 Tape Library, you can route the cables through the
top of the library frame (see 1 in Figure 22 on page 109).
108
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
a69m0251
1
Figure 22. Opening for routing Fibre Channel cables from servers through the top of a frame
To route the cables through the top of a frame, perform the following procedure.
1. Open the cable access door at the top of the frame (see 1 in Figure 23).
a69m0252
1
Figure 23. Opening the cable access door at the top of a frame
2. Route Fibre Channel cables from the servers into the cable access door and
down to the bulkhead assembly.
3. Open the rear door of the frame.
4. Attach the Fibre Channel cables to the appropriate location in the bulkhead.
5. Use the Velcro ties to secure the Fibre Channel cables along the left side of the
frame.
6. After you route the cables inside the frame, position them as shown in
Figure 24 on page 110
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
109
a69m0253
Note: Ensure that all Fibre Channel cables are parallel to each other as shown.
Do not cross one cable over the other, as this could damage the cable.
Figure 24. Positioning the Fibre Channel cable inside the frame
a69m0254
7. Position all of the Fibre Channel cables outside the frame as shown in
Figure 25.
Figure 25. Positioning the Fibre Channel cable outside the frame
8. Carefully close the cable access door. Padding on the door holds the cables in
place safely and securely.
110
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Routing cables through the top for installations on a solid floor
This section gives information about the placement of power cables through the
top of a TS3500 Tape Library that is installed on a non-raised floor.
When your TS3500 Tape Library is installed on a solid (non-raised) floor, your IBM
Service Representative can route the power cables through the top of the library.
For information about this procedure refer to the section titled "Attach Power and
Bring-Up," located in the Installation chapter of the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape
Library Maintenance Information guide.
Fire suppression for the Library
This section discusses how the TS3500 Tape Library is constructed to allow
third-party installation of fire-suppression equipment.
Attention: A fire-suppression system is the responsibility of the customer. The
customer's own insurance underwriter, local fire marshal, or a local building
inspector, or both, should be consulted in selecting a fire-suppression system that
provides the correct level of coverage and protection. IBM designs and
manufactures equipment to internal and external standards that require certain
environments for reliable operation. Because IBM does not test any equipment for
compatibility with fire-suppression systems, IBM does not make compatibility
claims of any kind nor does IBM provide recommendations on fire-suppression
systems.
The TS3500 Tape Library allows for mechanical connections to permit third-party
installation of fire-suppression equipment. When deciding whether to implement
fire-suppression equipment, refer to your local and national standards and
regulations.
The sections that follow describe the fire-suppression design for all frame models.
Fire suppression for Models L32 and D32
This section describes the features of frame models L23 and D23 to be used for a
fire suppression system.
Each L32 or D32 frame in the TS3500 Tape Library has an allowable area on the
top that may be cut to allow entrance of pipes, conduits, or other parts (see 1 in
Figure 26 on page 112). The area is 82.7 mm (3.3 in.) wide by 504.7 mm (19.8 in.)
long. The equipment can extend through the top cover for a maximum intrusion of
175 mm (6.9 in.).
Note: Do not cut the opening larger than required.
Within the frame, a depth of 175 mm (6.9 in.) is available for installing pipes,
sensors, sprinklers, or other components. Piping, conduits, and cabling can be run
from frame to frame only if they stay within an allowable area (see 2 in
Figure 26 on page 112) and do not interfere with library components.
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
111
Figure 26. Allowable area for mounting fire-suppression equipment (top view of Model L32 or D32 frames)
Fire suppression for all other models
This section describes the tape library frame features provided for a fire
suppression system.
Each L22, D22, L23, D23, L52, D52, L53, D53, and HA1 frame in the TS3500 Tape
Library has an allowable area on the top that may be cut to allow entrance of
pipes, conduits, or other parts (see 1 in Figure 27 on page 113). The area is 82.7
mm (3.3 in.) wide by 504.7 mm (19.8 in.) long. The equipment can extend through
the top cover for a maximum intrusion of 175 mm (6.9 in.).
Note:
1. Do not cut the opening larger than required.
2. Models L22, D22, L23, D23, L52, D52, L53, D53, S24, S54, and the HA1 frame
are equipped with a single perforated receptacle (2 in Figure 27 on page 113)
in diameters of both 30 mm (1.2 in.) and 50 mm (2.0 in.).
Within the frame, a depth of 175 mm (6.9 in.) is available for installing pipes,
sensors, sprinklers, or other components. Piping, conduits, and cabling can be run
from frame to frame only if they stay within an allowable area (see 3 in
Figure 27 on page 113) and do not interfere with library components.
112
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
REAR
2
2
35
1.4
82.7
3.3
1
180
7.1
360
14.2
30
1.2
180
7.1
FRONT
504.7
19.9
360
14.2
3
a69i0138
(2X) 604.3
23.8
(2X) 647.8
25.5
504.7
19.9
Figure 27. Allowable area for mounting fire-suppression equipment (top view of Models L22, D22, L23, D23, L52, D52,
L53, D53, S24, S54, or the HA1 frame)
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
113
Running cables, wiring, and pipes between frames
This section describes how to run cables, wires, and pipes between frames in the
TS3500 Tape Library.
a69i0042
Figure 28 shows a side view of the area available to run cables, wiring, and pipes
between frames of the TS3500 Tape Library. The area is a triangular section that is
81 mm (3.2 in.) wide by 140 mm (5.5 in.) long (see 1 in Figure 28). Your
fire-suppression mechanical equipment must fit within the allowable area or be
installed outside the library.
Figure 28. Location for routing fire-suppression equipment between frames
All water systems must be external to the library's frame, with mechanical support
provided for piping. Sprinkler heads that extend through the top of the frame
must not extend more than 175 mm (6.9 in.) below the top of the frame.
Route gaseous system piping with discharge nozzles on the top of the frames or
inside the frames, below the top of the frame and within the 175-mm (6.9-in.)
specification. The discharge nozzles can extend vertically no lower than 175 mm
(6.9 in.) from the top of the frame. Gas cylinders and control equipment must be
external to the library. IBM does not supply heat or smoke detectors.
114
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Environmental specifications
This section provides the environmental specifications for the TS3500 Tape Library.
The TS3500 Tape Library is compliant with the environmental guidelines set by the
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
(ASHRAE). The information in Table 38 is excerpted from Thermal Guidelines for
Data Processing Environments, published in 2004 by ASHRAE.
Table 39 lists specifications for exposure to gaseous and particulate contaminants.
|
Attention: The environments in Table 38 refer to the hardware of the
TS3500 Tape Library and may lead to temperatures greater than
allowable for the cartridges and media stored in the library. For frames
that contain Ultrium Tape Cartridges or IBM TotalStorage 3592
Enterprise Tape Cartridges, refer to their environmental and shipping
specifications. Then, adjust the operating environment for the library
accordingly.
Table 38. Equipment environment specifications for the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library
Product operation1, 2
Recommended
Allowable
Recommended
Maximum
dew point
(°C)
20 to 25
20 to 80
40 to 55
17
Dry-bulb temperature (°C)
Allowable
Relative humidity (%)
Non-condensing
Product power off 2, 3, 4
d
15 to 32
Maximum
elevation
(m)
Maximum
rate of
change in
°C per hour
3050
5
Dry-bulb
temperature
(°C)
Relative
humidity
(%)
Maximum
dew point
(°C)
5 to 45
8 to 80
27
Notes:
1. Product equipment is powered on.
2. Tape products require a stable and more restricted environment (similar to Class 1). Typical requirements: minimum temperature is 15°C,
maximum temperature is 32°C, minimum relative humidity is 20%, maximum relative humidity is 80%, maximum dew point is 22°C, rate of
change of temperature is less than 2°C/h, rate of change of humidity is less than 5% RH per hour, and no condensation.
3. Product equipment is removed from the original shipping container and installed but not in use, e.g., during repair, maintenance, or upgrade.
4. Derate maximum dry-bulb temperature 1°C/300 m above 900 m.
|
Table 39. Gas and particulate exposure
|
Contaminate
Requirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gaseous contamination
Severity level G1 as per ANSI/ISA 71.04-19851, which
states that the reactivity rate of copper coupons shall be
less than 300 Angstroms per month (Å/month, ≈ 0.0039
µg/cm² - hour weight gain)2. In addition, the reactivity
rate of silver coupons shall be less than 300 Å/month (≈
0.0035 µg/cm² - hour weight gain)3. The reactive
monitoring of gaseous corrosivity should be conducted
approximately 5 cm (2 in.) in front of the rack on the air
inlet side at one-quarter and three-quarter frame height
off the floor or where the air velocity is much higher.
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
115
|
Table 39. Gas and particulate exposure (continued)
|
Contaminate
Requirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Particulate contamination
Data centers must meet the cleanliness level of ISO
14644-1 class 8. For data centers without airside
economizer, the ISO 14644-1 class 8 cleanliness might be
met simply by the choice of the following filtration:
v The room air might be continuously filtered with
MERV 8 filters.
v Air entering a data center might be filtered with
MERV 11 or preferably MERV 13 filters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For data centers with airside economizers, the choice of
filters to achieve ISO class 8 cleanliness depends on the
specific conditions present at that data center.
The deliquescent relative humidity of the particulate
contamination should be more than 60% RH.34.
Data centers must be free of zinc whiskers5.
Notes:
1. ANSI/ISA-S71.04. 1985. Environmental conditions for process measurement and control systems: Airborne contaminants,
Instrument Society of America, Research Triangle Park, NC, 1985.
2. The derivation of the equivalence between the rate of copper corrosion product thickness growth in Å/month
and the rate of weight gain assumes that Cu2S and Cu2O grow in equal proportions.
3. The derivation of the equivalence between the rate of silver corrosion product thickness growth in Å/month and
the rate of weight gain assumes that Ag2S is the only corrosion product.
4. The deliquescent relative humidity of particulate contamination is the relative humidity at which the dust
absorbs enough water to become wet and promote ionic conduction.
5. Surface debris is randomly collected from 10 areas of the data center on a 1.5 cm diameter disk of sticky
electrically conductive tape on a metal stub. If examination of the sticky tape in a scanning electron microscope
reveals no zinc whiskers, the data center is considered free of zinc whiskers.
Acoustical specifications
This section introduces acoustical specifications for the TS3500 Tape Library.
For the purposes of acoustical specifications, when the TS3500 Tape Library is both
operating and idling the following conditions apply:
v Power is on.
v All air-moving devices are operating.
v Tape cartridges are loaded in all drives.
When the library is operating, the cartridge accessor loads, unloads, or moves tape
cartridges; when the library is idling, the accessor does not move.
The TS3500 Tape Library is a Category 1 product as defined in C-S 1-1710-006.
116
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Acoustical specifications for Models L32 and D32
This topic provides acoustical specifications for Models L32 and D32 of the TS3500
Tape Library.
Table 40. Noise emission values for the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library, Models
L32 and D32
Declared Sound Power Level LWAd
Mean A-weighted Sound Pressure Level
at the 1 m (Bystander) Positions <LpA>m
Operating (bels)
Idling (bels)
Operating (dB)
Idling (dB)
7.5 B
7.4 B
54 dB
51 dB
All measurements are in accordance with ANSI S12.10, and conform with ISO 9296.
Acoustical specifications for Models L22, D22, L52, and D52
This topic provides acoustical specifications for Models L22, D22, L52, and D52 of
the TS3500 Tape Library.
Note: No additional noise is created by adding frame models HA1, S24, or S54.
Table 41. Noise emission values for the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library, Models L22, D22, L52, and D52
filled with Ultrium tape drives or 3592 tape drives
Declared Sound Power Level LWAd
Mean A-weighted Sound Pressure Level at the 1 m
(Bystander) Positions <LpA>m
Operating (bels)
Idling (bels)
Operating (dB)
Idling (dB)
7.5 B
7.2 B
57 dB
53 dB
The machines emit no prominent tones or impulsive noise.
All measurements are in accordance with ISO 7779, and reported in conformance with ISO 9296.
Acoustical specifications for Models L23, D23, L53, and D53
This topic provides acoustical specifications for Models L23, D23, L53, and D53 of
the TS3500 Tape Library.
Note: No additional noise is created by adding frame models HA1, S24, or S54.
Table 42. Noise emission values for the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library, Models L23, D23, L53, and D53
filled with Ultrium Tape Drives or 3592 tape drives
Declared Sound Power Level LWAd
Mean A-weighted Sound Pressure Level at the 1 m
(Bystander) Positions <LpA>m
Operating (bels)
Idling (bels)
Operating (dB)
Idling (dB)
7.5 B
7.2 B
55 dB
53 dB
The machines emit no prominent tones or impulsive noise.
All measurements are in accordance with ISO 7779, and reported in conformance with ISO 9296.
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
117
Power and cooling requirements
This section introduces the power and cooling specifications for the two power
structures that are used by TS3500 Tape Library frames.
Power and cooling for components of the TS3500 Tape Library are provided by the
frame in which they are housed. The two power structures are the frame control
assembly, which is used by models L22, D22, L32, D32, L52, and D52, and the
enhanced frame control assembly, which is used by models L23, D23, L53, and
D53.
Power and cooling specifications for Models L22, D22, L32,
D32, L52, and D52
This section gives an overview of the power and cooling requirements of Models
L22, D22, L32, D32, L52, and D52 of the TS3500 Tape Library.
For models L22, D22, L32, D32, L52, and D52, each base frame and each expansion
frame that contains drives has its own frame control assembly (FCA). The FCA
receives ac power from a customer-supplied outlet and, in turn, provides ac power
to all tape drives within the frame. The FCA and tape drives have their own
cooling as part of their packages, but air must be allowed to flow freely from the
top of the library.
Note: In order for air to flow freely from the top of the library, do not stack
cartridges, books, or other materials on the top of the library.
For redundancy, the FCA in the base frame (models L22, L32, or L52) contains two
dc power supplies for the accessor. As an option, an additional dc power supply
for the accessor can be added to any expansion frame (models D22, D32, or D52)
that has an FCA installed. The FCA is not required in expansion frames that
contain no tape drives.
Each frame receives single-phase (200–240 V ac) power on its own power cord
from a customer-supplied outlet.
Countries in North America have the option of operating at 100–127 V ac power. In
addition, each frame also has the option of receiving ac power from two
independent line cords (feature code 1901). For more information about these
options, refer to the following topics:
v “Power cords for Models L32 and D32” on page 124
v “Power cords for Models L22, D22, L52, and D52” on page 127
For libraries that include a second accessor and the high-availability Model HA1,
at least one D22, D32, or D52 frame (not a service bay) must be equipped with a
frame control assembly (feature code 1452 for Model D32 or feature code 1453 for
Models D22 and D52). In addition, and at least one additional 37 V dc power
supply (feature code 1902 is required. It is recommended that, where possible, you
order two 37 V dc power supplies (feature code 1902) plus a dual line cord (feature
code 1901) for each L-frame and D-frame with an FCA.
118
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Power and cooling specifications for Models L23, D23, L53,
and D53
This section gives an overview of the power and cooling requirements of Models
L23, D23, L53, and D53 of the TS3500 Tape Library.
For Models L23, D23, L53, and D53, each base frame and expansion frame that
contains drives has its own enhanced frame control assembly. The enhanced frame
control assembly receives single-phase power (200-240 V ac only) from two
customer-supplied outlets or optionally from an adjacent powered frame when
using feature codes 1950 and 9989. The enhanced frame control assembly then
provides dc power to all tape drives within the frame as well as to the accessor.
Like the frame control assembly, the enhanced frame control assembly and tape
drives have their own cooling, but require free airflow.
Note: In order to ensure free airflow, do not stack cartridges, books, or other
materials on top of the library.
For redundancy, the enhanced frame control assembly contains two dc power
supplies, each with its own ac line cord. Under normal conditions, the tape drives
and the accessor draw power from both of the power supplies. However, in the
event of a failed power supply or loss of ac power on either line cord, each power
supply is capable of providing all power needs so that library operation is not
disrupted. The enhanced frame control assembly is required in expansion frames
that contain tape drives and the 4 I/O door option (feature code 1656).
For libraries that include a second accessor and the high-availability Model HA1,
at least one D23 or D53 frame (not a service bay) must be equipped with an
enhanced frame control assembly (feature code 1451).
The backend 4 Gb and 8 Gb Fibre Channel switches (FC 4872, 4873, 4875, or 4877)
are only supported on models L23 and D23. Each L23 and D23 frame with one of
these features installed must also install FC 1950 (power distribution unit), which
provides the additional connections that are required for powering the backend
switches as well as the enhanced frame control assembly. FC 1950 may also be
installed in L23, D23, L53 and D53 frames to power adjacent frames and reduce the
number of customer-supplied outlets that are required to power the library. Refer
to “Powering adjacent frames” on page 130 for more information.
When ordering FC 1950 for a frame, customers must also order one of the line cord
features (FC 9954, 9955, 9956, 9957, 9958, 9959, 9966) that are specifically for use
only with FC 1950. Each 995x or 9966 line cord feature supplies two line cords for
connection to two customer-supplied ac outlets. Refer to the 995x and 9966 feature
descriptions for the specific outlet types.
Note: Frames with FC 1950 and 995x or 9966 line cords require two 30–32 A
customer-supplied outlets, which are different outlet types than the 15–20 A
customer-supplied outlets needed for frames without feature code 1950. Adding FC
1950 to an existing frame requires the customer to provide different outlets as part
of the installation.
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
119
Power requirements for frames
This topic describes the power requirements for frames in the TS3500 Tape Library.
Table 43 lists the electrical characteristics for the TS3500 Tape Library frame
models.
Table 43. Electrical characteristics of the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library frame
models
Rating2
Electrical characteristic
Nameplate electrical limits1
Models L23, D23, L53, D53
200–240 V ac, 8.0 A, 50–60
Hz, 1.6 kVA, single phase
Models L22, D22, L32, D32,
L52, D52
100–127 V ac, 12.0 A, 50–60
Hz, 1.2 kVA, single phase
200–240 V ac, 8.0 A, 50–60
Hz, 1.6 kVA, single phase
Inrush current
150 A @ 200–240 V ac (peak
for 1/2 cycle)
100 A @ 120 V ac, 200 A @
240 V ac (peak for 1/2 cycle)
Leakage current
1 mA
8 mA maximum with 12
drive power supplies
installed
Notes:
1. Maximum certified electrical limits for a single frame. Nameplate limits should not be
used to calculate product power or cooling requirements.
2. Models HA1, SC1, S24, and S54 do not connect to external ac power.
Table 44 lists the power consumption of the TS3500 Tape Library models, power
consuming features, and drive canisters.
Table 44. Power consumption of TS3500 Tape Library frame models, power consuming
features, and drive canisters
Power consumption (Watts)
Models
L32, L22, L52
Max. continuous (not
peak)
7
200
260
7
200
200
13
142
202
1,2
13
103
103
0
5
5
0
24
85
0
11
20
FC 1503 and 1504
(Drive mounting kit
for xx2 models)5
0
15
20
FC 1513, 1514, and
1515
(Drive mounting kit
for xx3 models)5
0
4
7
L23, L53
|
Idle
1
D32, D22, D52
|
2
Off7
D23, D53
S24, S54
HA1
3
4
SC1 (FC 1850 and
1851)8
Feature Codes
120
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 44. Power consumption of TS3500 Tape Library frame models, power consuming
features, and drive canisters (continued)
FC 1950 PDU
5
17
17
FC 4872
TS7700 backend 4 Gb
switches (2x)
0
113
113
FC 4875
TS7700 backend 8 Gb
switches (2x)
0
86
86
TS1120 (3592 Models
E05 and J1A)
0
27
42
TS1130 (3592 Model
E06)
0
17
46
TS1140 (3592 Model
E07)
0
23
50
TS1030 (LTO 3588
F3B)
0
20
34
TS1040 (LTO 3588
F4A)
0
18
36
TS1050 (LTO 3588
F5A)
0
12
28
TS1060 (LTO 3588
F6A)
0
9
32
Tape Drives6
|
|
|
Notes:
1. These models come equipped with dual ac line cords. The figures in this table show the
total power consumed, including power consumed by redundant power supplies. Each
individual line cord supplies approximately half of the power.
2. Frames with no frame control assembly (FCA) or enhanced FCA consume no power
and require no cooling.
3. S-frame power is for internal lighting and is provided by the power supplies in frames
that are equipped with power.
4. The HA1 frame is not connected to ac power. The power shown is the total consumed
by the second accessor and is provided by the power supplies in frames that are
equipped with power.
5.
Drive mounting kit power includes ac/dc conversion losses in drive power supplies
(including redundant power), but does not include power consumed by the drive
canister.
6. Drive power includes the drive and canister cooling fan, but does not include power
losses in external ac or dc drive power supplies. Idle power is consumed when the
drive has no tape cartridge loaded. Maximum continuous power is consumed when the
drive is actively writing to a tape cartridge.
7. "Off" refers to power consumed when the library is connected to an ac power source
and the library on/off switch is set to off.
8. Model SC1 power is provided by the library frames to which it connects. The idle
power is the power consumed by each shuttle station when no shuttle car is present.
The maximum continuous power is the power consumed by the shuttle station when
the shuttle car is present.
In order to calculate the total power consumption (in watts) of a particular library
configuration, multiply the quantity of each power consuming item in the
configuration by the corresponding value in Table 44 on page 120 and calculate the
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
121
total. In order to calculate the total cooling required by the library (in Btu/hr),
multiply the total power in watts by 3.4. To convert Btu/hr to kBtu/hr, divide
your result by 1000.
Table 45 provides a sample calculation of total power and cooling requirements for
a TS3500 Tape Library configuration consisting of one L23 with ten TS1130 tape
drives and mounting kits, four D23 models each containing six TS1130 tape drives
and mounting kits, one D23 with no drives or enhanced FCA feature (FC 1451),
two S24 models, and one HA1 model.
Table 45. Sample calculation of total library power consumption and cooling requirements.
This model
|
With this
feature
code
And these
tape drives
Off
Idle
Max.
continuous
1
13
142
202
10
0
40
70
10
0
170
460
4
52
412
412
24
0
96
168
TS1130
24
0
408
1104
L23
1
|
1515
|
TS1130
|
|
|
|
|
D23
(with FC
14512)
Power (Watts)
Quantity
1515
D23
(without
FC 1451)
N/A
N/A
1
0
0
0
S24
N/A
N/A
2
0
10
10
HA1
N/A
N/A
1
0
24
85
|
Total power consumption:
65
1302
2511
|
Total cooling requirement (kBtu/hr):
0.2
4.4
8.5
Notes:
1. FC 1515: Tape drive mounting kit for L23 and D23 frames.
2. FC 1451: Enhanced frame control assembly for D23 and D53 frames.
Library power consumption is dynamic and usage dependent. Short peaks might
exceed the maximum continuous power values. Typical average power
consumption is lower than the calculated maximum continuous value because all
drives are not likely to be active simultaneously.
122
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Power requirements for remote support features
This section describes the power requirements for the remote support features of
the TS3500 Tape Library.
Table 46 lists the power requirements for the devices that comprise remote support.
Table 46. Power requirements for remote support features
Feature
code
Description
Input voltage
(see note)
Hertz
2710
Remote support facility
115 or 230 V ac
50 or 60
16 W
2711
Remote support switch
115 or 230 V ac
50 or 60
5W
2714
LAN switch
115 or 230 V ac
50 or 60
Minimum 50 W
Maximum 120 W
2730
TS3000 System Console
(1U rack mount with
one internal modem)
115 or 230 V ac
50 or 60
Minimum 80 W
Maximum 300 W
Monitor and keyboard
(1U rack mount)
115 or 230 V ac
50 or 60
Minimum 15 W
Maximum 70 W
LAN switch (16 port 1U
rack mount)
115 or 230 V ac
50 or 60
Minimum 50 W
Maximum 120 W
Modem (internal)
115 or 230 V ac
50 or 60
16 W
Modem
115 or 230 V ac
50 or 60
16 W
TS3000 System Console
(1U rack mount with
optional internal
modem [FC 2733])
115 or 230 V ac
50 or 60
Maximum 600 W
Monitor and keyboard
(1U rack mount)
115 or 230 V ac
50 or 60
Minimum 15 W
Maximum 70 W
Local area network
(LAN) switch (16 port
1U rack mount)
115 or 230 V ac
50 or 60
Minimum 50 W
Maximum 120 W
2732
Power usage
Note: Input voltage must be supplied by a customer-provided outlet.
Remote support feature 2732 includes ac power cords with IEC-320 C14 plugs that
are suitable for connecting to a customer-supplied power distribution unit (PDU).
Two PDU outlets are required. Remote support features 2710, 2711, and 2714 are
supplied with ac power cords with plugs appropriate for the country code where
the order is shipped.
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
123
Power cords for Models L32 and D32
This section describes the power cords used with models L32 and D32 of the
TS3500 Tape Library.
The appropriate power cord for the TS3500 Tape Library is attached at the factory
(based on the destination code of your country or region). Chicago, Illinois (U.S.A.)
requires a 1.8 m (6 ft) power cord (feature code 9986). Power cords used in the
United States and Canada are listed by the Underwriter's Laboratories and certified
by the Canadian Standards Association. Table 47 on page 125 lists the 200–240 V ac
power cords and Table 48 on page 126 lists the 100–127 V ac power cords to use
with the library. (The term “power cord” refers to the cable that connects the
library to the receptacle.) Refer to Figure 29 on page 126 and match the number
that is beside each receptacle to the receptacle number listed in the tables.
Be aware that each frame that contains a frame control assembly (FCA)
is protected by a main line circuit protector in the FCA. Each FCA must
be further protected by a circuit breaker of the proper rating at the
service rail (customer outlet).
124
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
The service rating for all 200–240 V ac plug types is as follows:
v Maximum voltage: 250 V ac
v Current: see Table 47
v Phases: 1
v Wires: 3
Table 47. Specifications for 200–240 V ac power cord used with the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library,
Models L32 and D32
Single Branch Circuit 30 A Service Rating
Length and Type of
Power Cord
4.3 m (14 ft)
non-watertight twistlock
(default in the U.S.,
Canada, Japan, Korea,
Philippines, and Taiwan)
4.3 m (14 ft) (in countries
or regions other than the
U.S., Canada, Japan,
Korea, Philippines, and
Taiwan)
4.3 m (14 ft) watertight
(in the U.S., Canada,
Japan, Korea, Philippines,
and Taiwan)
1.8 m (6 ft) watertight (in
Chicago, Illinois, U.S.)
Dual AC Line Cords 15 A Service Rating
(Feature Code 1901)
Part Number
and Feature
Code
Type of Service
Receptacle
Part Number
and Feature
Code
Type of Service
Receptacle
11F0113 / 9987
NEMA L6-30R
(receptacle 3)
14F1550 / 9987
NEMA L6-15R
(receptacle 2)
36L8823 / None
IEC 309 Type 2P+GND,
16 A for example,
Hubbell HBL316R6W
(receptacle 6)
86F2646 / 9988
Russellstoll connectors
3913U2 or 9C23U2 or
receptacles 3743U2 or
9R23U2W (receptacle 4)
86F2645 / 9986
Russellstoll connectors
3913U2 or 9C23U2 or
receptacles 3743U2 or
9R23U2 (receptacle 4)
46F6063 / None
Per local requirements
46F4594 / 9988
Russellstoll connectors
3933 or 9C33U0 or
receptacles 3753 or
9R33U0W (receptacle 5)
46F4593 / 9986
Russellstoll connectors
3933 or 9C33U0 or
receptacles 3753 or
9R33U0W (receptacle 5)
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
125
The service rating for all 100–127 V ac plug types is as follows:
v Maximum voltage: 125 V ac
v Current: see Table 48
v Phases: 1
v Wires: 3
Table 48. Specifications for 100–127 V ac power cords used with the TS3500 Tape Library, models L32 and D32
Dual ac line cords 20 A service rating
(feature code 1901)
Single branch circuit 20 A service rating
Length and type of
power cord
Part number
and feature
code
Type of service
receptacle
Part number
and feature
code
Type of service
receptacle
4.3 m (14 ft)
non-watertight twistlock
(in the U.S. and Canada)
19P5903 / 9951
and 9987
NEMA L5-20R
(receptacle 1)
12J5117 / 9951
and 9987
NEMA L5-20R
(receptacle 1)
1.8 m (6 ft)
non-watertight twistlock
(in Chicago, Illinois, U.S.)
19P5904 / 9951
and 9986
NEMA L5-20R
(receptacle 1)
12J5115 / 9951
and 9986
NEMA L5-20R
(receptacle 1)
1
2
3
4
5
6
a69i0117
Refer to Figure 29 and match the number that is beside each receptacle to the
number in each table.
Figure 29. Types of receptacles for power cords used by models L32 and D32 of the TS3500 Tape Library
126
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Power cords for Models L22, D22, L52, and D52
This section describes the power cords used with models L22, D22, L52, and D52
of the TS3500 Tape Library.
Refer to Figure 30 on page 128 and match the number that is beside each receptacle
to the receptacle number listed in the table.
Table 49. Specifications for power cords used with the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library, Models L22, D22,
L52, and D22
Length and Type of Power Cord
Part Number
and Feature
Code
Type of Service Receptacle
4.3 m (14 ft) international 250 V ac, 30 A. This is
the default power cord, if no other feature is
specified, in all countries except the United
States, Canada, Japan, Korea, Philippines, and
Taiwan.
46F6063 or
23R2333 / 9960
No connector (a connector can be attached per
local requirements)
46F4593 / 9961
Russellstoll 3753 or 9R33UOW receptacle, or a
Russellstoll 3933 or 9C33UO connector
(receptacle 5)
11F0113 / 9962
NEMA L6-30R (receptacle 3)
46F4594 / 9963
Russellstoll 3753 or 9R33UOW receptacle, or a
Russellstoll 3933 or 9C33UO connector
(receptacle 5)
1.8 m (6 ft) non-watertight, 110 V ac, 20 A (used
in Chicago, Illinois, U.S.)
19P5904 / 9964
NEMA L5-20R (receptacle 1)
4.3 m (14 ft) non-watertight, 110 V ac, 20 A
(used in the U.S. and Canada only)
19P5903 / 9965
NEMA L5-20R (receptacle 1)
1.8 m (6 ft) watertight, 250 V ac, 30 A (used in
Chicago, Illinois, U.S.)
4.3 m (14 ft) non-watertight, twistlock 250 V ac,
30 A. This is the default power cord if no other
feature is specified in the United States, Canada,
Japan, Korea, Philippines, and Taiwan.
4.3 m (14 ft) watertight, 250 V ac, 30 A (used in
U.S., Canada, Asia/Pacific)
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft) non-watertight, international
250 V ac, 16 A single phase. This power cord is
used In all countries except the United States,
36L8823 / 9970
Canada, Japan, Korea, Philippines, and Taiwan.
If no other feature is specified, this is the default
power cord that is supplied when the dual ac
power feature (1901) is ordered.
Dual 1.8 m (6 ft) watertight, 250 V ac, 15 A
(Used in Chicago, Illinois, U.S.)
IEC-309 2P +GND 16 A (receptacle 6)
86F2645 / 9971
Russellstoll 3743U2 or 9R23U2W receptacles, or
Russellstoll 3913U2 or 9C23U2 connectors
(receptacle 4)
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft) non-watertight, twistlock 250
V ac, 15 A. This is the default power cord if no
other feature is specified in the United States,
Canada, Japan, Korea, Philippines, and Taiwan.
14F1550 / 9972
NEMA L6-15R (receptacle 2)
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft) watertight, 250 V ac, 15 A.
This feature is available in the United States,
Canada, Japan, Korea, Philippines, and Taiwan.
86F2646 / 9973
Russellstoll 3743U2 or 9R23U2W receptacles, or
Russellstoll 3913U2 or 9C23U2 connectors
(receptacle 4)
Dual 1.8 m (6 ft), 110 V ac, 20 A (Used in
Chicago, Illinois, U.S.)
12J5115 / 9974
NEMA L5-20R (receptacle 1)
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft), 110 V ac, 20 A (Used in U.S.
and Canada only)
12J5117 / 9975
NEMA L5-20R (receptacle 1)
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
127
2
3
4
5
6
a69i0117
1
Figure 30. Types of receptacles for power cords used by Models L22, D22, L52, and D52 of the TS3500 Tape Library
Power cords for Models L23, D23, L53, and D53
This topic describes the power cords used with models L23, D23, L53, and D53 of
the TS3500 Tape Library.
Refer to Figure 31 on page 130 and match the number that is beside each receptacle
to the receptacle number listed in the table.
Table 50. Specifications for power cords used with the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library, Models L23, D23,
L53, and D53
Part Number
and Feature
Code1
Type of Service Receptacle
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) watertight, international 250
V ac, 16 A single phase. This power cord is for
countries other than the United States and
Canada (IEC-309)
45E2699 / 9970
IEC-309 2P +GND 16 A
Uses receptacle #2
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) watertight, 250 V ac, 20 A
single phase. This power cord is for the United
States and Canada (IEC-309).
23R9540 / 9970
Hubbell HBL320R6W, IEC-309 2P +GND 20 A
Uses receptacle #2
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) non-watertight, twistlock 250
V ac, 15 A. This power cord is for the United
States and Canada.
39M5114 / 9972
NEMA L6-15R
Uses receptacle #1
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) non-watertight, 250 V ac, 10
A, IRAM 2073. This power cord is for
Argentina.
39M5066 / 9976
Uses receptacle #3
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) non-watertight, 250 V ac, 15
A, Earth Pin InMetro NBR 14136. This power
cord is for Brazil.
39M5238 / 9977
Uses receptacle #4
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) non-watertight, 250 V ac, 10
A, AS/NZS 3112/2000. This power cord is for
Australia and New Zealand.
39M5100 / 9978
Uses receptacle #3
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) non-watertight, 250 V ac, 15
A, JIS C8303, C8306. This power cord is for
Japan.
39M5184 / 9979
Uses receptacle #5
Length and Type of Power Cord
128
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 50. Specifications for power cords used with the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library, Models L23, D23,
L53, and D53 (continued)
Part Number
and Feature
Code1
Type of Service Receptacle
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) non-watertight, 250 V ac, 10
A, GB 2099.1, 1002. This power cord is for
China.
39M5204 / 9980
Uses receptacle #3
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) non-watertight, 250 V ac, 15
A, with earth pin KS C8305, K60884-1. This
power cord is for Korea.
39M5217 / 9981
Uses receptacle #6
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) non-watertight, 250 V ac, 10
A, CNS 10917-3. This power cord is for Taiwan.
39M5252 / 9982
Uses receptacle #5
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) non-watertight, 250 V ac, 16
A, SANS 164-1. This power cord is for South
Africa.
39M5142 / 9983
Uses receptacle #7
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) 250 V ac, 15A, single phase
line cord, non-watertight twistlock 20A
receptacles. This power cord is for US and
Canada.
23R9760 / 9984
NEMA L6-20R
Uses receptacle #8
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) 250 V ac, 15A, single phase
line cord, watertight 15A plugs. This power cord
is for US and Canada.
23R9972 / 9985
Russellstoll 3743U2 or 9R23U2W receptacles, or
Russellstoll 3913U2 or 9C23U2 connectors
Uses receptacle #9
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) non-watertight, 250 V ac, 10
A power cord with IEC 60320 C14 connector.
This power cord may be used world wide to
connect to spare outlets on FC 1950 PDUs in an
adjacent library frame or to a
customer-provided PDU that is mounted
external to the library frames.
46X7337 / 9989
IEC 60320 C13
Uses receptacle #13
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) power cords with NEMA
L6–30P non-watertight 30A plug, 200–240 V ac,
30 Amps. This power cord is for US, Canada,
Latin America, and Japan.
39M5416 / 9954
(Used with FC
1950 only)
NEMA L6–30R
Uses receptacle #10
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) power cords with watertight
Russellstoll 3750DP 30A plug, 200–240 V ac, 30
Amps. This power cord is used in US, Chicago,
Canada, Latin America, and Japan.
39M5418 / 9955
(Used with FC
1950 only)
Russellstoll 3753 or 9R33UOW receptacle, or a
Russellstoll 3933 or 9C33UO connector
Uses receptacle #11
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) power cords with IEC-309
p+n+g 32A plug, 200–240 V ac single phase, 32
Amps. This power cord is used in Europe, the
Middle East, and Africa.
39M5414 / 9956
(Used with FC
1950 only)
IEC-309 p+n+g
Uses receptacle #2
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) power cords with PDL
56P332 32A plug, 200–240 V ac single phase, 32
Amps. This power cord is used in Australia and
New Zealand.
39M5419 / 9957
(Used with FC
1950 only)
1–gang, 3–pin 32A socket, PDL 56SO332 or
equivalent
Uses receptacle #12
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) non-watertight power cords
with 30A plug type Shin Ju SJ-3302, 200–240 V
ac, 30 Amps. This power cord is used in North
and South Korea.
39M5420 / 9958
(Used with FC
1950 only)
200–250 V ac single phase
Uses receptacle #3
Length and Type of Power Cord
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
129
Table 50. Specifications for power cords used with the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library, Models L23, D23,
L53, and D53 (continued)
Part Number
and Feature
Code1
Type of Service Receptacle
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) power cords, unterminated
(without a power plug), 200–240 V ac single
phase, 30 Amps maximum, with IRAM and
BSMI agency certifications. Wire size 4 mm2.
This is the recommended cord for Argentina,
Taiwan, Europe, the Middle East, and Africa if
an unterminated power cord is preferred.
23R7324 / 9959
(Used with FC
1950 only)
Not specified (no plug supplied)
Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) power cords, unterminated
(without a power plug), 200–240 V ac single
phase, 30 Amps maximum, with CCC
certification. This is the recommended power
cord for China.
23R9543 / 9966
(Used with FC
1950 only)
Not specified (no plug supplied)
Length and Type of Power Cord
Note:
1. Each feature code ships two power cords so that dual power is supported.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
N
12
13
a69i0339
A
9
Figure 31. Types of receptacles for Models L23, D23, L53, and D53 of the TS3500 Tape Library
Note: For more information about FC 9989, refer to the topic about powering
adjacent frames.
Powering adjacent frames
This topic describes how to power models L23, D23, L53 and D53 using power
distribution units (PDUs) and power cords to adjacent frame PDUs in order to
reduce the number of required facility outlets.
A library frame with PDUs (FC 1950) installed can power up to two adjacent
frames by specifying power cord FC 9989 on each of the adjacent frames and
130
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
BPC
1
BPC
1
BPC
1
BPC
2
BPC
2
BPC
2
FC 9989
(Second)
FC 9989
(First)
a69m0761
plugging the cords into the spare outlets on the FC 1950 PDUs. Figure 32 shows
the first adjacent frame cord plugging into the upper PDU receptacles and the
second adjacent frame power cord plugging into the lower PDU receptacles. The
adjacent frames that receive power through FC 9989 can be up to three frames
away from the frame with FC 1950. By using adjacent frame power cords,
customers can power up to three frames from only two facility outlets.
Figure 32. FC 9989 cable positions
Recommended customer circuit breakers for Models L23, D23,
L53, and D53
This topic provides the recommended maximum and minimum circuit breaker
ratings for frame models L23, D23, L53, and D53.
Maximum rating:
20 A (32 A if feature 1950 is installed)
Minimum rating:
10 A (20 A if feature 1950 is installed)
Chapter 2. Physical planning specifications
131
132
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Chapter 3. Standard features of the Library
This section introduces a pictorial representation of the elements of the TS3500
Tape Library and the feature codes for those elements.
When ordering the TS3500 Tape Library, you can use feature codes to perform the
following actions:
v Specify plant or field installation of tape drives
v Specify host configurations
v Identify the specific attachment type
v Order open systems device drivers
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
133
Elements in the library
This section provides a flowchart of the elements that are available for a TS3500
Tape Library.
Figure 33 shows the elements in the TS3500 Tape Library. Depending on the model
of the library, different features are available.
Figure 33. Elements in the TS3500 Tape Library
Flow
3592 Drive
-orLTO Drive
Host System
9210 HP-UX
9211 Solaris
9212 Windows
9213 Other non-IBM
9215 Linux
9216 Linux (zSeries)
9217 LM/TS7700
9218 HPSS
9400 i5/OS or OS/400
9600 AIX system
LC-LC Fibre Cable
6013 13m
6025 25m
6061 61m
VHDCI to HD68 Cable
5610 10m
9700 " No Cables"
X-Track Cables
1802 1-2 Frames
1806 3-6 Frames
1814 7-14 Frames
1816 8-16 Frames
9316 8-16 Frames (Plant)
Tape Library Specialist
1662 (L32)
Control Path Failover
Data Path Failover
SC1 Shuttle Connection
1850 Short Span
1851 Long Span
9441 1st Span installed
9442 2nd Span installed
9443 3rd Span installed
1855 SC Service Kit
1681 (Lx2)
Control+Data Path Failover
1682 (Lx3)
ALMS
1690 (Lx2)
1692 Entry ALMS
1693 Interm.ALMS
1694 Full ALMS
Model SC1
Shuttle Connection
Encryption
1604 Transp.LTO Encrypt.
Model S24 + S54
HD Storage Frame
(3588 F4A, F5A, F6A)
(3592 E05/06 + 3588 F4A/5A/6A)
9677 Plant Install 3592 J1A Canister
9680 Plant Install 3592 E05 Canister
9681 Plant Install 3588 F3B Canister
9682 Plant Install 3588 F4A Canister
9683 Plant Install 3592 E06 Canister
9692 Plant Install 3592 E07 Canister
9695 Plant Install 3588 F5A Canister
9697 Plant Install 3588 F6A Canister
9001 Driveless Frame
1608 Mixed Media Support (L32)
1657 20 Add.LTO I/O Slots (L32)
1658 16 Additional I/O Slots - LTO
1659 16 Additional I/O Slots - 3592
0500 Library & Drive Code Update
1680 (Lx2)
9900 Encryption Config.
Fibre Patch Panel
1461 add'l LC-LC Patch Cbl.
1462 Fibre Patch Panel (Lx2)
1603 Capacity Expansion (L32)
1643 Intermediate Capacity on Demand
1644 Full Capacity on Demand
1530 Web Camera Mounting Hdw. (L/Dxx)
1700 Enhanced Node Cards (Lx2)
2205 Enhanced Gripper Asm (Lxx) - Field
9205 Enhanced Gripper Asm (Lxx) - Plant
2304 Accessor Refresh - Enhanced Grip.
9002 1st Expansion Frame
9003 Additional Expansion Frames 0-15
9040 HA1 Library (Dual Accessors)
9050 High Density Library (HD)
9070 Shuttle Complex Library
OEM
7703 No IBM Logo
7704 BULL Logo
1610 Add D22/23/52/53/Sx4 to x32
1620 Add D32 to L/D2x/5x/Sx4
TS7000/CU BE Switch (L/D23)
4871 TS7700 BE Sw Mount.Hdw
4872 TS7700 BE 4Gb Switch
4873 Reinstall TS7700 BE Switch
4874 Adj.Fr.Supp.f.TS7700 BE Sw
4875 TS7700 BE 8Gb Switch
1950 Power Distrib.Unit (Lx3/Dx3)
1901 Dual AC Power (Lx2)
1909 Bifurcated Cable (Lx3)
Single Power Source
* See power feature codes
at bottom of page
2704 Console Expans.26port Enet Sw.Rackm.
2710 Remote Support Facility (modem)
2711 Remote Support Switch
2712 Remote Support Attachment
2714 TS3000 Expansion
2715 TS3000 Attachment
2724 TS3000 System Console - Rackmount
2732 TS3000 System Console
2733 TS3000 Internal Modem (FC2732)
2734 USB Modem (FC2724)
5512 KVM Display/Keyboard/Mouse
Model HA1
(Dual Accessors)
Model D23 / D53
Expansion Frame
9001 Driveless Frame
1440 Serv.Bay B Config (HA1)
Remote Support
2206 Enhanced Gripper Asm - Field
9206 Enhanced Gripper Asm - Plant
2305 Accessor Refresh - Enh.Grip.
Service Bay A
1695 LTO Test Hdw f.HD
1696 3592 Test Hdw f.HD
1697 Mix.Med.HDTest Slots
Service Bay B
D22/23/52/53/S24/54
+ 1440 Configuration
1840 Chg.HA X-Tr.Cable
3592 Drive
Fibre Patch Panel
-or1461 add'l LC-LC P.Cbl.
LTO Drive 1462 Fibre P.Panel (Dx2)
=> Drives: same as Lxx above
1451 Enhanced FCA (Dx3)
1452 Frame Control Asm.(D32) w/d
1453 Frame Control Asm.(D22/52)
1701 Enhanced Node Card (Dx2)
1902 Additional Power Supply (Dx2)
134
Drive Rmv & Reinstall
1501 Fibre Drive move kit (x32)
1503 3592 mounting kit (x22)
1504 LTO mounting kit (x32/52)
1513 3592J1A/E05 mount.kit (x23)
1514 LTO mounting kit (x53)
1515 3592 mounting kit (x23)
1663 Drive Removal (LTO/3592)
1665 LTO Drive Reinstall
1674 3592 Field Install
1675 3592 E07 Field Install
1678 3588 Field Install Assist
9679 3588 F3x/F4A Field Install
9696 3588 F5A Field Install
9698 3588 F6A Field Install
Sxx
1645 HD CoD S24 (+400)
1646 HD CoD S54 (+660)
1440 SBB Config. (HA1)
Power Cords for FC1950
9954 Nema L6-30
9955 RS 3750DP
9956 IEC 309
9957 Australia/NewZealand 4.3m
9958 Korean 4.3m
9959 Unterminated 4.3m
9966 Unterminated China
8750 LTO Cleaning Cartridge (1x)
8802 3592 Cleaning Cartridge (1x)
1655 64 Add.I/O Slots - LTO (D53)
1656 64 Add.I/O Slots - 3592 (D23)
1901 Dual AC Power (Dx2)
1909 Bifurcated Cable (Dx3)
Single Power Source
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Power Cord (L/Dx2)
9962 Nema L6-30P
Dual Power Cords
9970 IEC-309
9972 Nema L6-15P
9976 Argentina
9977 Brazil
9978 Australia/N.Zealand
9979 Japan
9980 China
9981 Korea
9982 Taiwan
9983 South Africa
9984 NEMA L6/20P
9985 Watertight Russellst.
9989 To Adj. Frame PDUs
a69i0315
Data
Model L23/L53
Base Frame
Feature codes for elements in the library
This topic describes the feature codes for the TS3500 Tape Library and indicates to
which model each feature applies and whether or not the feature can be installed
by the customer.
A customer-setup unit (CSU) is a feature that you, as the customer, can install
when the feature is ordered as a field upgrade. Detailed instructions are included
when you order and receive these features. To access the instructions from the
web, go to http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/storage/tape/resourcelibrary.html#publications. Under Technical support, select 3584 Tape Library.
Then, under Choose your task, select Documentation. Should you choose not to
install a CSU, IBM can install it for an additional charge.
Table 51 lists the feature codes for the models of the TS3500 Tape Library.
Table 51. Feature codes for the models of the TS3500 Tape Library
Feature Code
Model
CSU
Description
0500
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
One-time library and drive code update (by IBM
service representative)
1440
D22, D23, D52, D53, S24, S54
No
Service Bay B configuration with accessor
D23, D53
No
Enhanced frame control assembly (does not
apply to D22, D32, or D52 models)
14521, 21
D32
No
Frame control assembly (This feature has been
withdrawn from marketing.)
145321
D22, D52
No
Frame control assembly (This feature has been
withdrawn from marketing.)
1461
L22, D22, L23, D23, L32, D32,
L52, D52, L53, D53
No
Additional LC-to-LC drive-to-patch-panel cable
for 3592 or LTO 5 and newer tape drives (Do not
order if FC 4871 is installed.)
1462
L22, D22, L32, D32, L52, D52
No
Fibre Channel patch panel
1501
1451
3
L32, D32
No
Fibre Channel Tape Drive move kit
1503
15
L22, D22
No
3592 Fibre Channel Tape Drive mounting kit
1504
14
L32, D32, L52, D52
Yes
LTO Fibre Channel Tape Drive mounting kit
1513
15
L23, D23
No
3592 Fibre Channel Tape Drive mounting kit
(This feature applies to 3592 J1A and E05 drives
only.)
151414
L53, D53
Yes
LTO Fibre Channel Tape Drive mounting kit
15
L23, D23
No
3592 Fibre Channel Tape Drive mounting kit
(This feature applies to all 3592 drives.)
1530
L22, D22, L52, D52, L23, D23,
L53, D53
No
Web camera mounting hardware (This feature
provides the mounting hardware only. The web
camera is supplied by the customer.)
1603
L32
No
Capacity expansion
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
Yes
Transparent LTO Encryption. (Provides license
keys to enable transparent LTO encryption on
LTO Ultrium 4 and newer Ultrium tape drives.)
1608
L32
No
Mixed media/D22/D23 support
1610
D22, D23, D52, D53, S24, S54
No
Add D22/D23/D52/D53/S24/S54 to existing
L32 or D32
Prerequisite: FC 9002 or 9003
1515
1604
18
Chapter 3. Standard features of the Library
135
Table 51. Feature codes for the models of the TS3500 Tape Library (continued)
Feature Code
Model
CSU
1620
D32
No
Add D32 to existing L22, D22, L23, D23, L52,
D52, L53, D53, S24, or S54
Prerequisite: FC 9002 or 9003
1643
L22, L23, L52, L53
Yes
Intermediate Capacity on Demand (installed but
not enabled)
16441
L22, L23, L52, L53
Yes
Full Capacity on Demand (installed but not
enabled)
Prerequisite: FC 1643
1645
S24
Yes
High Density Capacity on Demand
1646
S54
Yes
High Density Capacity on Demand
12
D53
No
64 Additional I/O Slots - LTO (Plant-only)
Prerequisite: FC 1451
165612
D23
No
64 Additional I/O Slots - 3592 (Plant-only)
Prerequisite: FC 1451
1657
1655
L32
No
20 additional I/O slots for LTO cartridges
1658
2
L22, L23, L52, L53
No
16 additional I/O slots for LTO cartridges
1659
2
L22, L23, L52, L53
No
16 additional I/O slots for 3592 cartridges
1660
3
L32, D22, D32, D52
No
10/100 Ethernet support
1662
3
L32
No
System Storage Tape Library Specialist Web
interface
1663
L22, D22, L23, D23, L32, D32,
L52, D52, L53, D53
No
Drive removal (This feature applies to all
Ultrium and 3592 tape drives and is used only
when drives are removed and not replaced.)
166514
L32, D32, L52, D52, L53, D53
No
LTO Ultrium Tape Drive reinstall
15
L22, D22, L23, D23
No
3592 Tape Drive field install (This feature applies
to 3592 tape drive models J1A, E05, E06, and
EU6.)
Prerequisite: FC 1515
167515
L22, D22, L23, D23
No
3592 E07 Tape Drive field install
1678
L32, D32, L52, D52, L53, D53
No
3588 Tape Drive field install assist. Feature code
1678 provides a charge for an IBM
Representative to install or reinstall the 3588
Fibre Channel Tape Drive ordered through FC
9679. Customers are not required to order FC
1678 when ordering a 3588 drive.
1680
L22, L32, L52
Yes
Control path failover
1681
L22, L32, L52
Yes
Data path failover (Prerequisite: FC 1680)
1682
L23, L53
Yes
Path failover
1690
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
Yes
Advanced Library Management System (ALMS)
1692
L22, L23, L52, L53
Yes
Entry ALMS
1693
L22, L23, L52, L53
Yes
Intermediate ALMS
Prerequisite: FC 1692
1694
L22, L23, L52, L53
Yes
Full ALMS
Prerequisite: FC 1693
1674
136
Description
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 51. Feature codes for the models of the TS3500 Tape Library (continued)
Feature Code
Model
CSU
Description
1695
HA1
No
LTO test hardware for high density frames (This
feature is required if any HD frame is installed
on a High Availability subsystem with an L32,
L52, or L53 base frame.)
1696
HA1
No
3592 test hardware for high density frames (This
feature is required if any HD frame is installed
on a High Availability subsystem with an L22 or
L23 base frame.)
1697
HA1
No
Mixed media HD test slots (This feature is
required if an HD frame is installed on a mixed
media High Availability subsystem.)
Prerequisites: FC 1695 or 1696
170016
L22, L32, L52
No
Enhanced Node Cards
16
D22, D32, D52
No
Enhanced Node Card
4
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
1- to 2-frame X-track cable
5,6
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
3- to 6-frame X-track cable
7,8,9
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
7- to 14-frame X-track cable
10
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
8- to 16-frame X-track cable
1840
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Change HA X-track cable
1850
SC1
No
Short span (This feature provides shuttle station
components and a short span.)
1851
SC1
No
Long span (This feature provides shuttle station
components and a long span.)
1855
SC1
No
Shuttle complex service and install kit (This
feature provides a ladder and installation tools.)
1901
L22, D22, L32, D32, L52, D52
No
Dual ac power
1902
D22, D32, D52
No
Additional redundant (37 V) power supply
1909
L23, D23, L53, D53
No
Single Power Source Bifurcated Cable. (Allows
attachment of an xx3 frame to a single power
outlet while maintaining drive redundant
power).
195017
L23, D23, L53, D53
No
Power distribution unit (Supports up to any
combination of three pairs of power cords for FC
4875 on same frame and FC 9989 on adjacent
frames.)
Prerequisites: One of FC 9954, 9955, 9956, 9957,
9958, 9959, or 9966
2205
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Enhanced grippers and pivot (This field-only
feature is for Lx2 and Lx3 models without FC
9205.)
2206
D22, D52, D23, D53
No
Enhanced grippers and pivot for high
availability (This field-only feature applies to D
frames with Service Bay B that do not have FC
9206.)
2304
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Accessor refresh with enhanced grippers and
pivot
1701
1802
1806
1814
1816
Chapter 3. Standard features of the Library
137
Table 51. Feature codes for the models of the TS3500 Tape Library (continued)
Feature Code
Model
CSU
2305
D22, D52, D23, D53
No
Accessor refresh with enhanced grippers and
pivot for HA (This field-only feature applies to
models with FC 1440.)
2704
L22, L23, L52, L53
No
Console expansion 26 port Ethernet switch
(This feature provides a 26 port Ethernet switch
and attachment cable for connection to TS3000
System Console. Up to 24 additional connections
are provided by this feature for connection of FC
2714, 2715, or another FC 2704.)
2710
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Remote support facility
2711
L22, L32, L52
No
Remote support switch
2712
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Remote support attachment
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
TS3000 Expansion (This feature has been
withdrawn from marketing.)
2715
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
TS3000 attachment cable (to attach a unit to the
Ethernet switch provided by feature code 2720 or
2714)
271921
L22, L23
No
TS3000 Upgrade (This feature has been
withdrawn from marketing.)
272021
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Desktop TS3000 System Console (TSSC) (This
feature has been withdrawn from marketing.)
2724
L22, L23, L52, L53
No
Rackmount TS3000 System Console
(This feature provides the enhanced
rack-mountable TS3000 System Console and an
Ethernet cable for connection of one machine to
an IBM supplied modem. This feature replaces
feature codes 2722, 2730, and 2732.)
273021
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Customer rack-mountable TS3000 System
Console (TSSC) (This feature has been
withdrawn from marketing.)
273221
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Rack-mountable TS3000 System Console (TSSC)
(This feature has been withdrawn from
marketing.)
273319, 21
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
TS3000 Internal Modem (This feature has been
withdrawn from marketing.)
2734
L22, L23, L52, L53
No
USB modem
(This feature provides a USB modem for use
with FC 2724.)
4871
L23, D23
No
TS7700 backend Fibre Channel switches
mounting hardware
Prerequisites: FC 1950 and FC 9217
487220, 21
L23, D23
No
TS7700 4 Gb Fibre Channel backend switches
(This feature has been withdrawn from
marketing.)
4873
L23, D23
No
Reinstall TS7700 backend Fibre Channel switches
Prerequisite: FC 4871
4874
L23, D23
No
Adjacent frame support for TS7700 backend
Fibre Channel switches
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2714
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
138
21
Description
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 51. Feature codes for the models of the TS3500 Tape Library (continued)
|
Feature Code
Model
CSU
Description
4875
L23, D23
No
8 Gb Fibre Channel switch (One switch is
provided per feature. The TS7700 requires two
switches per frame. The customer must specify
FC 4875 or FC 4877.)
Prerequisites: FC 1950 and FC 9217
4876
L23, D23
No
3592-C07 backend Fibre Channel switch
mounting hardware (This feature provides
mounting hardware for one switch.)
4877
L23, D23
No
Reinstall 3592-C07 backend 8 Gb Fibre Channel
switch (This feature reinstalls one switch.)
4878
L23, D23
No
Adjacent frame support for 3592-C07 backend 8
Gb Fibre Channel switches (This feature provides
one 5-meter [16.4-foot] cable. Customer must
order one per drive for one switch or two per
drive for two switches.)
5512
L22, L23, L52, L53
No
KVM Display, Keyboard, Mouse
5922
L22, D22, L23, D23, L32, D32,
L52, D52, L53, D53
Yes
SC-to-LC Fibre Channel cable, 22 m (72 ft)
(withdrawn as of 12/2006)
6013
L22, D22, L23, D23, L32, D32,
L52, D52, L53, D53
Yes
LC-to-LC Fibre Channel cable, 13 m (43 ft)
6025
L22, D22, L23, D23, L32, D32,
L52, D52, L53, D53
Yes
LC-to-LC Fibre Channel cable, 25 m (82 ft)
6061
L22, D22, L23, D23, L32, D32,
L52, D52, L53, D53
Yes
LC-to-LC Fibre Channel cable, 61 m (200 ft)
8750
L32, D32, L52, D52, L53, D53
No
Ultrium cleaning cartridge
8802
L22, D22, L23, D23
No
3592 cleaning cartridge
9001
L22, D22, L23, D23, L32, D32,
L52, D52, L53, D53
No
Frame without drives (if you have a library with
both LTO frames (x32, x52, x53) and 3592 frames
(x22, x23), and you want to configure the library
for mixed media, you must have at least one
drive of each type (LTO and 3592) installed in
the library before you can configure mixed
media)
Prerequisite: Lxx frames need FC 9022 in order
to support this feature.
9002
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
First expansion frame attachment
Prerequisite: FC 1644
9003
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Additional expansion frame attachment
9040
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
High availability library
9050
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
High density library
Prerequisites: FC 2205, FC 2304, or FC 9205. If
FC 9040 is installed, FC 2206, FC 2305, or FC
9206 is also required for that library string. FC
1700 or 1701 is also a prerequisite on Lx2 and
Dx2 models if total capacity is greater than 6 887
slots.
9070
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Shuttle complex library
Prerequisite: TSSC (FC 2720, 2730, or 2732)
Models Lx2 and Dx2 require enhanced node
cards (FC 1700 or 1701).
Chapter 3. Standard features of the Library
139
Table 51. Feature codes for the models of the TS3500 Tape Library (continued)
Feature Code
Model
CSU
9205
L23, L53
No
Enhanced grippers and pivot
9206
D23, D53, S24, S54
No
Enhanced grippers and pivot for HA
9210
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Attached to HP-UX System
9211
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Attached to Sun Solaris System
9212
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Attached to Windows System
9213
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Attached to other non-IBM system
9215
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Attached to Linux System (other)
9216
L22, L32, L52
No
Attached to System z Linux System
9217
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Attached to LM/TS7700/3592-C07
9218
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Attached to HPSS
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
8- to 16-frame X-track cable (plant)
9400
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Attached to i5/OS™ or OS/400 System
9441
SC1
No
First shuttle span installed (This feature tracks
the number of shuttle spans in a shuttle
connection. No hardware is included.)
9442
SC1
No
Second shuttle span installed (This feature tracks
the number of shuttle spans in a shuttle
connection. No hardware is included.)
9443
SC1
No
Third shuttle span installed (This feature tracks
the number of shuttle spans in a shuttle
connection. No hardware is included.)
9600
L22, L23, L32, L52, L53
No
Attached to AIX System
L22, L23, D22, D23
No
3592 J1A tape drive plant install
9316
9677
140
15
9678
L52, L53, D52, D53
No
3588 F3A tape drive plant install
967913
L32, L52, L53, D32, D52, D53
Yes
3588 F3A/F3B/F4A tape drive customer field
install (see feature code 1678)
968015
L22, D22, L23, D23
No
3592 E05 tape drive plant install
9681
L52, D52, L53, D53
No
3588 F3B tape drive plant install
14
L53 , D53
No
3588 F4A tape drive plant install
Prerequisite: FC 1514
968315
L23, D23
Yes
3592 E06 tape drive plant install
Prerequisite: FC 1515
969215
L23, D23
No
3592 E07 tape drive plant install
Prerequisite: FC 1515
969514
L53, D53
No
3588 F5A tape drive plant install
Prerequisite: FC 1514
969614
L32, L52, L53, D32, D52, D53
Yes
3588 F5A tape drive customer field install (see
feature code 1678)
Prerequisites: FC 1700 on Lx2 models, FC 1702
on Dx2 models, and 169x (ALMS) on Lxx models
969714
L53, D53
Yes
3588 F6A tape drive plant install
Prerequisites: FC 1514, libraries with a Model
L32 frame also require enhanced grippers (FC
2205 or 2304)
9682
|
|
|
|
11
Description
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 51. Feature codes for the models of the TS3500 Tape Library (continued)
Feature Code
|
|
|
|
|
|
Model
CSU
L32, D32, L52, D52, L53, D53
No
3588 F6A tape drive customer field install (see
feature code 1678)
Prerequisites: FC 1700 on Lx2 models, FC 1702
on Dx2 models, 169x (ALMS) on Lxx models,
libraries with a Model L32 frame also require
enhanced grippers (FC 2205 or 2304)
9700
L22, D22, L23, D23, L32, D32,
L52, D52, L53, D53
No
No host cables from plant
9724
L32, D32, D42
No
OEM power cord
9900
L22, D22, L23, D23, L32, D32,
L52, D52, L53, D53
No
Encryption Configuration
9954
L23, D23
No
Dual Nema L6–30 Power Cords (Used with FC
1950 only)
9955
L23, D23
No
Dual RS 3750DP Power Cords (Used with FC
1950 only)
9956
L23, D23
No
Dual IEC 309 Power Cords (Used with FC 1950
only)
9957
L23, D23
No
Dual 4.3 m Power Cords - Australia/New
Zealand (Used with FC 1950 only)
9958
L23, D23
No
Dual 4.3 m Power Cords - Korea (Used with FC
1950 only)
9959
L23, D23
No
Dual Unterminated Power Cords (Used with FC
1950 only)
9966
L23, D23
No
Dual Unterminated Power Cords - China CCC
cert. (Used with FC 1950 only)
9962
L22, D22, L52, D52
No
Power cord, non-watertight, 4.3 m (14 ft.)
9970
L22, D22, L23, D23, L52, D52,
L53, D53
No
Dual 4.3 Meter Power Cord Watertight: Provides
dual 4.3 meter (14-foot) 250 V ac power cords
with IEC 309 2P+GND watertight connectors.
For countries other than the United States and
Canada the connector is rated at 16A (plug type
Hubbell HBL316P6W or equivalent) for
connection to Hubbell type HBL316R6W or
equivalent receptacles. In the United States and
Canada the connector is rated at 20A (plug type
Hubbell HBL320P6W) for connection to Hubbell
type HBL320R6W or equivalent receptacles. This
is the default power cord if no other feature is
specified, in all countries except Argentina,
Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Japan, Korea,
New Zealand, Philippines, South Africa, Taiwan,
and the United States. This feature should be
ordered with FC 1901.
9972
L22, D22, L23, D23, L52, D52,
L53, D53
No
Dual power cords, non-watertight, 4.3 m (14 ft.),
twistlock 250 V ac, 15 A. This power cord is for
the United States and Canada. This feature
should be ordered with FC 1901.
9976
L23, D23, L53, D53
No
Dual power cords, non-watertight, 4.3 m (14 ft.),
250 V ac, 10 A, with IRAM 2073 plug. This
power cord is for Argentina.
9698
14
Description
Chapter 3. Standard features of the Library
141
Table 51. Feature codes for the models of the TS3500 Tape Library (continued)
Feature Code
Model
CSU
Description
9977
L23, D23, L53, D53
No
Dual power cords, non-watertight, 4.3 m (14 ft.),
250 V ac, 15 A, with Earth Pin InMetro NBR
14136 plug. This power cord is for Brazil.
9978
L23, D23, L53, D53
No
Dual power cords, non-watertight, 4.3 m (14 ft.),
250 V ac, 10 A, with AS/NZS 3112/2000 plug.
This power cord is for Australia and New
Zealand.
9979
L23, D23, L53, D53
No
Dual power cords, non-watertight, 4.3 m (14 ft.),
250 V ac, 15 A, with JIS C8303, C8306 plug. This
power cord is for Japan.
9980
L23, D23, L53, D53
No
Dual power cords, non-watertight, 4.3 m (14 ft.),
250 V ac, 10 A, with GB 2099.1, 1002 plug. This
power cord is for China.
9981
L23, D23, L53, D53
No
Dual power cords, non-watertight, 4.3 m (14 ft.),
250 V ac, 15 A, with earth pin KS C8305,
K60884-1 plug. This power cord is for Korea.
9982
L23, D23, L53, D53
No
Dual power cords, non-watertight, 4.3 m (14 ft.),
250 V ac, 10 A, with CNS 10917-3 plug. This
power cord is for Taiwan.
9983
L23, D23, L53, D53
No
Dual power cords, non-watertight, 4.3 m (14 ft.),
250 V ac, 16 A, with SANS 164-1 plug. This
power cord is for South Africa.
9984
L23, D23, L53, D53
No
NEMA L6/20P. Dual 4.3 m (14 ft.) 250 V ac, 15A
single phase line cord assemblies with NEMA
L6-20P non-watertight twistlock 20A plugs. UL /
CSA certified for use in US and Canada. Mates
with customer-supplied NEMA L6-20R
receptacles.
9985
L23, D23, L53, D53
No
Watertight 15A/250V Russellstoll. Dual 4.3 m (14
ft.) 250 V ac, 15A single phase line cord
assemblies with watertight 15A Russellstoll plugs
(RS p/n 3720DPU2). UL / CSA certified for use
in US and Canada. Mates with
customer-supplied Russellstoll 3743U2 or
9R23U2W receptacles.
9989
L23, D23, L53, D53
No
Dual power cords, non-watertight, 4.3 m (14 ft.),
250 V ac, 10 A, with IEC 309 C14 plugs. These
power cords are for use with adjacent frame
PDUs (FC 1950) or external (customer-supplied)
PDUs.
Notes:
1. The Full Capacity Storage feature (FC 1644) is required to attach the optional
expansion frame Models D22, D32, or D52.
2. The Full Capacity Storage feature (FC 1644) is required to add an Additional
I/O Slots feature (FC 1658 or FC 1659).
3. With feature code 1451, feature codes 1660 and 1662 are standard in Models
L22, L23, L52, L53, D23, and D53.
4. Required when you have 3 to 16 frames and you want to remove frames such
that 1 or 2 frames remain. This requirement does not apply to a library that
contains dual accessors.
142
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
5. Required when you have 1 to 2 frames and you want to add frames for a total
of 3 to 6 frames. This requirement does not apply to a library that contains
dual accessors.
6. Required when you have 7 to 16 frames and you want to remove frames for a
total of 3 to 6 frames. This requirement does not apply to a library that
contains dual accessors.
7. Required when you have 1 to 6 frames and you want to add one frame for a
total of 7 frames. This requirement does not apply to a library that contains
dual accessors.
8. Required when you have 1 to 6 frames and you want to add frames for a total
of 8 to 14 frames. This requirement does not apply to a library that contains
dual accessors.
9. Required when you have 8 to 16 frames, when you have feature code 1816 or
9316 installed, and when you want to remove frames such that you have a
total of 7 frames. This requirement does not apply to a library that contains
dual accessors.
10. Required when you have 1 to 14 frames, when feature code 9316 is not
installed, and when you want to add frames for a total of 15 to 16 frames.
This requirement does not apply to a library that contains dual accessors.
11. Must be added to any IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library that comes
from the plant and has 15 to 16 frames (14 or 15 Model D22, 32, or 52
expansion frames attached to the Model L22, 32, or 52). This requirement does
not apply to a library that contains dual accessors.
12. Maximum limit of 3 per subsystem (no mixed media support). These feature
codes assume that the 4-I/O door frame is installed at the end of the library
string. ("String" refers to the very last frame in a single accessor library or the
last frame before SBB in HS for both HA and single accessor libraries.) If the
customer prefers that the 4-I/O door frame be installed elsewhere in the
string, the service representative must obtain a "Services Contract" to uninstall
additional frames as necessary to accommodate the customer's request.
13. This feature (FC 9679) indicates that one 3588 Tape Drive Model F3A or F3B
will be field installed into a 3584 Model D32, D52, D53, L32, L52, or L53. If it
is added to the order of a new 3584 frame coming from the plant, it indicates
that the drive will be installed in the field rather than at the plant. Installation
of a 3588 Tape Drive canister requires that a LTO Fibre Drive Mounting Kit
feature (FC 1504 on the Model D32, D52, L32, or L52; FC 1514 on the Model
D53 or L53) be installed in the 3584 Frame to contain the canister. The 3588
Model F3A or F3B Tape Drive must be separately ordered through FC 9679.
Because the 3588 Tape Drive is designated as customer setup, if assistance is
required to field install the drive, the 3588 Tape Drive Field Install Assist
feature (FC 1678) should be ordered.
14. The quantity of the LTO Fibre Drive Mounting Kit feature (FC 1504 or FC
1514) must be equal to or greater than the quantity of LTO Fibre Channel Tape
Drives installed (FC 9678, FC 9679, FC 9681, FC 9682, 9684, and FC 1479) plus
Fiber Channel tape drives reinstalled with feature FC 1665).
15. The quantity of the 3592 Fibre Drive Mounting Kit feature (FC 1503, FC 1513
or FC 1515) must be equal to or greater than the quantity of 3592 tape drives
installed (FC 1674, FC 1675, FC 9677, FC 9680, FC 9683, or FC 9692.)
16. In order to support Ultrium 5 tape drives in any library configuration, or to
support more than 6 887 slots in an xx2 library with an Sx4 frame, all node
cards in the library must be xx3-equivalent node cards. This requires a xx3
model conversion OR the Enhanced Node Card(s) feature (FC 1700 or 1701).
Chapter 3. Standard features of the Library
143
17. Frames with FC 1950 require higher rated customer facility outlets (30-32
Amp) than frames without feature code 1950. Refer to “Power cords for
Models L23, D23, L53, and D53” on page 128 for the specific outlet type and
power rating requirements for the associated line cord features 9954, 9955,
9956, 9957, 9958, 9959 or 9966.
18. FC 1604 is required for encryption on Ultrium 4 and newer Ultrium tape
drives if using library-managed (LME) or system-managed (SME) encryption,
but not if using application-managed encryption (AME).
19. FC 2733 is qualified for use in the following countries: Argentina, Australia,
Bahrain, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, China CCC, China NALTE, Colombia,
Costa Rica, Croatia, Ecuador, Egypt, Guatemala, Guyana, Honduras, Hong
Kong, India, Indonesia, Israel, Japan, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Korea,
Kuwait, Lebanon, Malaysia, Macau, Mexico, Morocco, New Zealand,
Nicaragua, Oman, Panama, Pakistan, Paraguay, Peru, Philippines, Russia,
Saudi Arabia, Singapore, South Africa, Sri Lanka, Suriname, Taiwan, Thailand,
Turkey, UAE, Ukraine, Uruguay, United States, Vietnam, Venezuela, Austria,
Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Rep., Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein,
Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal,
Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, UK. Oversea areas
part of EU: Portugal: Acores, Madeira; Spain: Canarias; France: Guyane,
Guadeloupe, Martinique, Reunion; USA: includes US Territories: Puerto Rico,
US Virgin Islands, Northern Mariana, Guam
20. Two 31 meter Fibre Channel cables for connecting the backend switches to the
TS7700 are included with TS7700 feature code 5759.
21. The following features have been withdrawn from marketing:
v Feature code 2719 was withdrawn from marketing in September 2010.
v Feature code 2720 was withdrawn from marketing in October 2008.
|
v
v
v
v
|
|
|
|
Feature
Feature
Feature
Feature
2012.
code 2730 was withdrawn from marketing in January 2010.
code 1452 was withdrawn from marketing in December 2010.
code 1453 was withdrawn from marketing in December 2008.
codes 2714, 2732, and 2733 were withdrawn from marketing in July
v Feature code 4872 was withdrawn from marketing in August 2011.
144
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium media
The section introduces information about using Ultrium tape media.
The IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library automates the storage and
movement of IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges.
Overview of Ultrium Media
This section describes Ultrium media.
v IBM System Storage LTO Cleaning Cartridge
v Diagnostic cartridge
Figure 34 shows the IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge.
a67b0024
|
|
|
Within the TS3500 Tape Library and subject to certain restrictions, the Ultrium tape
drives use the following cartridge types:
v IBM System Storage 2500 GB LTO Data Cartridge (Ultrium 6 cartridge without
WORM capability)
v IBM System Storage 2500 GB LTO WORM Data Cartridge (Ultrium 6 cartridge)
v IBM System Storage 1500 GB LTO Data Cartridge (Ultrium 5 cartridge without
WORM capability)
v IBM System Storage 1500 GB LTO WORM Data Cartridge (Ultrium 5 cartridge)
v IBM System Storage 800 GB LTO Data Cartridge (Ultrium 4 cartridge without
WORM capability)
v IBM System Storage 800 GB LTO WORM Data Cartridge (Ultrium 4 cartridge)
v IBM System Storage 400 GB LTO WORM Data Cartridge (Ultrium 3 cartridge)
v IBM System Storage 400 GB LTO Data Cartridge (Ultrium 3 cartridge without
WORM capability)
v IBM System Storage 200 GB LTO Data Cartridge (Ultrium 2 cartridge)
v IBM System Storage 100 GB LTO Data Cartridge (Ultrium 1 cartridge)
v IBM System Storage Universal LTO Cleaning Cartridge
Figure 34. The IBM System Storage LTO Data Cartridge for Ultrium 3 tape drives
WORM functionality for Ultrium tape drives and media
This topic describes the write-once-read-many (WORM) functionality that is used
by the LTO Ultrium 3 and newer tape drives and supported cartridges.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
145
The Ultrium 3 and later tape drives include the WORM feature, which is
supported by the IBM System Storage LTO WORM Data Cartridge (formerly the
IBM TotalStorage 3589 Ultrium Tape Cartridge Models 028 and 029). All IBM
Ultrium 3 tape drives with firmware levels of 54K1 or higher and all later Ultrium
drives support the WORM function. An Ultrium 3 or later tape drive with WORM
capability can recognize WORM-compatible media. Information and the required
drive firmware can be found at:
http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/support/lto/3584/downloading.html
The IBM System Storage LTO WORM Data Cartridge is only for use on Ultrium 3
and later tape drives with WORM capable-microcode. The cartridge is designed for
applications such as archiving and data retention, and is also suitable for
applications that require an audit trail. The cartridge works with the Ultrium 3 and
later tape drives to prevent the alteration or deletion of user data. Additionally,
IBM has taken the following steps to reduce tampering with data:
v The bottom of the WORM cartridge is molded in a color (gray) that is different
from rewritable cartridges.
v A unique format is factory-written on each WORM cartridge.
v The WORM cartridge's memory, along with its unique format, protects the
WORM character of the media.
Based on LTO technology, the format for the LTO WORM data cartridge provides
the following capacities:
Table 52. LTO WORM cartridge capacities
|
|
|
|
Cartridge type
Native capacity
Compressed capacity†
Ultrium 6
2 500 GB (2 328.31 GiB)
6.25 TB (5.68 TiB)
Ultrium 5
1 500 GB (1396.98 GiB)
3 TB (2.73 TiB)
Ultrium 4
800 GB (745.05 GiB)
1 600 GB (1490.12 GiB)
Ultrium 3
400 GB (372.53 GiB)
800 GB (745.05 GiB)
† The compressed capacity for the Ultrium 6 cartridge uses a 2.5:1 compression ratio. The
compressed capacity for Ultrium 5 and earlier Ultrium cartridges use a 2:1 compression
ratio.
146
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Ultrium data cartridge
This section describes the capacity, construction, operation, and components of the
IBM LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The IBM Ultrium 6 cartridge is is black with a silkscreen label on top that specifies
"Ultrium 6 - 2500 GB." The IBM Ultrium 5 cartridge is burgundy with a silkscreen
label on the top that specifies "Ultrium 5 - 1500 GB." The IBM Ultrium 4 cartridge
is green with a silkscreen label on the top that specifies "Ultrium 4 - 800 GB." The
IBM Ultrium 3 cartridge is blue-gray. The IBM Ultrium 2 cartridge is purple, and
the Ultrium 1 cartridge is black. WORM data cartridges are two tones in order to
distinguish them from other data cartridges. Each WORM cartridge is the color as
the same generation of data cartridge on the top, but it is gray on the bottom. All
generations of cartridges contain 1/2-inch, dual-coat, metal-particle tape. Capacity
for the four types of cartridges is as follows:
v Ultrium 6 and Ultrium 6 WORM cartridges have a native data capacity of 2 500
GB (2 328.31 GiB) (6.25 TB [5.68 TiB] at 2.5:1 compression)
v Ultrium 5 and Ultrium 5 WORM cartridges have a native data capacity of 1 500
GB (1396.98 GiB) (3 TB [2.73 TiB] at 2:1 compression)
v Ultrium 4 and Ultrium 4 WORM cartridges have a native data capacity of 800
GB (745.05 GiB) (1.6 TB [1.46 TiB] at 2:1 compression)
v Ultrium 3 and Ultrium 3 WORM cartridges have a native data capacity of 400
GB (372.53 GiB) (800 GB [745.05 GiB] at 2:1 compression)
v Ultrium 2 cartridge has a native data capacity of 200 GB (186.26 GiB) (400 GB
[372.53 GiB] at 2:1 compression)
v Ultrium 1 cartridge has a native data capacity of 100 GB (93.13 GiB) (200 GB
[186.26 GiB] at 2:1 compression)
When processing tape in the cartridges, the Ultrium tape drives use a linear,
serpentine recording format. The Ultrium 6 drives read and write data on 2176
tracks; the Ultrium 5 drives read and write data on 1 280 tracks; the Ultrium 4
drives read and write data on 896 tracks; the Ultrium 3 drives read and write data
on 704 tracks; the Ultrium 2 drives read and write on 512 tracks; and the Ultrium 1
drives read and write on 384 tracks. Ultrium 1 and Ultrium 2 drives read and
write eight tracks at a time. The Ultrium 5 and Ultrium 6 drives read and write 16
tracks at a time. The Ultrium 4 drives read and write 16 tracks at a time when
using Ultrium 4 and Ultrium 3 cartridges and read 8 tracks at a time when using
Ultrium 2 cartridges. The Ultrium 3 drives read and write 16 tracks at a time when
using an Ultrium 3 cartridge and 8 tracks at a time when using Ultrium 1 or 2
cartridges. The first set of tracks is written from near the beginning of the tape to
near the end of the tape. The head then repositions to the next set of tracks for the
return pass. This process continues until all tracks are written and the tape is full,
or until all data is written. For additional information about Ultrium tape drive
and cartridge compatability, refer to “LTO Ultrium tape drives” on page 18.
Figure 35 on page 148 shows the IBM System Storage LTO Data Cartridge and its
components.
1
2
3
LTO cartridge memory
Cartridge door
Leader pin
4
5
6
Write-protect switch
Label area
Insertion guide
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium media
147
Figure 35. The IBM System Storage LTO Data Cartridge
All generations of the IBM LTO Ultrium Data Cartridge include a Linear
Tape-Open Cartridge Memory (LTO-CM) chip (1 in Figure 35), that contains
information about the cartridge and the tape (such as the name of the
manufacturer that created the tape), as well as statistical information about the
cartridge's use. The LTO-CM enhances the efficiency of the cartridge. For example,
the LTO-CM stores the end-of-data location, which when you next insert a
cartridge and issue the Write command, enables the drive to quickly locate the
recording area and begin recording. The LTO-CM also aids in determining the
reliability of the cartridge by storing data about its age, how many times it has
been loaded, and how many errors it has accumulated. Whenever you unload a
tape cartridge, the tape drive writes any pertinent information to the cartridge
memory. The storage capacity of the LTO-CM is 4096 bytes.
The cartridge door 2 protects the tape from contamination when the cartridge is
out of the drive. Behind the door, the tape is attached to a leader pin 3. When
you insert the cartridge into the drive, a threading mechanism pulls the pin (and
tape) out of the cartridge, across the drive head, and onto a non-removable takeup
reel. The head can then read or write data from or to the tape.
The write-protect switch 4 prevents data from being written to the tape
cartridge. The label area 5 provides a location for you to place a label. Affix only
a bar code label. When affixing a label, place it only in the recessed label area. A
label that extends outside of the recessed area can cause loading problems in the
internal drive or in the TS3500 Tape Library. The insertion guide 6 is a large,
notched area that prevents you from inserting the cartridge incorrectly. You can
order tape cartridges with the bar code labels included, or you can order custom
labels.
Generation 3 and later generations of the LTO Ultrium data cartridge have a
nominal cartridge life of 20,000 load and unload cycles; Generations 1 and 2 of the
LTO Ultrium data cartridge have a nominal cartridge life of 10,000 load and
unload cycles.
|
148
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Ultrium cleaning cartridge
This section gives information about the appearance and usage of the IBM
TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge.
To maintain the operating efficiency of the drive, IBM supplies a cleaning cartridge
with the first frame of each media type. Thus if the TS3500 Tape Library contains
frames with both LTO Ultrium and 3592 tape drives, IBM supplies one LTO
Ultrium cleaning cartridge and one 3592 cleaning cartridge regardless of how
many frames of each type are in the library. Each drive determines when it needs
to be cleaned and alerts the library. Depending on which cleaning method you
choose (automatic or manual), the library uses the cleaning cartridge to
automatically clean the drive or you are required to select menus to initiate
cleaning.
Note: The volume serial (VOLSER) number on the cleaning cartridge's bar code
label must begin with CLNI or CLNU, or the library treats the cleaning cartridge
as a data cartridge during an inventory.
The IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge (known as the universal
cleaning cartridge) and the LTO Ultrium Cleaning Cartridge are compatible with
all Ultrium tape drives. To enable your Ultrium 1 drive to use these cartridges,
update the drive with the latest drive firmware (for instructions, see the section for
updating drive firmware in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS
Operator Guide).
Before a drive can be cleaned, ensure that a cleaning cartridge is loaded in the
library (to determine whether one or more cleaning cartridges are loaded, see the
section about removing a cleaning cartridge in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape
Library with ALMS Operator Guide). You can load multiple cleaning cartridges and
store them in any cartridge storage slot except the slot that is reserved for the
diagnostic cartridge (see the section about inaccessible storage slots in the IBM
System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide).
The TS3500 Tape Library monitors the use of all cleaning cartridges. The IBM
cleaning cartridges are valid for 50 uses. When the cartridge expires, the library
displays the following sample message on the Activity screen (where xx equals
characters of the cartridge's VOLSER):
Remove CLNUxxL1
Cleaning Cartridge Expired
You can also enable automatic eject of expired cleaning cartridges through the Tape
Library Specialist web interface.
Note: The cartridge's LTO-CM chip tracks the number of times that the cartridge is
used. It is the operator's responsibility, however, to monitor the use of all cleaning
cartridges and to remove and replace expired cartridges as necessary. Refer to the
appropriate sections in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS
Operator Guide in order to perform any of the following tasks:
v Determine cleaning cartridge usage
v Enable or disable automatic cleaning
v Learn how to use SNMP traps to receive notification about expired cartridges
v Remove a cleaning cartridge
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium media
149
v Enable or disable automatic ejects of expired cleaning cartridges
150
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Ultrium diagnostic cartridge
This section gives information about the appearance and usage of the Ultrium
diagnostic cartridge.
The Ultrium diagnostic cartridge is a cartridge with known good media that is
reserved for diagnostic purposes only. One cartridge slot is reserved in the first
Ultrium frame for the Ultrium diagnostic cartridge. The slot is located at Column
1, Row 1. The volume serial (VOLSER) number for a diagnostic cartridge is
represented as DG IxxLy, where xx equals alphanumeric characters and y equals the
generation of the cartridge type. Table 53 shows the compatability between each
generation of diagnostic cartridge and LTO Ultrium tape drive. The characters of
the VOLSER are white on a black background. During service calls, your IBM
Service Representative will use the cartridge to ensure that the tape drives run
correctly and to specification.
|
|
Note: A new diagnostic cartridge is shipped with the LTO drive field install
feature if it is the first drive of that type in the frame.
|
Table 53. LTO Ultrium diagnostic cartridge and tape drive compatability
|
|
|
Cartridge
generation
(y)
Ultrium 6
Ultrium 5
Ultrium 4
Ultrium 3
Ultrium 2
Ultrium 1
|
5
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
|
4
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
|
3
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
|
2
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
|
|
1
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
LTO Ultrium tape drives
If your library is installed with a second accessor, service bay A (the HA1 frame)
contains only gripper test slots for diagnostic cartridges. Service bay B contains
gripper test slots for diagnostic cartridges, and also contains unusable storage slots.
The storage slots in service bay B are not usable if the frame is configured as a
service bay. Never insert any type of cartridge into service bays. Each service bay
contains gripper test slots for three Ultrium diagnostic cartridges and three 3592
diagnostic cartridges.
Because internal diagnostics for the LTO Ultrium tape drive will not permit it to
write to a WORM cartridge, all diagnostic tests that are selected from the operator
panel and performed in maintenance mode will cause the drive to eject a WORM
cartridge and issue error code 7 on its single-character display. To run diagnostics,
use a non-WORM cartridge.
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium media
151
Ultrium bar code label
This section describes the appearance and specifications of the Ultrium bar code
label.
Each Ultrium data, cleaning, and diagnostic cartridge that is processed by the
TS3500 Tape Library must bear a bar code label. The label contains:
v A volume serial (VOLSER) number that you can read
v A bar code that the library can read
When read by the library's bar code reader, the bar code identifies the cartridge's
VOLSER to the tape library. The bar code also tells the library whether the
cartridge is a data, cleaning, or diagnostic cartridge. In addition, the bar code
includes the two-character media-type identifier Lx, where x equals 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
T, U, V, or W. L identifies the cartridge as an LTO cartridge. 1 indicates that the
cartridge is the first generation of its type; 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 indicates that the
cartridge is the second, third, fourth, fifth, or sixth generation of its type; T
indicates that the cartridge is generation 3 WORM cartridge; U indicates that the
cartridge is generation 4 WORM cartridge; V indicates that the cartridge is a
generation 5 WORM cartridge; and W indicates that the cartridge is a generation 6
WORM cartridge. Figure 36 on page 153 shows a sample bar code label for the
LTO Ultrium 3 Tape Cartridge.
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can order tape cartridges with the labels included, or you can order custom
labels. The bar code must meet predefined specifications. They include (but are not
limited to):
v Eight uppercase alphanumeric characters, where the last two characters must be
L1, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, LT, LU, LV, or LW.
|
v
v
v
v
Label and printing to be non-glossy
Nominal narrow line or space width of 0.423 mm (0.017 in.)
Wide to narrow ratio of 2.75:1
Minimum bar length of 11.1 mm (0.44 in.)
To determine the complete specifications of the bar code and the bar code label,
visit the web at http://www-304.ibm.com/support/
docview.wss?uid=ssg1S7000429 to download the IBM LTO Ultrium Cartridge Label
Specification. You can also contact your IBM Sales Representative for this
specification.
|
|
|
|
When attaching a bar code label to a tape cartridge, place the label only in the
recessed bar code label area. A label that extends outside of the recessed area can
cause loading problems in the drive or the library.
Attention: Do not place any type of mark on the white space at either end of the
bar code. A mark in this area may prevent the TS3500 Tape Library from reading
the label.
By using the Tape Library Specialist web interface, you can configure the library so
that it reports to the server all eight characters of the VOLSER on the bar code
label or only the first six characters. To configure a six-character VOLSER, refer to
the section about enabling or disabling the reporting of a six-character VOLSER in
the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
Note: If you suspect that the library is having problems reading the bar code
labels, you can slow the scanner speed as part of problem determination. You may
152
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
choose to slow the scanner speed rather than replace all labels, or you may want to
slow the scanner speed while you wait for an opportunity to re-label the media.
Depending on the severity of the problem, the error recovery procedure (ERP) for
poor labels may greatly exceed the time lost by slowing the scanner. If you have
cartridge bar code labels that meet the LTO bar code label specification, there is no
need to slow the scanner speed. For information about slowing the scanner speed,
see the section about adjusting the scanner speed in the IBM System Storage TS3500
Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
To order bar code labels, see “Ordering bar code labels for Ultrium cartridges” on
page 171.
T
O
1
2
3
L3
a69i0082
L
Figure 36. Sample bar code label on the LTO Ultrium 2 Tape Cartridge. The volume serial number (LTO123) and bar
code are printed on the label.
Guidelines for using Ultrium bar code labels
Apply the following guidelines whenever you use Ultrium bar code labels:
v Use only IBM-approved bar code labels.
v Do not reuse a label or reapply a used label over an existing label.
v Before you apply a new label, remove the old label by slowly pulling it at a
right angle to the cartridge case.
v Use peel-clean labels that do not leave a residue after they are removed. If there
is glue residue on the cartridge, remove it by gently rubbing it with your finger;
do not use a sharp object, water, or a chemical to clean the label area.
v Examine the label before you apply it to the cartridge. Do not use the label if it
has voids or smears in the printed characters or bar code (an application's
inventory operation will take much longer if the bar code label is not readable).
v Remove the label from the label sheet carefully. Do not stretch the label or cause
the edges to curl.
v Position the label within the recessed bar code label area.
v With light finger pressure, smooth the label so that no wrinkles or bubbles exist
on its surface.
v Verify that the label is smooth and parallel, and has no roll-up or roll-over. The
label must be flat to within 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) over the length of the label and
have no folds, missing pieces, or smudges.
v Do not place other machine-readable labels on other surfaces of the cartridge.
They may interfere with the ability of the bar code reader to read the bar code.
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium media
153
Setting the write-protect switch on an Ultrium tape cartridge
This section gives instructions for setting the write-protect switch on an Ultrium
tape cartridge.
The position of the write-protect switch on an Ultrium tape cartridge (see 1 in
Figure 37) determines whether you can write to the tape:
(solid red), data cannot be written to the tape.
v If the switch is set to
v If the switch is set to unlocked (black void), data can be written to the tape.
If possible, use your server's application software to write-protect your cartridges
(rather than manually setting the write-protect switch). This allows the server's
software to identify a cartridge that no longer contains current data and is eligible
to become a scratch cartridge. Do not write-protect scratch (blank) cartridges; the
tape drive will not be able to write new data to them.
1
Figure 37. Setting the write-protect switch on an Ultrium tape cartridge
154
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
A67E0026
If you must manually set the write-protect switch, slide it left or right to the
desired position.
Handling Ultrium tape cartridges
This section introduces ways to handle Ultrium tape cartridges to avoid damage to
the cartridge case and the tape.
Attention: Do not insert a damaged tape cartridge into your TS3500
Tape Library. A damaged cartridge can interfere with the reliability of a
drive and may void the warranties of the drive and the cartridge. Before
inserting a tape cartridge, inspect the cartridge case, cartridge door, and
write-protect switch for breaks. If you need to recover data from a
damaged cartridge, contact your IBM Service Representative.
Incorrect handling or an incorrect environment can damage the IBM LTO Ultrium
tape cartridges or their magnetic tape. To avoid damage to your tape cartridges
and to ensure the continued high reliability of your IBM LTO Ultrium tape srives,
use the following guidelines:
Provide training for using Ultrium tape cartridges
This topic presents the following guidelines for providing training for people using
Ultrium tape cartridges.
v Post procedures that describe proper media handling in places where people
gather.
v Ensure that anyone who handles tape has been properly trained in handling and
shipping procedures. This includes operators, users, programmers, archival
services, and shipping personnel.
v Ensure that any service or contract personnel who perform archiving are
properly trained in media-handling procedures.
v Include media-handling procedures as part of any services contract.
v Define and make personnel aware of data recovery procedures.
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium media
155
Ensure proper packaging of Ultrium tape cartridges
Adhere to the following guidelines when packaging or shipping Ultrium tape
cartridges:
v When you ship a cartridge, ship it in its original or better packaging.
v Always ship or store a cartridge in a jewel case.
v Use only a recommended shipping container that securely holds the cartridge in
its jewel case during transportation. Ultrium Turtle Cases (by Perm-A-Store)
have been tested and found to be satisfactory (see Figure 38). They are available
at http://www.turtlecase.com.
Figure 38. Tape cartridges in a Turtle Case
v Never ship a cartridge in a commercial shipping envelope. Always place it in a
box or package.
v If you ship the cartridge in a cardboard box or a box of a sturdy material, ensure
the following:
– Place the cartridge in polyethylene plastic wrap or bags to protect it from
dust, moisture, and other contaminants.
– Pack the cartridge snugly to ensure that it does not move around.
– Double-box the cartridge (place it inside a box, then place that box inside the
shipping box) and add padding between the two boxes (see Figure 39 on page
157).
156
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Figure 39. Double-boxing tape cartridges for shipping
Provide proper acclimation and environmental conditions for
Ultrium tape cartridges
v Before you use a cartridge, let it acclimate to the normal operating environment
for 1 hour. If you see condensation on the cartridge, wait an additional hour.
|
v Ensure that all surfaces of a cartridge are dry before inserting it.
v Do not expose the cartridge to moisture or direct sunlight.
v Do not expose recorded or blank cartridges to stray magnetic fields greater than
50 oersteds (4000 ampere/meter), such as terminals, motors, video equipment,
X-ray equipment, or fields that exist near high-current cables or power supplies.
Such exposure can cause the loss of recorded data or make the blank cartridge
unusable.
v Maintain the proper conditions for storing and shipping the cartridges.
Perform a thorough inspection of Ultrium tape cartridges
After purchasing a cartridge and before using it, perform the following steps:
1. Inspect the packaging to determine if the cartridge was handled roughly.
Note: When inspecting a cartridge, open only the cartridge door. Do not open
any other part of the cartridge case. The upper and lower parts of the case are
held together with screws; separating them destroys the usefulness of the
cartridge.
2. Inspect the cartridge for damage before using or storing it.
3. Inspect the rear of the cartridge (the part that you load first into the tape load
compartment) and ensure that there are no gaps in the seam of the cartridge
case. (Refer to 1 in Figure 40 on page 158. If there are gaps in the seam, the
leader pin may be dislodged and may need to be repositioned.)
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium media
157
Figure 40. Gap in cartridge seam
Handle the Ultrium tape cartridge carefully
This list offers guidelines for handling Ultrium tape cartridges.
v Do not drop the Ultrium tape cartridge. If the cartridge drops, slide the cartridge
door back and ensure that the leader pin is properly positioned in the
pin-retaining spring clips. If the leader pin has become dislodged, perform the
procedure to reposition it.
v Do not handle tape that is outside the cartridge. Handling the tape can damage
the tape's surface or edges, which may interfere with read or write reliability.
Pulling on tape that is outside the cartridge can damage the tape and the brake
mechanism in the cartridge.
v Do not stack more than six cartridges.
v Do not degauss a cartridge that you intend to reuse. Degaussing makes the tape
unusable.
158
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Examples of problems with Ultrium tape cartridges
This topic provides examples of problems with Ultrium tape cartridges and steps
to resolve them.
Example: Split Cartridge Case
The cartridge's case is damaged. There is a high possibility of media damage and
potential loss. Perform the following steps to determine the cause and recover
data:
1. Look for cartridge mishandling.
2. Use the IBM Leader Pin Reattachment Kit (part number 08L9129) to correctly
position the pin. Then, immediately use data recovery procedures to minimize
chances of data loss.
3. Review media-handling procedures.
Example: Improper Placement of Leader Pin
The leader pin is misaligned. Perform the following steps to determine the cause
and recover data:
1. Look for cartridge damage.
2. Use the IBM Leader Pin Reattachment Kit (part number 08L9129) to correctly
position the pin. Then, immediately use data recovery procedures to minimize
chances of data loss.
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium media
159
Repositioning or reattaching a leader pin in an Ultrium cartridge
This topics in this section provide procedures to use when you move a leader pin
into its proper position in an Ultrium tape cartridge, or when you reattach the pin
if it has separated from the tape.
If the leader pin in your Ultrium tape cartridge becomes dislodged from its
pin-retaining spring clips or detaches from the tape, you must use the IBM Leader
Pin Reattachment Kit (part number 08L9129) to reposition or reattach it. Do not
reattach the pin if you must remove more than 7 meters (23 feet) of leader tape.
Attention: Use a repaired tape cartridge only to recover data and move
it to another cartridge. Continued use of a repaired cartridge might void
the warranties of the drive and the cartridge.
Repositioning a leader pin in an Ultrium cartridge
To place the leader pin in its proper position, you will need the following tools:
v Plastic or blunt-end tweezers
v Cartridge manual rewind tool (from Leader Pin Reattachment Kit, part number
08L9129)
To reposition the leader pin, perform the following steps.
A leader pin that is improperly positioned inside an Ultrium tape cartridge can
interfere with the operation of the drive. Figure 41 shows a leader pin in the
incorrect 1 and correct 2 positions.
Figure 41. Leader pin in the incorrect and correct positions in an Ultrium tape cartridge. The cartridge door is open and
the leader pin is visible inside the cartridge.
160
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
1. Slide open the cartridge door (1 in Figure 42) and locate the leader pin 2.
You may need to shake the cartridge gently to roll the pin toward the door.
2. With plastic or blunt-end tweezers, grasp the leader pin and position it in the
pin-retaining spring clips 3.
3. Press the leader pin gently into the clips until it snaps into place and is firmly
seated. Ensure that there are no gaps in the seam of the cartridge 4.
Note: If gaps exist, do not continue with this procedure and do not use the
cartridge. Instead, contact your IBM service representative.
4. Close the cartridge door.
Figure 42. Placing the dislodged leader pin into the correct position. The cartridge door is open to show the leader pin.
5. To rewind the tape, insert the cartridge manual rewind tool (1 in Figure 43)
into the cartridge's hub 2 and turn it clockwise until the tape becomes taut.
Figure 43. Rewinding the tape into the cartridge
6. Remove the rewind tool.
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium media
161
Reattaching a leader pin in an Ultrium cartridge
The first meter of tape in a Ultrium tape cartridge is leader tape. Once the leader
tape has been removed there is a possibility of tape breakage. After reattaching the
leader pin, transfer data from the defective tape cartridge. Do not reuse the
defective tape cartridge.
The Leader Pin Reattachment Kit contains three parts:
v Leader pin attach tool (see 1 in Figure 44). A plastic brace that holds the
cartridge door open.
v Cartridge manual rewind tool (see 2 in Figure 44). A device that fits into the
cartridge's hub and lets you wind the tape into and out of the cartridge.
v Pin supplies (see 3 in Figure 44). Leader pins and C-clips.
Attention:
v Use only the IBM Leader Pin Reattachment Kit to reattach the leader pin to the
tape. Other methods of reattaching the pin will damage the tape, the drive, or
both.
v Use this procedure on your tape cartridge only when the leader pin detaches
from the magnetic tape and you must copy the cartridge's data onto another
cartridge. Destroy the damaged cartridge after you copy the data. This
procedure may affect the performance of the leader pin during threading and
unloading operations.
v Touch only the end of the tape. Touching the tape in an area other than the end
can damage the tape's surface or edges, which may interfere with read or write
reliability.
1
2
A67E0042
3
Figure 44. Leader Pin Reattachment Kit
To reattach a leader pin by using the IBM Leader Pin Reattachment Kit, perform
the following steps:
1. Attach the leader pin attach tool (1 in Figure 45 on page 163) to the
cartridge 2 so that the tool's hook 3 latches into the cartridge's door 4.
Pull the tool back to hold the door open, then slide the tool onto the cartridge.
Open the tool's pivot arm 5.
162
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Figure 45. Attaching the leader pin attach tool to an Ultrium tape cartridge. To hold the cartridge door open, hook the
tool into the door and pull the tool back.
2. To find the end of the tape inside the cartridge, attach the cartridge manual
rewind tool (1 in Figure 46 on page 164) to the cartridge's hub 2 by fitting
the tool's teeth between the teeth of the hub. Turn the tool clockwise until you
see the end of the tape inside the cartridge. Then, slowly turn the rewind tool
counterclockwise to bring the tape edge toward the cartridge door 3.
3. Continue to turn the rewind tool counterclockwise until approximately 13 cm
(5 in.) of tape hangs from the cartridge door. If necessary, grasp the tape and
pull gently to unwind it from the cartridge.
4. Remove the rewind tool by pulling it away from the cartridge. Set the tool
and the cartridge aside.
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium media
163
Figure 46. Winding the tape out of the Ultrium tape cartridge. Turn the cartridge manual rewind tool clockwise to see
the end of the tape, then turn it counterclockwise to bring the tape to the cartridge door.
5. On the leader pin (1 in Figure 47), locate the open side of the C-clip 2.
The C-clip is a small black part that secures the tape 3 to the pin.
6. Remove the C-clip from the leader pin by using your fingers to push the clip
away from the pin. Set the pin aside and discard the clip.
3
2
A67E0036
1
Figure 47. Removing the C-clip from the leader pin. Use your fingers to push the C-clip from the leader pin.
7. Position the tape in the alignment groove of the leader pin attach tool (see 1
in Figure 48 on page 165).
8. Place a new C-clip into the retention groove 2 on the leader pin attachment
tool and make sure that the clip's open side faces up.
9. Place the leader pin (from step 6) into the cavity 3 of the leader pin attach
tool.
10. Attention: To prevent the leader pin from rolling into the cartridge, in the
following step use care when folding the tape over the pin.
11. Fold the tape over the leader pin and hold it with your fingers (see Figure 48
on page 165).
Note: Use care to ensure that the tape is centered over the leader pin. Failure
to properly center the tape on the pin will cause the repaired cartridge to fail.
When the tape is properly centered, a 0.25-mm (0.01-in.) gap exists on both
164
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
sides of the pin.
2
1
4
3
6
A67E0037
5
Figure 48. Attaching the leader pin to the tape
12. Close the pivot arm 4 of the leader pin attach tool by swinging it over the
leader pin so that the C-clip snaps onto the pin and the tape.
13. Swing the pivot arm open and trim the excess tape 5 so that it is flush with
the reattached leader pin 6.
14. Use your fingers to remove the leader pin from the cavity 3 in the leader
pin attach tool.
15. Use the cartridge manual rewind tool to wind the tape back into the cartridge
(wind the tape clockwise). Ensure that the leader pin is latched by the
pin-retaining spring clips on each end of the leader pin.
16. Remove the rewind tool.
17. Remove the leader pin attach tool by lifting its end up and away from the
cartridge.
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium media
165
Environmental and shipping specifications for Ultrium cartridges
This topic provides the operating, storage, and shipping specifications for Ultrium
tape cartridges.
Before you use an Ultrium tape cartridge, acclimate it to the operating
environment for 24 hours or the amount of time necessary to prevent condensation
in the drive. The time varies depending on the environmental extremes to which
the cartridge was exposed.
The best storage container for the cartridges (until they are opened) is the original
shipping container. The plastic wrapping prevents dirt from accumulating on the
cartridges and partially protects them from humidity changes.
Attention: Depending on how many drives you have installed in the frame of a
TS3500 Tape Library, the temperature inside the frame may be as much as 5°C
(9°F) above the temperature outside the frame. To ensure continued reliability of
your media, be sure to take this temperature difference into account when you set
up the environment around your library.
When you ship a cartridge, place it in its jewel case or in a sealed, moisture-proof
bag to protect it from moisture, contaminants, and physical damage. Ship the
cartridge in a shipping container that has enough packing material to cushion the
cartridge and prevent it from moving within the container.
Table 54 gives the environment for operating, storing, and shipping LTO Ultrium
tape cartridges.
Table 54. Environment for operating, storing, and shipping the LTO Ultrium tape cartridges
Environmental Specifications
Environmental Factor
Operating
Operational Storage1
Archival Storage2
Shipping
10 to 45°C
16 to 32°C
16 to 25°C
-23 to 49°C
(50 to 113°F)
(61 to 90°F)
(61 to 77°F)
(-9 to 120°F)
10 to 80%
20 to 80%
20 to 50%
5 to 80%
26°C
26°C
26°C
26°C
(79°F)
(79°F)
(79°F)
(79°F)
Temperature
Relative humidity
(noncondensing)
Maximum wet bulb
temperature
|
Magnetic field
Stray magnetic field at any point on tape not to exceed 50 oersteds (4000 ampere/meter).
Notes:
1. Operational storage equals less than 6 months.
2. Archival storage equals greater than 6 months.
166
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Disposing of Ultrium tape cartridges
This section describes how to dispose of Ultrium tape cartridges according to
federal and other regulations.
Under the current rules of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA),
regulation 40CFR261, the LTO Ultrium tape cartridge is classified as non-hazardous
waste. As such, it may be disposed of in the same way as normal office trash.
These regulations are amended from time to time, and you should review them at
the time of disposal.
If your local, state, country (non-U.S.A.), or regional regulations are more
restrictive than EPA 40CFR261, you must review them before you dispose of a
cartridge. Contact your account representative for information about the materials
that are in the cartridge.
If a tape cartridge must be disposed of in a secure manner, you can erase the data
on the cartridge by using a high-energy ac degausser (use a minimum of 2800
oersteds over the entire space that the cartridge occupies). Degaussing makes the
cartridge unusable.
If you burn the cartridge and tape, ensure that the incineration complies with all
applicable regulations.
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium media
167
Ordering additional Ultrium cartridges and media supplies
This section tells how to order additional Ultrium tape cartridges and other related
media supplies.
You can use one of the following methods to order the cartridges and media
supplies shown in Table 55:
v Order from your IBM Sales Representative or any authorized IBM Business
Partner.
v Order by calling 1-888-IBM-MEDIA.
v Order through an IBM-authorized distributor (for the closest distributor, visit the
web at http://www.ibm.com/storage/media).
Note: For cartridges with preapplied bar code labels, specify the volume serial
(VOLSER) characters that you want. If you would like cartridges with radio
frequency identification (RFID) labels, also specify the correct feature code from the
table below.
Table 55. Ordering Ultrium cartridges and media supplies
Supply Item
|
|
|
|
|
|
IBM System Storage LTO Ultrium 2500
GB Data Cartridge
|
|
IBM System Storage LTO Ultrium 2500
GB Data Cartridge
|
Order VOLSER labels separately.
|
|
|
|
|
|
IBM System Storage LTO Ultrium 2500
GB WORM Data Cartridge
|
|
IBM System Storage LTO Ultrium 2500
GB WORM Data Cartridge
|
Order VOLSER labels separately.
Bar code labels are preapplied to
cartridges.
Bar code labels are preapplied to
cartridges.
IBM System Storage LTO Ultrium 1500
GB Data Cartridge
Bar code labels are preapplied to
cartridges.
IBM System Storage LTO Ultrium 1500
GB Data Cartridge
Method of Ordering
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 550
and the VOLSER characters that you
want.
FC 5510
If you would like RFID1 labels, also
specify the feature code provided.
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 650.
N/A
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 570
and the VOLSER characters that you
want.
FC 5710
If you would like RFID labels, also specify
the feature code provided.
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 670.
N/A
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 014
and the VOLSER characters that you
want.
FC 1421
If you would like RFID labels, also specify
the feature code provided.
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 015.
Order VOLSER labels separately.
168
Feature Codes for RFID
Labels
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
N/A
Table 55. Ordering Ultrium cartridges and media supplies (continued)
Supply Item
IBM System Storage LTO Ultrium 1500
GB WORM Data Cartridge
Bar code labels are preapplied to
cartridges.
IBM System Storage LTO Ultrium 1500
GB WORM Data Cartridge
Feature Codes for RFID
Labels
Method of Ordering
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 034
and the VOLSER characters that you
want.
FC 3421
If you would like RFID labels, also specify
the feature code provided.
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 035.
N/A
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 032
and the VOLSER characters that you
want. If you would like RFID labels, also
specify the feature code provided.
FC 3221
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 033.
N/A
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 010
and the VOLSER characters that you
want.
FC 1021
Order VOLSER labels separately.
IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 800 GB
WORM Data Cartridge
Bar code labels are preapplied to
cartridges.
IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 800 GB
WORM Data Cartridge
Order VOLSER labels separately.
IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 800 GB
Data Cartridge
Bar code labels are preapplied to
cartridges. Specify the feature code if you
would like RFID labels.
IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 800 GB
Data Cartridge
If you would like RFID labels, also specify
the feature code provided.
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 011.
N/A
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 028
and the VOLSER characters that you
want. If you would like RFID labels, also
specify the feature code provided.
FC 2821
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 029.
N/A
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 008
and the VOLSER characters that you
want. If you would like RFID labels, also
specify the feature code provided.
FC 0821
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 009.
N/A
Order VOLSER labels separately.
IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 400 GB
WORM Data Cartridge
Bar code labels are preapplied to
cartridges. Specify the feature code if you
would like RFID labels.
IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 400 GB
WORM Data Cartridge
Order VOLSER labels separately.
IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 400 GB
Data Cartridge
Bar code labels are preapplied to
cartridges. Specify the feature code if you
would like RFID labels.
IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 400 GB
Data Cartridge
Order VOLSER labels separately.
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium media
169
Table 55. Ordering Ultrium cartridges and media supplies (continued)
Supply Item
Method of Ordering
Feature Codes for RFID
Labels
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 006
and the VOLSER characters that you
want. If you would like RFID labels, also
specify the feature code provided.
6021
Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 007.
N/A
IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Cleaning Specify Machine Type 3589 Model 004
Cartridge (universal cleaning cartridge for and the VOLSER characters that you
use with all Ultrium tape drives)
want.
N/A
IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 200 GB
Data Cartridge
Bar code labels are preapplied to
cartridges. Specify the feature code if you
would like RFID labels.
IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 200 GB
Data Cartridge
Order VOLSER labels separately.
VOLSER labels are included.
Jewel Case for IBM TotalStorage LTO
Ultrium 400 GB WORM Data Cartridge
Order the jewel case as feature code 8000. N/A
This case can also be used for the Ultrium
2 and Ultrium 1 Tape Cartridges.
Leader Pin Reattachment Kit
Order as part number 08L9129.
Note: N/A = Not applicable
170
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
N/A
Ordering bar code labels for Ultrium cartridges
This section provides a list of authorized suppliers of bar code labels for Ultrium
cartridges.
Bar code labels with volume serial (VOLSER) numbers are required for Ultrium
tape cartridges that are read by the TS3500 Tape Library. You can order these labels
separately from the IBM data cartridges and cleaning cartridges.
Attention: The IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library is designed to work
with bar code labels that meet the specifications and requirements set forth in the
IBM LTO Ultrium Cartridge Label Specification (Revision 2). The label providers listed
below have demonstrated the ability to produce finished bar code labels that meet
the foregoing specifications and requirements. This information is provided for the
convenience of TS3500 Tape Library users only, and is not an endorsement or
recommendation of such providers. IBM is not responsible for the quality of bar
code labels procured from sources other than IBM. This information is applicable
to bar code labels actually printed by the listed companies. IBM has not reviewed
the quality of any labels produced by software or services offered by such
companies which allow end users to print labels on their own printing equipment.
Table 56. Authorized suppliers of custom bar code labels
In the Americas
In Europe and Asia
Dataware
PO Box 740947
Houston, TX 77274
U.S.A.
Telephone: 800-426-4844 or 713-432-1023
Fax: 713-432-1385
http://www.datawarelabels.com/
Not applicable
Tri-Optic
6800 West 117th Avenue
Broomfield, CO 80020
U.S.A.
Telephone: 888-438-8362 or 303-464-3508
Fax: 888-438-8363 or 303-666-2166
http://www.tri-optic.com
EDP Europe Limited
43 Redhills Road
South Woodham Ferrers
Chelmsford, Essex CM3 5UL
U.K.
Telephone: 44 (0) 1245 322380
Fax: 44 (0) 1245 323484
http://www.edpeurope.com/media-labels.html
Netc, L.L.C.1
100 Corporate Drive
Trumbull, CT 06611
U.S.A.
Telephone: 203-372-6382
Fax: 203-372-0676
http://www.NetcLabels.com
Netc Europe Ltd1
The Old Surgery
5a The Pavement
North Curry TA3 6LX
Somerset
U.K.
Telephone: 44 (0) 1823 491439
Fax: 44 (0)1823 491373
http://www.NetcLabels.co.uk
Netc Asia Pacific Pty Ltd1
PO Box 872
Cooroy QLD 4563
Australia
Telephone: 61 (0) 7 5442 6263
Fax: 61 (0) 7 5442 6522
http://www.NetcLabels.com.au
Note:
1. This is an authorized supplier for radio frequency identification (RFID) labels.
Chapter 4. Using Ultrium media
171
172
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Chapter 5. Using 3592 tape drive media
The section introduces information about the 3592 tape drive media.
In addition to automating the storage and movement of IBM LTO Ultrium Tape
Cartridges, the TS3500 Tape Library does the same for IBM TotalStorage 3592
Enterprise Tape Cartridges.
Overview of 3592 media
This section describes the tape cartridges that are used by 3592 tape drives in the
TS3500 Tape Library.
The 3592 tape drive uses nine different data cartridge types and a cleaning
cartridge. Characteristics of these cartridges are summarized in Table 57 on page
174.
Figure 49 shows the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge.
D
TM
ge
ra
to
lS
ta A
To T
M A
IB
*J
11
P
En
H
rp
te
J
ris
9
e
1
pe
Ta
Ca
0
rid
rt
H
ge
R
35
6
9
0J A
6
J
o
92
e
rd
e
r
N
o
.
1
8
P
7
5
3
4
a69i0313
A
Figure 49. Components of the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge
Cartridges can be distinguished by the text on the product label, as well as by the
color of the cartridge case. Table 57 on page 174 gives the differences of the 3592
Tape Cartridges.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
173
Table 57. Types of IBM 3592 TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Cartridges
Text on
product
label and
type of
media1
Native capacity
TS1140
(Model E07)
TS1130
(Model
E06/EU6)
640 GB
(596.04 GiB)
E06 format
Data, JA
Extended
data, JB
Advanced
data, JC
Not
supported
1 600 GB
(1490.12 GiB)
E07 format
1 000 GB
(931.32 GiB)
E06 format
4 TB
(3.64 TiB)
500 GB
(465.66 GiB)
E05 format
Advanced
economy, JK
Not
supported
500 GB
(465.66 GiB)
Extended
WORM, JX
Advanced
WORM, JY
174
Not
supported
1 600 GB
(1490.12 GiB)
E07 format
1 000 GB
(931.32 GiB)
E06 format
4 TB
(3.64 TiB)
300 GB (J1A
format)
Black
Dark blue
18P7534
300 GB
(279.39 GiB)
J1A format
1 000 GB
(931.32 GiB)
700 GB
(651.93 GiB)
Not
supported
Black
Dark green
23R9830
Not
supported
Not
supported
Not
supported
Black
Dark purple
46X7452
60 GB
(58.88 GiB)
J1A format
Black
Light blue
24R0316
Not
supported
Black
Light purple
46X7453
Dark blue
18P7538
100 GB
(93.13 GiB)
E05 format
100 GB
(93.13 GiB)
E05 format
60 GB
(58.88 GiB)
J1A format
60 GB
(58.88 GiB)
J1A format
Not
supported
Not
supported
640 GB
(596.04 GiB)
E06 format
WORM, JW
500 GB
(465.66 GiB)
E05 format
Case color
J1A
300 GB
(279.39 GiB)
J1A format
128 GB
(119.21 GiB)
E06 format
Economy, JJ
TS1120
(Model E05)
Label, door,
and
Part number
write-protect
switch color
500 GB
(465.66 GiB)
E05 format
500 GB
(465.66 GiB)
E05 format
300 GB
Platinum
(279.39 GiB)
(silvery gray)
J1A format
300 GB
(279.39 GiB)
J1A format
300 GB
(279.39 GiB)
J1A format
1 000 GB
(931.32 GiB)
700 GB
(651.93 GiB)
Not
supported
Platinum
(silvery gray)
Dark green
23R9831
Not
supported
Not
supported
Not
supported
Platinum
Dark purple
(silvery gray)
46X7454
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 57. Types of IBM 3592 TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Cartridges (continued)
128 GB
(119.21 GiB)
E06 format
Economy
WORM, JR
Cleaning,
CLNxxxJA2
Not
supported
N/A3
100 GB
(93.13 GiB)
E05 format
100 GB
(93.13 GiB)
E05 format
60 GB
(58.88 GiB)
J1A format
60 GB
(58.88 GiB)
J1A format
N/A
N/A
60 GB
Platinum
(J1A format) (silvery gray)
N/A
Black
Light blue
24R0317
Gray
18P7535
Notes:
1. This designation appears as the last two characters on standard bar code labels. In addition, for cleaning
cartridges, the first three characters of the volume serial (VOLSER) number are CLN.
2. Where xxx equals three numerals.
3. N/A = Not applicable
Note: In addition to these cartridges, there is a Customer Engineer (CE) diagnostic
cartridge for use by IBM service representatives only. The VOLSER for this
cartridge is CE xxxJA where a space occurs after CE and xxx equals three numerals.
The 3592 tape drive does not support Ultrium formats.
Firmware for each type of 3592 Tape Drive (TS1140, TS1130, TS1120, and J1A) will
not work in any other 3592 Tape Drive.
You can update firmware for the 3592 tape drive without scheduling downtime.
This enhancement is called a nondisruptive drive firmware update. It is available
through the IBM System Storage Tape Library Specialist web interface and (for
IBM service representatives) through CETool, but is not supported by the Small
Computer System Interface (SCSI). For more information, go to the section about
updating drive firmware in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS
Operator Guide.
WORM functionality for 3592 tape drives and media
All 3592 tape drives with the appropriate microcode version installed are capable
of reading and writing WORM cartridges. The The TS1120 and later tape drives
support WORM behaviors and format attributes. These tape drives support the
following four WORM media types:
JW (full length)
Supported by J1A, TS1120, and TS1130 tape drives
JR (short length)
Supported by J1A, TS1120, and TS1130 tape drives
JX (extended)
Supported by TS1120 and later tape drives
JY (advanced)
Supported by the TS1140 tape drive
Chapter 5. Using 3592 tape drive media
175
WORM cartridges are formatted at the factory and cannot be converted to data
cartridges. The WORM tape media are formatted differently than the standard
read/write media. One field in the servo manufacturer's word on the tape
designates that the medium is WORM. In addition, the cartridge memory (CM) has
a WORM indicator byte in the cartridge type field. Both of these conditions must
be true for the drive to work with a WORM cartridge. If one condition is true and
the other is false, an ATTN DRV - Invalid Cartridge message displays. When the
drive senses that a cartridge is a WORM cartridge, the microcode prohibits the
changing or altering of user data already written on the tape. The microcode keeps
track of the last appendable point on the tape by means of an overwrite-protection
pointer stored in the CM. Statistical Analysis and Reporting System (SARS) data
can be written and updated on WORM tapes because the SARS data is not in the
user area of the tape.
Each WORM cartridge is identified by using a unique cartridge identifier (UCID)
that is permanent and locked, and which provides another level of security for
data that must be maintained. This permanent locked information is stored in both
the cartridge CM and on the tape itself, and can also be associated with the unique
bar code volume serial (VOLSER) number.
Some records retention and data security applications require the WORM function
of tape data storage. This WORM function is accomplished on the 3592 tape drive
by a combination of microcode controls in the drive and a WORM tape cartridge.
Special tamper-proofing techniques and checking prevent WORM cartridges from
being transported to or from a data cartridge shell or cartridge memory and being
inadvertently processed as a read/write cartridge. The drive microcode leverages
this support by providing an interface and control mechanisms that allow an
application or system to manage as needed. The control and status mechanisms for
this can be found primarily in mode pages X'23' and X'24'. For more information,
see the IBM System Storage 3592 Tape Drive SCSI Reference.
The 3592 tape drives allow append operations to data already on WORM
cartridges, and allow overwrite of file marks and other non-data attributes to
provide application transparency. However, they do not allow data overwrite
under any circumstances. Once full of data, WORM cartridges may not be reused
or erased by the drive and must be physically destroyed or bulk degaussed to
delete data. For full tape application usage, certain trailer and label record
overwrites are allowed.
Capacity scaling and segmentation
The 3592 tape drive supports capacity scaling for tape cartridges of media types
JA, JB, and JC over a broad range of capacities. The effect of capacity scaling is to
contain data in a specified fraction of the tape. This yields faster locate and read
times. Alternatively, you can purchase economy tapes (the JJ or JK media type) to
achieve this faster performance.
The 3592 J1A tape drive divides tape into longitudinal segments. Using this
capability, it is possible, for example, to segment 300 GB (279.39 GiB) data tapes
into two segments: one segment with 64.42 GB (60 GiB) very fast access, and
another 200 GB (186.26 GiB) segment for additional capacity. You can purchase 300
GB (279.39 GiB) data tapes that are pre-formatted in these segments, or you can
segment and capacity scale them at a later time. Segmentation is only available
within a specified range of capacity scaling settings. Capacity scaling is not
supported for economy or write-once-read-many (WORM) tapes. For information
176
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
about implementing segmentation and capacity scaling, refer to the README files
that pertain to your device driver on the web:
http://www.ibm.com/support/fixcentral
For more technical information regarding WORM, capacity scaling, and
segmentation, see also the IBM System Storage 3592 Tape Drive SCSI Reference.
All TS1120 and later tape drives also support multiple format options, such as
scaling and segmentation modes, to allow you to trade capacity for improved
access times. While 256 settings of the Capacity Scaling byte (and resulting
fractional capacities) are supported on these drives, the following three primary
settings are recommended for use:
v Full capacity default mode
v 20% scaled fast access mode (20% capacity scaled, front of tape used). The
Capacity Scaling byte is x'35'.
v Performance scaling for 87% capacity and a segmented format with recursive
accumulating backhitchless flush (RABF) capability (a non-volatile caching
technique) for the full cartridge. For WORM firmware for the 3592 tape drives,
the Capacity Scaling byte is x'E0'.
These settings are fully certified and are available as labeled and initialized
part-numbered cartridges. For the exact Mode Select commands and settings that
are necessary to invoke scaling, see the IBM System Storage 3592 Tape Drive SCSI
Reference.
Scaling support in drive
Capacity scaling in the TS1120 and later tape drives is controlled by the host
program performing a Scaling operation. This is performed using the Capacity
Scaling byte and the Capacity Scaling Valid control bit in Mode page X'23'. These
tape drives do not change current cartridge scaling unless a SCSI Mode Select
command that specifies Mode Page X'23' (with appropriate non-default parameter
settings) is received while the cartridge is positioned at the beginning of the tape.
The drive can sense and report the scaling state of the current medium by using a
Mode Sense command that specifies Mode Page X'23'. The default unscaled
capacity is 300 GB (279.39 GiB) for a JA cartridge in J1A density, 500 GB (465.66
GiB) for a JA cartridge in E05 density, 700 GB (651.93 GiB) for a JB cartridge in E05
density, and 1 000 GB (931.32 GiB) for a JB cartridge in E06 density. The default
unscaled capacity is for a JY cartridge in E07 density is 4 TB (3.64 TiB).
v The cartridge can be rescaled from any current Capacity Scaling byte value to
any supported new value. The tape is logically erased by this (End of Data mark
written at beginning of tape), but not physically erased as with the long erase
command. Scaling or rescaling one cartridge does not cause rescaling of the next
cartridge; an explicit command must be issued for each cartridge to be rescaled.
v The drive provides the option of setting the scaling values of N/256ths of full
capacity, where N ranges from X'16' (22 -- equals about 8% capacity) to X'EC'
(236 -- equals about 92%)
v For scaling factors N, between X'4B' and X'EB , the drive scales to the specified
amount and creates a fast-access 20% capacity segment in the beginning of the
scaled region.
v At all scaling factors, the drive supports early warning at the end of the scaled
region (with the appropriate unit attention to inform the software that it should
flush buffers and close volume) and reports a physical end-of-tape check
Chapter 5. Using 3592 tape drive media
177
condition at the end of the scaled region, just as it would if unscaled tape had
reached the real physical end of the tape.
Capacity scaling is not offered on either of the short length (economy) cartridge
types (JJ or JK), or on the WORM cartridges (JW, JX, JY, and JR). Capacity scaling is
only offered on the JA, JB, and JC cartridge types.
Three important attributes are controlled by the setting of the Capacity Scaling
byte value:
v The total Medium Capacity
v The ability to perform the RABF function on an entire cartridge, including last
wraps
v Information about whether the format is segmented. If the format is segmented,
a fast-access segment is created on the front part of the tape followed by a larger
remainder segment that occupies the remainder of the tape. The fast access
segment is always filled (written) first, followed by the filling of the remainder
segment. For some applications that want improved access attributes for
partially filled cartridges but still want to use full capacity (if required) without
re-scaling, this option is available.
It is important to note that the scaled state and attributes (segmentation, RABF) of
the cartridge format is retained when a cartridge is reformatted between the J1A
and E05 logical formats, although the exact resulting used capacity as a percentage
of full capacity is not identical for all mapped settings.
3592 data cartridge
This section describes the capacity, construction, operation, and components of the
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge.
The 3592 tape drive has a bidirectional read/write head with an Enterprise Tape
3592 format. The 3592 J1A writes or reads eight tracks at a time; the TS1120 tape
drive and TS1130 tape drive write or read 16 tracks at a time. The TS1140 tape
drive writes or reads 32 tracks at a time. The capacity of 3592 data cartridges
varies by drive model and recording format. See the 3592 tape cartridges table in
“Overview of 3592 media” on page 173 for these details.
TS1120 and newer tape drives that are encryption-enabled perform encryption after
compression.
Figure 50 on page 179 shows the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge
and its components.
1
2
3
4
178
Cartridge case
Cartridge bar code label
Volume serial (VOLSER) number
Label area
5
6
7
IBM product label
Cartridge door
Write-protect switch
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
1
6
D
TM
ge
ra
to
lS
ta A
To T
M A
IB
*J
11
P
En
H
ris
rp
te
J
9
e
1
pe
Ta
r
Ca
H
92 . 1
35 r No
ge e
id rd
tr R e o
0
P
7
5
3
4
7
8
6
9
0J A
6
J
A
2
3
5
a69i0152
4
Figure 50. Components of the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge
Through its vision system, the TS3500 Tape Library identifies the types of
cartridges it contains during an inventory operation. The bar code reader reads the
VOLSER (see 3 in Figure 50) of the cartridge bar code label 2 that is in the
label area 4 of the cartridge. If your cartridge does not have a pre-attached bar
code label and you attach one to it, place it entirely within the recessed label area
(see 3 and 4 as an example of proper placement). The label must be flat to
within 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) over the length of the label and have no folds, missing
pieces, tears, or any extraneous markings. Failure to follow these placement
requirements will result in degraded readability.
The IBM product label 5 specifies the type of cartridge: data, Economy, WORM,
Economy WORM, or cleaning.
The cartridge door 6 protects the tape from contamination when the cartridge is
out of the drive. When you insert the cartridge into the drive, a threading
mechanism pulls the tape out of the cartridge, across the drive head, and onto a
non-removable takeup reel. The head can then read or write data from or to the
tape.
Each data cartridge includes a write-protect switch 7 that you can set to prevent
data from being overwritten or erased from the tape by the drive.
You can order tape cartridges with the bar code labels included, or you can order
custom labels.
The 3592 data cartridge has a nominal cartridge life of 20,000 load and unload
cycles. The quantity of load and unload cycles to reach this number depends on
the environment in which the tape is used.
Chapter 5. Using 3592 tape drive media
179
Cartridge memory in 3592 tape cartridges
Each 3592 data cartridge contains a passive, contactless, silicon storage device
called cartridge memory (CM). The CM module holds information about that
specific cartridge, the media in the cartridge, and the data on the media. The
cartridge and media information is stored in a protected, read-only area of the CM.
When the cartridge is loaded into the drive, a CM reader in the drive uses a
contactless, radio-frequency interface to read the information. The media's
performance statistics are stored in an unprotected, read/write area of the CM
module. Prior to when the cartridge is unloaded, these statistics are updated by the
CM reader. They are maintained by a portion of the drive's microcode known as
the Statistical Analysis and Reporting System (SARS). Each cleaning cartridge also
contains a CM module, which tracks the number of cleaning uses and the location
of the used cleaning media.
180
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
3592 cleaning cartridge
This section gives information about the appearance and usage of the IBM
TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Cleaning Cartridge.
To help prevent errors caused by debris, it is important to clean the tape path of
the 3592 tape drives and to manually clean the outside of its data cartridges, when
needed. For each TS3500 Tape Library, IBM supplies a specially labeled IBM
TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Cleaning Cartridge with the first 3592 tape drive in
the library. This cleaning cartridge may be used in all 3592 tape drives.
Attention: Insert only clean and undamaged cleaning cartridges into a
tape system. Before you insert a cartridge into a drive or storage slot,
inspect the cartridge for damage or debris. Damaged or dirty cartridges
can reduce system reliability and cause the loss of recorded data. If
debris appears on the cartridge, wipe the outside surfaces with a
lint-free cloth lightly moistened with water. Do not allow any liquid to
contact the tape. Ensure that all cartridge surfaces are dry and that the
leader pin is in place (see 1 in Figure 51 on page 182) before you load
the cartridge.
The cleaning of the tape path in the drive is an automatic procedure initiated by
the drive when changes in drive performance generate a request for cleaning. This
occurs when more than 5000 mounts have occurred, when more than 20 full file
passes of data have been processed, or when the drive detects a degraded head or
channel condition. If you load an expired cleaning cartridge, the drive will eject the
cartridge and post a status message to indicate that cleaning was not performed.
Failure to clean a drive can result in buildup of debris on the read/write head and
drive malfunction. If no cleaning cartridges are installed in the library, or if the
available cleaning cartridges have reached the maximum number of 50 uses,
cleaning cannot be completed. For information about different cleaning methods
(automatic, host, or manual), see “Methods of cleaning drives” on page 69. Also
refer to the sections about cleaning drives, enabling or disabling automatic
cleaning, and enabling automatic eject of expired cleaning cartridges in the IBM
System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
Note: It is the operator's responsibility to monitor the use of all cleaning cartridges
and to remove and replace expired cartridges as necessary. In order to determine
cleaning cartridge usage, learn to use SNMP traps to receive notification about
expired cartridges. For steps to remove a cleaning cartridge or to enable automatic
eject of expired cleaning cartridges, refer to the appropriate sections in the IBM
System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
Before you insert a cartridge into a drive or storage cell, inspect the cartridge for
damage or debris. Damaged or dirty cartridges can reduce system reliability and
cause the loss of recorded data. If debris appears on the cartridge, wipe the
outside surfaces with a lint-free cloth lightly moistened with water. No visible
water residue or droplets should be observable on the cartridge during or after the
wiping effort.
Attention: Do not allow any liquid to contact the tape itself. Special care should
be made to never allow liquid water to enter the cartridge which can potentially
wick into the layers of the tape and cause them to adhere to each other. This
creates the risk that the coatings may pull out during unwind.
Chapter 5. Using 3592 tape drive media
181
Ensure that all cartridge surfaces are dry and that the leader pin is in place (see
1 in Figure 51) before you load the cartridge.
Figure 51. Leader pin in proper position in the 3592 cleaning cartridge (the cartridge door is manually retracted)
While the cleaning is in process, the 8-character message display on the drive
shows the message, CLEAN*.
The IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Cleaning Cartridge contains a cartridge
memory (CM) device that automatically keeps track of the number of times it has
been used. Cleaning cartridges need to be replaced after 50 uses. Automatic
cleaning is only available if the appropriate cleaning cartridges are installed in the
library and have remaining use.
The physical characteristics of the 3592 cleaning cartridge distinguish it from the
3592 data cartridge. The product label on the top of the cartridge is white, with the
word CLEANING printed on it. In place of the write-protect switch, there is a
non-moveable light gray block (see 1 in Figure 52). If you order cleaning
cartridges with pre-attached labels, the first three characters of the volume serial
(VOLSER) number 2 are CLN. The cartridge door (see 1 in Figure 53 on page
183) is also light gray.
1
2
Non-moveable light gray block
Sample label for cleaning cartridge
L
N
9
0
4
1
J
A
2
Figure 52. Characteristics that identify the 3592 cleaning cartridge
182
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
a14m0096
C
a14m0107
1
Figure 53. Door of the 3592 cleaning cartridge
Before a drive can be cleaned, you must ensure that an IBM TotalStorage 3592
Enterprise Cleaning Cartridge is loaded in the library (to determine whether one or
more cleaning cartridges are loaded, see the section about removing or loading a
cleaning cartridge in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS
Operator Guide). You can load multiple cleaning cartridges and store them in any
cartridge storage slot except the slot that is reserved for the diagnostic cartridge
(see the section about inaccessible storage slots in the IBM System Storage TS3500
Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide).
3592 diagnostic cartridge
This section gives information about the appearance and usage of the 3592
diagnostic cartridge.
The 3592 diagnostic cartridge is a cartridge with verified media that is reserved for
diagnostic purposes only. In the TS3500 Tape Library, one storage slot is reserved
in the first Model L22 or Model D22 frame for the 3592 diagnostic cartridge. The
slot is located at Column 1, Row 1. During a service call, your IBM service
representative uses the cartridge to ensure that the tape drives run correctly and to
specification. The volume serial (VOLSER) number for the diagnostic cartridge is
CE xxxJJ (for J1A, TS1120, and TS1130 tape drives) or CE xxxJK (for TS1140 tape
drives), where a space occurs after CE and xxx equals three numerals. The
diagnostic cartridge that is stored in the reserved slot should be the cartridge type
that is used for the majority of drives in the library. In the event that the other type
of 3592 diagnostic cartridge is required, the library requests it.
|
|
A new diagnostic cartridge is shipped with the TS1140 tape drive field install
feature (feature code 1675) if it is the first drive of that type in the frame.
3592 bar code label
This section describes the appearance and specifications of the 3592 bar code label.
Each 3592 data, cleaning, and diagnostic cartridge that is processed by the TS3500
Tape Library must bear a bar code label. The label contains:
v A volume serial (VOLSER) number that you can read
v A bar code that the library can read
When read by the library's bar code reader, the bar code identifies the cartridge's
VOLSER to the tape library. The bar code also tells the cartridge type: data (JA),
extended data (JB), advanced data (JC), economy (JJ), advanced economy (JK),
economy WORM (JR), WORM (JW), extended WORM (JX), advanced WORM (JY),
cleaning, or diagnostic cartridge. Figure 54 on page 185 shows a sample bar code
label for the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge.
Chapter 5. Using 3592 tape drive media
183
You can order tape cartridges with the labels included, or you can order custom
labels. The labels have a peel-and-stick backing. The bar code must meet
predefined specifications. The recommended specifications include (but are not
limited to):
v Eight uppercase alphanumeric characters, where the last two characters must be
JA, JB, JC, JJ, JK, JW, JX, JY, or JR
v Label and printing to be non-glossy
v Nominal narrow line or space width of 0.500 mm (0.019 in.)
v Wide to narrow ratio of 2.75:1
v Minimum bar length of 7.0 mm (0.27 in.)
To determine the complete specifications of the bar code and the bar code label,
visit the web at http://www.storage.ibm.com/media/tapecartridges/index.html.
Under Enterprise storage media, select 3592 tape cartridges. Under Learn more,
select Barcode Label Specification for use with 3592 Tape Media. Under
Content, select the PDF file to view the Label Specification for IBM 3592 Cartridges
when used in IBM Libraries. You can also contact your IBM sales representative for
this specification.
When attaching a bar code label to a tape cartridge, place the label only in the
recessed bar code label area (see Figure 54 on page 185). A label that extends
outside of the recessed area can cause loading problems in the drive or the library.
Attention: Do not place any type of mark on the white space at either end of the
bar code. A mark in this area may prevent the TS3500 Tape Library from reading
the label.
By using the Tape Library Specialist web interface, you can configure the library so
that it reports to the server all eight characters of the VOLSER on the bar code
label or only the first six characters. To configure a six-character VOLSER, refer to
the section about enabling or disabling the reporting of a six-character VOLSER in
the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
Note: If you suspect that the library is having problems reading the bar code
labels, you can slow the scanner speed as part of problem determination. You can
slow the scanner speed rather than replace all labels, or you could slow the
scanner speed while you wait for an opportunity to relabel the media. Depending
on the severity of the problem, the error recovery procedure for poor labels may
greatly exceed the time lost by slowing the scanner. If you have cartridge bar code
labels that meet the LTO bar code label specification, there is no need to slow the
scanner speed.For information about slowing the scanner speed, see the section
about adjusting the scanner speed in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library
with ALMS Operator Guide.
To order bar code labels, see “Ordering 3592 bar code labels” on page 198.
184
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
J
1
H
9
0
6
J
A
*1PJ1H906JA
D
TM
ge
ra
to
lS
ta A
To T
M
IB A
*J
11
P
En
te
H
rp
J
e
ris
1
p
Ta
9
e
Ca
rid
rt
0
H
ge
R
e
e
rd
o
8
92 . 1
35 r No
P
7
6
9
0J
6A
J
5
3
4
a69i0150
A
Figure 54. Sample bar code label on the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge. The volume serial number
(J1H906JA) and bar code are printed on the label.
Guidelines for using 3592 bar code labels
Apply the following guidelines whenever you use bar code labels:
v Use only IBM-approved bar code labels.
v Do not reuse a label or reapply a used label over an existing label.
v Examine the label before you apply it to the cartridge. Do not use the label if it
has voids or smears in the printed characters or bar code (an application's
inventory operation will take much longer if the bar code label is not readable).
v Position the label within the recessed bar code label area.
v Verify that the label is smooth and parallel, and has no roll-up or roll-over. The
label must be flat to within 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) over the length of the label and
have no folds, missing pieces, or smudges.
v Do not place other machine readable labels on other surfaces of the cartridge.
They may interfere with the ability of the bar code reader to read the bar code.
v Use peel-clean labels that do not leave a residue after they are removed. If there
is glue residue on the cartridge, remove it by gently rubbing it with your finger;
do not use a sharp object, water, or a chemical to clean the label area.
v Before you apply a new label, remove the old label by slowly pulling it at a
right angle to the cartridge case.
v Remove the label from the label sheet carefully. Do not stretch the label or cause
the edges to curl.
v With light finger pressure, smooth the label so that no wrinkles or bubbles exist
on its surface.
Guidelines for using Silo-style bar code labels
The TS3500 Tape Library with firmware level 7368 or higher can also read Silo
(Sun StorageTek Powderhorn 9130) style bar code labels on 3592 tape cartridges. In
order for the library to read these labels, the following requirements apply:
v Barcode Compatibility Mode must be enabled on the TS3500 Tape Library
operator panel.
v The bar code reader must have a Microscan brand scanner.
Chapter 5. Using 3592 tape drive media
185
Note: This scanner is standard on most Lx3 libraries. However, if you are
unsure or if the scanner is not reading the labels, contact your IBM Service
Representative. The service procedure for verifying the type of scanner is
documented in RPQ 8B3510.
v The guidelines for using Silo-style bar code labels with the TS3500 Tape Library
must be followed.
Proper placement of the bar code label is required for optimum bar code scanner
performance. Follow these placement guidelines for Silo-style bar code labels on
3592 tape cartridges:
v Ensure that the label is top justified and centered within the recessed label area.
The VOLSER label should not fall into the media type label area.
v Ensure that the label is applied to the cartridge with the bars facing down (text
on top and bars on the bottom).
v Ensure that the label is applied straight, as a crooked label may cause label
reading problems.
In addition to these specific guidelines, also adhere to the general label guidelines
that are listed in “Guidelines for using 3592 bar code labels” on page 185.
Note that the bar code scanner only reads the VOLSER. If a single character media
type identifier is applied, it is ignored by the library. Also, it is difficult to read the
label of a cartridge mounted in the drive. Slower operation and repeated read
attempts may be observed. This is normal for these labels.
186
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Setting the write-protect switch on a 3592 Cartridge
This section gives instructions for setting the write-protect switch on a 3592 Tape
Cartridge.
The position of the write-protect switch on the 3592 Tape Cartridge (see Figure 55)
determines whether you can write to the tape.
v To write data to or erase data from the cartridge, set the switch to 1. This
exposes a square hole.
v To prevent data from being overwritten or erased from the cartridge, set the
switch to 2. This covers the hole.
Figure 55. Setting the write-protect switch on the 3592 Tape Cartridge
Chapter 5. Using 3592 tape drive media
187
Handling 3592 tape cartridges
This section introduces ways to handle 3592 tape cartridges to avoid damage to the
cartridge case and the tape.
Attention: Do not insert a damaged tape cartridge into your tape
drive. A damaged cartridge can interfere with the reliability of a drive
and may void the warranties of the drive and the cartridge. Before
inserting a tape cartridge, inspect the cartridge case, cartridge door, and
write-protect switch for breaks.
Incorrect handling or an inhospitable environment can damage the IBM
TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge or its magnetic tape. To avoid damage
to your tape cartridges and to ensure the continued high reliability of your TS3500
Tape Library, use the following guidelines:
Provide training for using 3592 tape cartridges
v Post procedures that describe proper media handling in places where people
gather.
v Ensure that anyone who handles tape has been properly trained in handling and
shipping procedures. This includes operators, users, programmers, archival
services, and shipping personnel.
v Ensure that any service or contract personnel who perform archiving are
properly trained in media-handling procedures.
v Include media-handling procedures as part of any services contract.
v Define and make personnel aware of data recovery procedures.
Ensure proper packaging of 3592 tape cartridges
v When you ship a cartridge, ship it in its original or better packaging.
v Use only shipping container that securely hold the cartridge in place during
transportation. Such containers can be procured from Perm-A-Store on the web
at www.turtlecase.com. The 3592 tape cartridges support racks and storage
containers designed for 3590 tape cartridges.
v Never ship a cartridge in a commercial shipping envelope. Always place it in a
box or package.
v If you ship the cartridge in a cardboard box or a box of a sturdy material, ensure
the following:
– Place the cartridge in polyethylene plastic wrap or bags to protect it from
dust, moisture, and other contaminants.
– Pack the cartridge snugly; do not allow it to move around.
– Double-box the cartridge (place it inside a box, then place that box inside the
shipping box) and add padding between the two boxes.
Provide proper acclimation and environmental conditions for
3592 tape cartridges
v Before you use a cartridge, let it acclimate to the normal operating environment
for a minimum of 24 hours. If you see condensation on the cartridge, wait an
additional hour.
v Ensure that all surfaces of a cartridge are dry before inserting it.
v Do not expose the cartridge to moisture or direct sunlight.
188
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
|
v Do not expose recorded or blank cartridges to stray magnetic fields of greater
than 50 Oersteds (4000 ampere/meter), such as terminals, motors, video
equipment, X-ray equipment, or fields that exist near high-current cables or
power supplies. Such exposure can cause the loss of recorded data or make the
blank cartridge unusable.
v Maintain the proper conditions for storing and shipping the cartridges.
Perform a thorough inspection of 3592 tape cartridges
After purchasing a 3592 Tape Cartridge and before using it, perform the following
steps:
v Inspect the cartridge's packaging to determine potential rough handling.
v Ensure that no moisture or condensation exists on or in the cartridge shell or
media.
v When inspecting a cartridge, open only the cartridge door. Do not open any
other part of the cartridge case. The upper and lower parts of the case are
welded and held together with screws; separating them destroys the usefulness
of the cartridge.
v Inspect the cartridge for damage before using or storing it.
v Check that the leader pin is properly positioned.
v Ensure that labels are affixed in a manner that does not adversely affect drive
operation. Labels must only be affixed in the recessed bar code label areas
provided on the cartridge.
v If you suspect that the cartridge has been mishandled but it appears usable,
copy any data onto a good cartridge immediately for possible data recovery.
Discard the mishandled cartridge.
Handle the 3592 tape cartridge carefully
v Do not drop the 3592 tape cartridge. If the cartridge drops, slide the cartridge
door back and ensure that the leader pin is properly positioned.
v Avoid mechanical loads that would distort the cartridge's shape.
v Do not handle tape that is outside the cartridge. Handling the tape can damage
the tape's surface or edges, which may interfere with read or write reliability.
Pulling on tape that is outside the cartridge can damage the tape and the brake
mechanism in the cartridge.
v Do not stack more than six cartridges.
v Do not degauss a cartridge that you intend to reuse. Degaussing the tape erases
the servo tracks and makes the tape unusable. An attached host can be used to
run a Data Security Erase if the data on the tape needs to be physically erased.
This physically overwrites the data on the tape without damaging the servo
tracks.
Repositioning a leader pin in a 3592 cartridge
This section gives the procedure to use when you move a leader pin into its proper
position in a 3592 tape cartridge.
Attention: Use a repaired tape cartridge only to recover data and move
it to another cartridge. Continued use of a repaired cartridge may void
the warranties of the drive and the cartridge.
Chapter 5. Using 3592 tape drive media
189
If the leader pin in your 3592 tape cartridge becomes dislodged from its
pin-retaining spring clips, you must use the IBM Leader Pin Reattachment Kit
(part number 18P8887) to reposition it.
A leader pin that is improperly seated inside a cartridge can interfere with the
operation of the drive. Figure 56 shows a leader pin in the incorrect 1 and correct
2 positions.
To place the leader pin in its proper position, you will need the following tools:
v Plastic or blunt-end tweezers
v Cartridge manual rewind tool (from the Leader Pin Reattachment Kit, part
number 18P8887)
2
a14m0106
1
Figure 56. Leader pin in the incorrect and correct positions in a 3592 tape cartridge. The cartridge door is open and
the leader pin is visible inside the cartridge.
To reposition the leader pin, perform the following steps.
1. Slide open the cartridge door (see 1 in Figure 57 on page 191) and locate the
leader pin 2 (you may need to shake the cartridge gently to roll the pin
toward the door).
2. With plastic or blunt-end tweezers, grasp the leader pin and position it in the
pin-retaining spring clips 3.
3. Press the leader pin gently into the clips until it snaps into place and is firmly
seated.
4. Close the cartridge door.
190
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
3
2
a14m0111
1
Figure 57. Placing the dislodged leader pin into the correct position.. The cartridge door is open, showing the leader
pin out of position
5. To rewind the tape, insert the cartridge manual rewind tool (see 1 in
Figure 58) into the cartridge's hub 2 and turn it clockwise until the tape
becomes taut.
1
a14m0112
2
Figure 58. Rewinding the tape into the cartridge
6. Remove the rewind tool by pulling it away from the cartridge.
Chapter 5. Using 3592 tape drive media
191
Environmental and shipping specifications for 3592 cartridges
This section gives a table of the operating, storage, and shipping requirements for
3592 tape cartridges.
Before you use a tape cartridge, acclimate it to the operating environment for 24
hours or the time necessary to prevent condensation in the drive (the time will
vary, depending on the environmental extremes to which the cartridge was
exposed).
The best storage container for the cartridges (until they are opened) is the original
shipping container. The plastic wrapping prevents dirt from accumulating on the
cartridges and partially protects them from humidity changes.
Attention: Depending on how many drives you have installed in the frame, the
temperature inside the frame may be as much as 5°C (9°F) above the temperature
outside the frame. To ensure continued reliability of your media, be sure to take
this temperature difference into account when you set up the environment around
your library.
When you ship a cartridge, place it in a sealed, moisture-proof bag to protect it
from moisture, contaminants, and physical damage. Ship the cartridge in a
shipping container that has enough packing material to cushion the cartridge and
prevent it from moving within the container.
Table 58 lists the environmental conditions for operating, storing, and shipping
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridges.
Table 58. Environment for operating, storing, and shipping the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge
Environmental Specifications
Environmental Factor
Temperature
Relative humidity
(noncondensing)
Wet bulb maximum
temperature
|
|
Magnetic field
Operational Storage1,3
Archival Storage2,4
Shipping
16 to 32°C (61 to 90°F)
16 to 25°C (61 to 77°F)
-23 to 49°C (-9 to 120°F)
20 to 80%
20 to 50%
5 to 80%
26°C (79°F)
26°C (79°F)
26°C (79°F)
Stray magnetic field at any point on tape not to exceed 50 Oersteds (4000
ampere/meter).
Notes:
1. Operational storage equals less than 6 months.
2. Archival storage equals greater than 6 months.
3. Cartridges shall be stored under these conditions if they will also be used in a drive during storage.
4. Cartridges shall be stored under these conditions for archiving.
192
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Disposing of 3592 cartridges
This section describes how to dispose of 3592 tape cartridges according to federal
and other regulations.
Under the current rules of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA),
regulation 40CFR261, the IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise Tape Cartridge is
classified as non-hazardous waste. As such, it may be disposed of in the same way
as normal office trash. These regulations are amended from time to time, and you
should review them at the time of disposal.
If your local, state, country (non-U.S.A.), or regional regulations are more
restrictive than EPA 40CFR261, you must review them before you dispose of a
cartridge. Contact your account representative for information about the materials
that are in the cartridge.
If a tape cartridge must be disposed of in a secure manner, IBM recommends that
you use a qualified service provider to degauss and destroy the media.
If you burn the cartridge and tape, ensure that the incineration complies with all
applicable regulations.
Cartridge quality and library maintenance
This section describes how to maintain 3592 Tape Cartridges and the 3584 Tape
Library to ensure proper operation.
The 3592 Tape Cartridge provides high performance and reliability with IBM
magnetic tape cartridge drives when the cartridge is properly handled and stored.
As stated previously, repeated handling or inadvertent mishandling can damage
the physical parts of the cartridge and make it unusable.
The magnetic tape inside the cartridge is made of highly durable materials.
However, the tape wears after repeated cycles in the tape system. Eventually, such
wear can cause an increase in tape errors.
Track the error data available by monitoring both the cartridge and cartridge
library performance. By monitoring error data, you can identify and replace
cartridges that are no longer acceptable for continued use.
Proper maintenance of the 3584 Tape Library helps to keep IBM magnetic tape
cartridge systems operating in a reliable and efficient manner.
Ordering 3592 media supplies
This section gives an overview of the methods for ordering 3592 tape cartridges
and other related media supplies.
You can order media supplies in two ways. The 3599 Tape Media method is
available for ordering all types of data and cleaning cartridges. This method is
typically used for ordering larger quantities and for ordering initialized or
pre-labeled cartridges. Media supplies can also be ordered by using part numbers
through IBM-authorized distributors.
Chapter 5. Using 3592 tape drive media
193
Ordering 3592 media supplies by using the 3599 tape media
method
If you order media by using the 3599 tape media method, IBM TotalStorage
Enterprise Tape Media 3599 provides the ability to order unlabeled, pre-labeled,
initialized, and bulk-packaged data cartridges in a variety of combinations. You
can also order cleaning cartridges. See Table 59 for a list of data cartridges that can
be ordered by using the 3599 tape media method.
With the 3599 tape media method of ordering, model numbers are used to identify
the cartridge types, and feature code combinations are used to specify the
quantities, labeling, and initialization options. Table 59 shows a few examples of
ordering options for each cartridge type. Note that additional feature codes are
required to completely specify all the characteristics that you want of the
cartridges. Orders may be placed by calling 1-800-IBM-CALL (1-800-426-2255).
Table 59. Descriptions of 3599 tape media features
3599 Model
011
012
Media ID/
Feature
Code
JA/9030
JA/9030
Feature Code for Labeling,
Initialization, and Quantity
Regular
RFID
1020
1021
2020
Format
1
2021
Individual
Cartridge
Capacity2, 5
9082
640 GB
(596.05 GiB)
9081
500 GB
(465.66 GiB)
9080
300 GB
(279.39 GiB)
N/A3
500 GB
(465.66 GiB)
300 GB
(279.39 GiB)
013
JA/9030
3020
N/A
N/A
500 GB
(465.66 GiB)
300 GB
(279.39 GiB)
014
JB/9032
4020
4021
9084
9082
194
Description
20-pack 3592 Data
cartridges, labeled and
initialized
20-pack 3592 Data
cartridges, labeled, not
initialized
20-pack 3592 Data
cartridges, not labeled and
not initialized
1 600 GB
20-pack 3592 Extended
(1490.12 GiB) Data cartridges, labeled
and initialized
1 000 GB
(931.32 GiB)
9081
700 GB
(651.93 GiB)
015
JB/9032
5020
5021
N/A
700 GB
(651.93 GiB)
20-pack 3592 Extended
Data cartridges, labeled,
not initialized
016
JB/9032
6020
N/A
N/A
700 GB
(651.93 GiB)
20-pack 3592 Extended
Data cartridges, not
labeled and not initialized
420
JC/9035
4211
4221
9084
4 TB
(3.64 TiB)
20-pack 3592 Advanced
Data cartridges, labeled
and initialized
520
JC/9035
5221
5231
N/A
4 TB
(3.64 TiB)
20-pack 3592 Advanced
Data cartridges, labeled,
not initialized
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 59. Descriptions of 3599 tape media features (continued)
3599 Model
Media ID/
Feature
Code
Feature Code for Labeling,
Initialization, and Quantity
Regular
RFID1
Format
Individual
Cartridge
Capacity2, 5
620
JC/9035
6200
N/A
N/A
4 TB
(3.64 TiB)
E11
JJ/9050
1120
1121
9082
128 GB
(119.21 GiB)
9081
100 GB
(93.13 GiB)
9080
60 GB
(58.88 GiB)
Description
20-pack 3592 Advanced
Data cartridges, not
labeled and not initialized
20-pack 3592 Economy
cartridges, labeled and
initialized
E12
JJ/9050
1220
1221
N/A
60 GB
(58.88 GiB)
20-pack 3592 Economy
cartridges, labeled, not
initialized
E13
JJ/9050
1320
N/A
N/A
60 GB
(58.88 GiB)
20-pack 3592 Economy
cartridges, not labeled and
not initialized
430
JK/9052
4300
4310
9084
500 GB
(465.66 GiB)
20-pack 3592 Advanced
Economy cartridges,
labeled and initialized
530
JK/9052
5300
5310
N/A
500 GB
(465.66 GiB)
20-pack 3592 Advanced
Economy cartridges,
labeled, not initialized
630
JK/9052
6300
N/A
N/A
500 GB
(465.66 GiB)
20-pack 3592 Advanced
Economy cartridges, not
labeled and not initialized
0214
JW/9040
2120
2121
9082
640 GB
(596.05 GiB)
9081
500 GB
(465.66 GiB)
20-pack 3592 WORM
cartridges, labeled and
initialized
9080
300 GB
(279.39 GiB)
N/A
500 GB
(465.66 GiB)
0224
JW/9040
2220
2221
300 GB
(279.39 GiB)
0234
JW/9040
2320
N/A
N/A
500 GB
(465.66 GiB)
300 GB
(279.39 GiB)
0244
0254
JX/9044
JX/9044
2420
2520
2421
2521
9082
1 000 GB
(931.32 GiB)
9081
700 GB
(651.93 GiB)
N/A
700 GB
(651.93 GiB)
20-pack 3592 WORM
cartridges, labeled, not
initialized
20-pack 3592 WORM
cartridges, not labeled and
not initialized
20-pack 3592 Extended
WORM cartridges, labeled
and initialized
20-pack 3592 Extended
WORM cartridges, labeled,
not initialized
Chapter 5. Using 3592 tape drive media
195
Table 59. Descriptions of 3599 tape media features (continued)
3599 Model
Media ID/
Feature
Code
Feature Code for Labeling,
Initialization, and Quantity
Regular
RFID1
Format
Individual
Cartridge
Capacity2, 5
Description
0264
JX/9044
2620
N/A
N/A
700 GB
(651.93 GiB)
20-pack 3592 Extended
WORM cartridges, not
labeled and not initialized
440
JY/9046
4400
4410
9084
4 TB
(3.64 TiB)
20-pack 3592 Advanced
WORM cartridges, labeled
and initialized
540
JY/9046
5400
5410
N/A
4 TB
(3.64 TiB)
20-pack 3592 Advanced
WORM cartridges, labeled,
not initialized
640
JY/9046
6400
N/A
N/A
4 TB
(3.64 TiB)
20-pack 3592 Advanced
WORM cartridges, not
labeled and not initialized
E214
JR/9042
3120
3121
9082
128 GB
(119.21 GiB)
9081
100 GB
(93.13 GiB)
20-pack 3592 Economy
WORM cartridges, labeled
and initialized
9080
60 GB
(58.88 GiB)
N/A
100 GB
(93.13 GiB)
E224
JR/9042
3220
3221
60 GB
(58.88 GiB)
E234
JR/9042
3320
N/A
N/A
100 GB
(93.13 GiB)
60 GB
(58.88 GiB)
20-pack 3592 Economy
WORM cartridges, labeled,
not initialized
20-pack 3592 Economy
WORM cartridges, not
labeled and not initialized
017
JA
7005
N/A
N/A
cleaning, 50
uses
5-pack 3592 Cleaning
Cartridges, with media
identification labels
017
JA
7006
N/A
N/A
cleaning, 50
uses
5-pack 3592 Cleaning
Cartridges without media
identification labels
Notes:
1. Radio frequency identification labels
2. For more details about individual cartridge capacities, see Table 57 on page 174.
3. N/A = Not applicable
4. This product is no longer available for order by this method. Refer to “Ordering 3592 media supplies by using
part numbers” to order this media type.
5. For cartridges that are not initialized, the actual cartridge capacity is dependent on the format used to write the
cartridge.
Ordering 3592 media supplies by using part numbers
Table 60 on page 197 lists the data cartridges and media supplies that you can
order for 3592 tape drives by using part numbers. The different methods for
ordering are listed at the bottom of the table.
196
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
You can use one of the following methods to order the cartridges and media
supplies shown in Table 60 by part number:
v Order by part number through an IBM-authorized distributor (for the closest
distributor, visit the web at http://www.ibm.com/storage/media)
v If you do not have Internet access, order the cartridges from any authorized IBM
business partner or your IBM sales representative.
v Call 1-888-IBM-MEDIA
Table 60. Ordering 3592 media supplies by using part numbers
Supply Item1
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise
Tape Cartridge - Data (JA)
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise
Tape Cartridge - Extended Data (JB)
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise
Tape Cartridge - Advanced Data (JC)
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise
Tape Cartridge - Economy (JJ)
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise
Tape Cartridge - Advanced Economy
(JK)
Capacity2
Part Number
E06 format: 640 GB (596.04 GiB)
E05 format: 500 GB (465.66 GiB)
J1A format: 300 GB (279.39 GiB)
18P7534
E07 format: 1 600 GB (1490.12 GiB)
E06 format: 1 000 GB (931.32 GiB)
E05 format: 700 GB (651.93 GiB)
23R9830
46X7452
E07 format: 4 TB (3.64 TiB)
E06 format: 128 GB (119.21 GiB)
E05 format: 100 GB (93.13 GiB)
J1A format: 60 GB (58.88 GiB)
24R0316
46X7453
E07 format: 500 GB (465.66 GiB)
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise
Tape Cartridge - Economy WORM
(JR)
E06 format: 128 GB (119.21 GiB)
E05 format: 100 GB (93.13 GiB)
J1A format: 60 GB (55.88 GiB)
24R0317
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise
Tape Cartridge - WORM (JW)
E06 format: 640 GB (596.04 GiB)
E05 format: 500 GB (465.66 GiB)
J1A format: 300 GB (279.39 GiB)
18P7538
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise
Tape Cartridge - Extended WORM
(JX)
E07 format: 1 600 GB (1490.12 GiB)
E06 format: 1 000 GB (931.32 GiB)
E05 format: 700 GB (651.93 GiB)
23R9831
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise
Tape Cartridge - Advanced WORM
(JY)
E07 format: 4 TB (3.64 TiB)
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Enterprise
Tape Cartridge - Cleaning
46X7454
Cleaning, 50 uses
18P7535
Notes:
1. Be sure to order bar code labels for all cleaning and data cartridges. Order volume serial (VOLSER) labels
separately.
2. Cartridge capacities vary depending on tape drive and format. See Table 57 on page 174 for more detailed
information.
Ordering supplies for repairs
We recommend that you keep the Leader Pin Reattachment Kit to maintain your
cartridges. This kit contains the necessary tools to reattach the leader pin to the
tape. It includes the rewind tool, which can be used to add tension to a tape if the
leader pin is displaced. To order the kit, call 1-888-IBM-MEDIA to order as IBM
part number 18P8887.
Chapter 5. Using 3592 tape drive media
197
Ordering 3592 bar code labels
Bar code labels with volume serial (VOLSER) numbers are required for 3592 tape
cartridges that are used within a library. You can order these labels separately from
the IBM data cartridges and cleaning cartridges.
Attention: The IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library is designed to work
with bar code labels that meet the specifications and requirements set forth in the
Label Specification for IBM 3592 Cartridges when used in IBM Libraries. The label
providers listed below have demonstrated the ability to produce finished bar code
labels that meet the foregoing specifications and requirements. This information is
provided for the convenience of TS3500 Tape Library users only, and is not an
endorsement or recommendation of such providers. IBM is not responsible for the
quality of bar code labels procured from sources other than IBM. This information
is applicable to bar code labels actually printed by the listed companies. IBM has
not reviewed the quality of any labels produced by software or services offered by
such companies which allow end users to print labels on their own printing
equipment.
Table 61. Authorized suppliers of custom bar code labels
In the Americas
In Europe and Asia
Dataware
PO Box 740947
Houston, TX 77274
U.S.A.
Telephone: 800-426-4844 or 713-432-1023
Fax: 713-432-1385
http://www.datawarelabels.com/
Not applicable
Tri-Optic
6800 West 117th Avenue
Broomfield, CO 80020
U.S.A.
Telephone: 888-438-8362 or 303-464-3508
Fax: 888-438-8363 or 303-666-2166
http://www.tri-optic.com
EDP Europe Limited
43 Redhills Road
South Woodham Ferrers
Chelmsford, Essex CM3 5UL
U.K.
Telephone: 44 (0) 1245 322380
Fax: 44 (0) 1245 323484
http://www.edpeurope.com/media-labels.html
Netc, L.L.C.1
100 Corporate Drive
Trumbull, CT 06611
U.S.A.
Telephone: 203-372-6382
Fax: 203-372-0676
http://www.NetcLabels.com
Netc Europe Ltd1
The Old Surgery
5a The Pavement
North Curry TA3 6LX
Somerset
U.K.
Telephone: 44 (0) 1823 491439
Fax: 44 (0)1823 491373
http://www.NetcLabels.co.uk
Netc Asia Pacific Pty Ltd1
PO Box 872
Cooroy QLD 4563
Australia
Telephone: 61 (0) 7 5442 6263
Fax: 61 (0) 7 5442 6522
http://www.NetcLabels.com.au
Note:
1. This is an authorized supplier for radio frequency identification (RFID) labels.
198
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Chapter 6. Using the Fibre Channel interface
This section introduces the use of the Fibre Channel interface with the TS3500 Tape
Library.
The IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library uses a Fibre Channel interface (port)
to communicate with servers.
Your IBM Service Representative must perform setup and Fibre Channel
configuration of the library.
Overview of Fibre Channel interface
This section gives a basic description of the Fibre Channel interface that is used by
the TS3500 Tape Library.
Attention: A Class I laser assembly, in the optical transceiver, is
mounted on the Fibre Channel drive's electronics card. This laser
assembly is registered with the Department of Health and Human
Services and is in compliance with IEC825.
To communicate with a server, the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library uses a
Fibre Channel interface (also called a port). In accordance with the standards of the
American National Standards Institute (ANSI), the port runs Fibre Channel
Protocol (which includes SCSI commands on the Fibre Channel) with ANSI-defined
Fibre Channel Tape Support. The method by which the drive and server
communicate is determined by the type of topology in which they reside and the
type of connection that you choose.
Physical characteristics of the Fibre Channel interface
This section describes the ports and protocol used by the Fibre Channel interface
for the TS3500 Tape Library.
|
|
|
Ultrium 1, Ultrium 2, Ultrium 3, and Ultrium 4 tape drives each contain one Fibre
Channel interface (called a port). The Ultrium 5 and Ultrium 6 tape drives and all
3592 tape drives contain two ports. A Fibre Channel port runs SCSI protocol with
Fibre Channel tape support.
The host server attaches to the library by using fiber cables that connect directly to
a drive canister or through the library's patch panel. Connections are as follows:
v The canisters for the Ultrium 5, Ultrium 6, and TS1140 tape drives have two
independent LC Duplex FC-8 fibre connections.
v The canisters for the TS1120 and TS1130 tape drives have two independent LC
Duplex FC-4 fiber connections.
v The canister for the 3592 J1A has two independent LC Duplex FC-2 fiber
connections.
v The canister for the Ultrium 4 tape drive has one LC Duplex FC-4 fiber
connection.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
199
v The canister for the Ultrium 3 tape
connection or one LC Duplex FC-2
v The canister for the Ultrium 2 tape
connection.
v The canister for the Ultrium 1 tape
connection.
drive has either one LC Duplex FC-4 fiber
fiber connection.
drive has one LC Duplex FC-2 fiber
drive has one SC Duplex FC-1 fiber
Cables and speeds of Fibre Channel drives
This section defines the types of cables that are used by Fibre Channel drives in
the TS3500 Tape Library. It also gives the speeds for varying lengths of cables.
The Fibre Channel drives in the TS3500 Tape Library use these cables:
v TS1140, Ultrium 5, and Ultrium 6 tape drives that are equipped with 8 Gbps
hardware use LC duplex, 50-micron fiber optics cables and operate at 8 Gbps, 4
Gbps, 2 Gbps, and 1 Gbps
v TS1120, TS1130, and any Ultrium 4 tape drives that are equipped with 4 Gbps
hardware use LC duplex, 50-micron fiber optics cables and operate at 4 Gbps, 2
Gbps, and 1 Gbps
v 3592 J1A, Ultrium 2, and any Ultrium 3 tape drives that are equipped with 2
Gbps hardware use LC duplex, 50-micron fiber optics cables and operate at 2
Gbps and 1 Gbps
|
|
v Ultrium 1 tape drives use SC duplex, 50-micron fiber optics cables and operate
at speeds of 1 Gbps
The library can be used in a 62.5-micron-cable Storage Area Network (SAN).
However, the cable that connects the library to the SAN must be a 50-micron cable
because the library uses 50-micron cables internally.
The maximum distances that the TS3500 Tape Library supports on a Fibre Channel
link is determined by the link speed, the type of fiber (50 or 62.5 micron), and the
device to which the library is attached.
If your library attaches to a host bus adapter (HBA), refer to the documentation for
the HBA for the supported cable distances.
When a port in the library is attached to a system, as in a Storage Area Network
(SAN), 50 micron cables are used internally within the library. Therefore, a
50-micron cable should be used for the attachment. In addition, the attenuation of
the cable varies by cable type and number of connectors used. Typical supported
distances of the various 50-micron cables are shown in Table 62.
Table 62. Supported cable distances
Data rate/Link speed
M5 (OM2) cable
M5E (OM3) cable
M5F (OM4) cable
8 Gbps
50 m (164 ft.)
150 m (492 ft.)
190 m (623 ft.)
4 Gbps
150 m (492 ft.)
380 m (1 247 ft.)
400 m (1312 ft.)
2 Gbps
300 m (984 ft.)
Not specified
Not specified
1 Gbps
500 m (1640 ft.)
Not specified
Not specified
Refer to your switch vendor to determine what is supported for the switches in
your SAN.
200
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
The cable connections between each drive and each server are housed in a patch
panel that is located at the rear of the base frame or at the rear of any expansion
frame that contains drives.
Supported topologies
This section discusses the ways that the Fibre Channel drives in the TS3500 Tape
Library connect to other Fibre Channel end points.
Fibre Channel devices (such as the TS3500 Tape Library and a server) are known
as nodes and have at least one port through which to receive and send data. The
collection of components that connect two or more nodes is called a topology. Fibre
Channel systems consist solely of two components: nodes with ports and
topologies.
Each port uses a pair of fibers: one fiber carries data into the port, and the other
carries data out of the port. The fibers in the channel are optical strands. The fiber
pair is called a link and is part of the topology. Data is transmitted over the links in
units known as frames. A frame contains an address identifier that gives the fabric
and node for which the frame is destined.
The TS3500 Tape Library can be attached in a two-node configuration, either
directly to a switch as a public device (switched fabric) or directly to a host bus
adapter (HBA) as a private device (direct connection). Depending on whether it
has been attached through an Ultrium 1 tape drive (as an L_port), attached
through 3592 tape drives or Ultrium 2 and newer tape drives (as any supported
topology), or configured by using vital product data (VPD) settings, the library
automatically configures to an L_port or an N_port when it boots. The type of
connection also depends on whether the drive recognizes the connection as a loop
or a fabric connection:
v An L_port supports a Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop connection to an L_port or
FL_port.
v An N_port supports direct connection to an F_port (for example, a director-class
switch) in a fabric topology.
Regardless of the port to which you connect the drive, it automatically configures
to a public device (through an F_port or FL_port to a switch) or to a private device
(through an L_port by using direct attachment to a server).
The TS3500 Tape Library supports two topologies: two-node switched fabric and
two-node direct connection. Table 63 on page 202 lists the topologies in which the
library can operate, the Fibre Channel server connections that are available, and
the port (NL, N, FL, or F) through which communication must occur. The sections
that follow describe each topology.
Chapter 6. Using the Fibre Channel interface
201
Table 63. Choosing the port and topology through which your Fibre Channel connection can
be made
Type of Fibre Channel Port to Which the Drive Port
Connects
Drive Port Configuration
Server Port (HBA)
(Private - Direct Connection)
Switch Port
(Public - Switched Fabric)
Arbitrated Loop Topology
(FC-AL)
Point-to-Point
Topology
(N_Port)
(L-Port)
(FL_Port)
Fabric
Topology
(F_Port)
Drive port configured to
operate as L_Port1
Invalid
system
configuration
L_Port
L_Port
Invalid
system
configuration
Drive port configured to
operate as N_Port2
N_Port (not
supported)
Invalid
system
configuration
N_Port
(switched
fabric)
N_Port
Drive port configured to
operate as LN_Port2
N_Port (not
supported;
will force
L_Port
attempt)
L_Port
L_Port
N_Port
Drive port configured to
operate as NL_Port2
N_Port (not
supported;
will force
L_Port
attempt)
L_Port
N_Port
N_Port
Notes:
1. Applies to Ultrium 1, 2, 3, 4 or 3592 tape drives.
|
2. Applies to Ultrium 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 3592 tape drives.
Two-node switched fabric topology
Two or more Fibre Channel end points can interconnect through a device called a
switch. The Fibre Channel architecture supports up to 256 ports through each
switch.
A switched fabric allows all of its ports to simultaneously use the Fibre Channel's
full architectural bandwidth. To determine the switches to which you can directly
attach the TS3500 Tape Library, visit the Web at:
http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/support/san/index.html
Switches include a function called zoning. This function allows you to partition the
switch's ports and share access to a drive. For more information about sharing
access, see “Sharing drives on a Storage Area Network” on page 209).
The two-node switched fabric topology supports two protocols:
v Use the two-node switched fabric loop protocol when attaching the library to an
FL_port. This protocol is supported when you attach the library through the
Ultrium or 3592 tape drives.
v Use the two-node switched fabric protocol when attaching the library to an
F_port. This protocol is supported when you attach the library through 3592
tape drives or Ultrium 2 and newer tape drives.
202
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Two-node direct connection topology
A two-node direct connection occurs when two Fibre Channel end points are
connected together. The difference is in the topology. Either Arbitrated Loop or
Point-to-Point topology is usable, but both end points must use the same topology.
Most Fibre Channel adapters have settings that allow selection of the topology or
they default to the loop topology when they are not directly connected to a fabric.
In addition, the TS3500 Tape Library allows you to set the drive port to any of
these topologies. To set a port to a topology, see the section about viewing or
changing Fibre Channel port speeds and topologies in the IBM System Storage
TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
Use the Arbitrated Loop (L_port) topology in a two-node direct connection. This
topology is supported when you attach the TS3500 Tape Library through Ultrium
or 3592 tape drives. Use of the Point-to-Point topology in a two-node direct
connection in the library to an N_port is not supported.
Fibre Channel addressing
This section defines and lists the default Loop ID and Arbitrated Loop Physical
Address (AL_PA) for each Ultrium tape drive and 3592 tape drive that
communicates in a Fibre Channel topology.
Each Ultrium tape drive and 3592 tape drive in a TS3500 Tape Library must have a
Loop ID and corresponding Arbitrated Loop Physical Address (AL_PA) to
communicate in a Fibre Channel topology. Table 64 lists the default Loop IDs and
AL_PAs for each drive in the library.
The AL_PAs defined here are used when connecting to other devices in Arbitrated
Loop topology only. When connected in a switched fabric point-to-point topology,
the AL_PA is assigned by the fabric and these AL_PAs are not used.
Note: In Table 64, the values for Port 2 do not apply to tape drives that have a
single port.
Table 64. Default Loop IDs and their associated AL_PAs for drives with single or dual ports. For drives with single
ports, use the values for Port 1; for drives with dual ports, use Ports 1 and 2.
Frames 1, 7, 13
Frames 2, 8, 14
Frames 3, 9, 15
Loop
ID
AL_PA
Loop
ID
AL_PA
Loop
ID
AL_PA
Loop
ID
AL_PA
Loop
ID
AL_PA
Loop
ID
AL_PA
Port 1
17
X'CC'
33
X'B1'
49
X'97'
65
X'71'
81
X'54'
97
X'39'
Port 2
81
X'54'
97
X'39'
18
X'CB'
34
X'AE'
17
X'CC'
33
X'B1'
Port 1
18
X'CB'
34
X'AE'
50
X'90'
66
X'6E'
82
X'53'
98
X'36'
Port 2
82
X'53'
98
X'36'
19
X'CA'
35
X'AD'
18
X'CB'
34
X'AE'
Port 1
19
X'CA'
35
X'AD'
51
X'8F'
67
X'6D'
83
X'52'
99
X'35'
Port 2
83
X'52'
99
X'35'
20
X'C9'
36
X'AC'
19
X'CA'
35
X'AD'
Port 1
20
X'C9'
36
X'AC'
52
X'88'
68
X'6C'
84
X'51'
100
X'34'
Port 2
84
X'51'
100
X'34'
21
X'C7'
37
X'AB'
20
X'C9'
36
X'AC'
Drive
Frames 4, 10, 16
Frames 5, 11
Frames 6, 12
Row 1
Row 2
Row 3
Row 4
Chapter 6. Using the Fibre Channel interface
203
Table 64. Default Loop IDs and their associated AL_PAs for drives with single or dual ports (continued). For drives
with single ports, use the values for Port 1; for drives with dual ports, use Ports 1 and 2.
Frames 1, 7, 13
Frames 2, 8, 14
Frames 3, 9, 15
Loop
ID
AL_PA
Loop
ID
AL_PA
Loop
ID
AL_PA
Loop
ID
AL_PA
Loop
ID
AL_PA
Loop
ID
AL_PA
Port 1
21
X'C7'
37
X'AB'
53
X'84'
69
X'6B'
85
X'4E'
101
X'33'
Port 2
85
X'4E'
101
X'33'
22
X'C6'
38
X'AA'
21
X'C7'
37
X'AB'
Port 1
22
X'C6'
38
X'AA'
54
X'82'
70
X'6A'
86
X'4D'
102
X'32'
Port 2
86
X'4D'
102
X'32'
23
X'C5'
39
X'A9'
22
X'C6'
38
X'AA'
Port 1
23
X'C5'
39
X'A9'
55
X'81'
71
X'69'
87
X'4C'
103
X'31'
Port 2
87
X'4C'
103
X'31'
24
X'C3'
40
X'A7'
23
X'C5'
39
X'A9'
Port 1
24
X'C3'
40
X'A7'
56
X'80'
72
X'67'
88
X'4B'
104
X'2E'
Port 2
88
X'4B'
104
X'2E'
25
X'BC'
41
X'A6'
24
X'C3'
40
X'A7'
Port 1
25
X'BC'
41
X'A6'
57
X'7C'
73
X'66'
89
X'4A'
105
X'2D'
Port 2
89
X'4A'
105
X'2D'
26
X'BA'
42
X'A5'
25
X'BC'
41
X'A6'
Port 1
26
X'BA'
42
X'A5'
58
X'7A'
74
X'65'
90
X'49'
106
X'2C'
Port 2
90
X'49'
106
X'2C'
27
X'B9'
43
X'A3'
26
X'BA'
42
X'A5'
Port 1
27
X'B9'
43
X'A3'
59
X'79'
75
X'63'
91
X'47'
107
X'2B'
Port 2
91
X'47'
107
X'2B'
28
X'B6'
44
X'9F'
27
X'B9'
43
X'A3'
Port 1
28
X'B6'
44
X'9F'
60
X'76'
76
X'5C'
92
X'46'
108
X'2A'
Port 2
92
X'46'
108
X'2A'
29
X'B5'
45
X'9E'
28
X'B6'
44
X'9F'
Drive
Frames 4, 10, 16
Frames 5, 11
Frames 6, 12
Row 5
Row 6
Row 7
Row 8
Row 9
Row 10
Row 11
Row 12
Note: Loop IDs are given in decimal format and AL_PA values are given in hexadecimal format.
You can change a Loop ID by using the library's operator panel or Tape Library
Specialist Web interface (refer to the section about changing the Loop ID in the
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide. Using a method
called hard addressing, the drive then automatically selects the corresponding
AL_PA, which is the identifier that devices use to communicate. Valid Loop ID
values range between 0 and 125. The higher the number of the Loop ID (which
relates to AL_PA), the higher the priority of the device in the loop.
You can also specify Loop IDs that allow the drive to dynamically arbitrate the
AL_PA with other Fibre Channel devices on the loop. This method avoids conflicts
over the address and is called soft addressing. To dynamically arbitrate the AL_PA,
specify a Loop ID of 126 or 127.
For a complete list of Loop IDs and their corresponding AL_PAs, see Table 65 on
page 205.
204
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Table 65. Valid Loop IDs and their associated AL_PAs for Ultrium tape drives and 3592 tape drives in the IBM
System Storage TS3500 Tape Library
7-bit Loop ID
(decimal)
8-bit AL_PA
(hexadecimal)
7-bit Loop ID
(decimal)
8-bit AL_PA
(hexadecimal)
7-bit Loop ID
(decimal)
8-bit AL_PA
(hexadecimal)
0
X'EF'
43
X'A3'
86
X'4D'
1
X'E8'
44
X'9F'
87
X'4C'
2
X'E4'
45
X'9E'
88
X'4B'
3
X'E2'
46
X'9D'
89
X'4A'
4
X'E1'
47
X'9B'
90
X'49'
5
X'E0'
48
X'98'
91
X'47'
6
X'DC'
49
X'97'
92
X'46'
7
X'DA'
50
X'90'
93
X'45'
8
X'D9'
51
X'8F'
94
X'43'
9
X'D6'
52
X'88'
95
X'3C'
10
X'D5'
53
X'84'
96
X'3A'
11
X'D4'
54
X'82'
97
X'39'
12
X'D3'
55
X'81'
98
X'36'
13
X'D2'
56
X'80'
99
X'35'
14
X'D1'
57
X'7C'
100
X'34'
15
X'CE'
58
X'7A'
101
X'33'
16
X'CD'
59
X'79'
102
X'32'
17
X'CC'
60
X'76'
103
X'31'
18
X'CB'
61
X'75'
104
X'2E'
19
X'CA'
62
X'74'
105
X'2D'
20
X'C9'
63
X'73'
106
X'2C'
21
X'C7'
64
X'72'
107
X'2B'
22
X'C6'
65
X'71'
108
X'2A'
23
X'C5'
66
X'6E'
109
X'29'
24
X'C3'
67
X'6D'
110
X'27'
25
X'BC'
68
X'6C'
111
X'26'
26
X'BA'
69
X'6B'
112
X'25'
27
X'B9'
70
X'6A'
113
X'23'
28
X'B6'
71
X'69'
114
X'1F'
29
X'B5'
72
X'67'
115
X'1E'
30
X'B4'
73
X'66'
116
X'1D'
31
X'B3'
74
X'65'
117
X'1B'
32
X'B2'
75
X'63'
118
X'18'
33
X'B1'
76
X'5C'
119
X'17'
34
X'AE'
77
X'5A'
120
X'10'
35
X'AD'
78
X'59'
121
X'0F'
36
X'AC'
79
X'56'
122
X'08'
37
X'AB'
80
X'55'
123
X'04'
Chapter 6. Using the Fibre Channel interface
205
Table 65. Valid Loop IDs and their associated AL_PAs for Ultrium tape drives and 3592 tape drives in the IBM
System Storage TS3500 Tape Library (continued)
7-bit Loop ID
(decimal)
8-bit AL_PA
(hexadecimal)
7-bit Loop ID
(decimal)
8-bit AL_PA
(hexadecimal)
7-bit Loop ID
(decimal)
8-bit AL_PA
(hexadecimal)
38
X'AA'
81
X'54'
124
X'02'
39
X'A9'
82
X'53'
125
X'01'
40
X'A7'
83
X'52'
126
X'00'
41
X'A6'
84
X'51'
127
––
42
X'A5'
85
X'4E'
––
––
LUN assignments
This section defines the logical unit number (LUN) for a Sequential Access device
(drive) and the Medium Changer device (library).
The logical unit number (LUN) for the Sequential Access device (the SCSI term for
a drive) is always LUN 0, and the LUN for the Medium Changer device (the SCSI
term for the library) is always LUN 1 (all other LUNs are invalid addresses). These
devices are compatible with the SCSI-2 or SCSI-3 standard. For information about
the SCSI commands for the tape drives, see the IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium Tape
Drive SCSI Reference or IBM System Storage 3592 Tape Drive SCSI Reference. For
information about the SCSI commands for the library, see the IBM System Storage
TS3500 Tape Library SCSI Reference.
Note: The Medium Changer SCSI ID is the same as the SCSI ID for Drive 1, Frame
1. You can enable additional drives to optionally provide Medium Changer (LUN
1) addressing by configuring more than one logical library or by enabling
additional control paths (refer to the sections about configuring the library with
partitions or changing a control path in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library
with ALMS Operator Guide).
Using World Wide Names
This section discusses the World Wide Name (WWN) addresses that the TS3500
Tape Library assigns to drives. The WWN does not change when the drive is
swapped or replaced, and host parameters do not need to be changed or
reconfigured.
Normally, blocks of World Wide Name (WWN) addresses are assigned to
manufacturers by the IEEE Standards Committee, and are built into devices during
manufacture. In the case of the TS3500 Tape Library, however, the library assigns
World Wide Node Names and World Wide Port Names to the drives. This
technique is referred to as “library-centric world wide names.” Potential drive slots
are each assigned a WWN which does not change when a drive is swapped or
replaced.
In the TS3500 Tape Library, a WWN for a drive is implemented through an
algorithm that uses the frame serial number of the library and the drive's position
within the library. Only the last two digits change within the library. The
second-to-the-last digit represents the frame number (starting at 0 for Frame 1) and
the last digit is the drive row (starting at 1). The WWN of the drive is
location-dependent and not device-dependent. That is, each time that the drive is
reset or powered on, the library reestablishes the WWN so that a drive in frame x,
206
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
row y always keeps the same WWN, even if the drive is replaced. The design of a
WWN is such that if a drive needs service or replacement, host parameters do not
need to be changed or reconfigured. The library's configuration can also easily
survive a reboot. The following sections describe methods that involve World Wide
Names in resolving these issues.
Using persistent binding to ensure SCSI ID assignment
When a server is booted, devices are discovered and assigned SCSI target and
LUN IDs. It is possible for these SCSI assignments to change between boots. Some
operating systems do not guarantee that devices will always be allocated the same
SCSI target ID after rebooting. Also, some software depends on this association, so
you do not want it to change. The issue of SCSI ID assignment is addressed by
persistent binding.
Persistent binding is a host bus adapter (HBA) function that allows a subset of
discovered targets to be bound between a server and device. Implemented by a
World Wide Node Name (WWNN) or World Wide Port Name (WWPN), persistent
binding causes a tape drive's World Wide Name to be bound to a specific SCSI
target ID. After a configuration has been set, it survives reboots and any hardware
configuration changes because the information is preserved. If a drive needs to be
replaced, the new drive assumes the WWNN of the old drive because the WWNN
for the drive is location-dependent within the library. Because the WWNN does
not change, persistent binding does not need to be changed which would cause an
outage.
Using zoning to isolate devices and enhance security
For security reasons, it is important to limit the devices that a server or servers can
recognize or access. Also, some performance configurations and Storage Area
Network (SAN) configurations can result in a device being seen multiple times
from the same server. For example, if you have two host bus adapters (HBAs) from
the same server connected to a tape drive in the TS3500 Tape Library, the drive
will be detected and appear as two logical devices. That is, there will be two
special files for one physical device. Zoning can address these issues.
Zoning allows you to partition your SAN into logical groupings of devices so that
each group is isolated from the other and can only access the devices in its own
group. Two types of zoning exist: hardware zoning and software zoning. Hardware
zoning is based on physical fabric port number. Software zoning is defined with
the World Wide Node Name (WWNN) or World Wide Port Name (WWPN). While
zoning can be reconfigured without causing an outage, some zoning configurations
can become complicated. The advantage of the library's WWNN implementation is
that you can avoid the exposure of introducing zoning errors because you do not
have to change the zoning configuration if a drive needs service or replacement.
Connectors and adapters
This section provides Web sites that give information about the latest connectors
and adapters for the TS3500 Tape Library.
The TS3500 Tape Library is supported by a wide variety of servers (mainframe
hosts), operating systems, and adapters. These attachments can change throughout
the product's life cycle. To determine the latest attachments, visit the following
Web sites or contact your IBM Sales Representative.
Chapter 6. Using the Fibre Channel interface
207
v For a list of compatible software, operating systems, and servers for Ultrium
tape drives, visit the web at http://www-03.ibm.com/systems/storage/tape/
ts3500/index.html. Under Learn more, select Independent Software Vendor
(ISV) matrix for LTO.
v For a list of compatible software, operating systems, and servers for 3592 tape
drives, visit the Web at http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/tape/drives.
Under the appropriate section for the specific drive, select Product details.
Then, under Learn more, select Independent Software Vendor (ISV) matrix.
|
|
|
|
Connecting the library to IBM i, System i, and iSeries
This topic provides information that is necessary for connecting the TS3500 Tape
Library to a Power System running IBM i or to aSystem i or iSeries server
(mainframe host).
The IBM i or OS/400 operating system supports a maximum of:
v 96 tape drives per logical library
v 32 tape drives per library device description
v 16 devices per IOP-based tape adapter (a device is a media changer or tape
drive)
v Up to 128 devices per IOP-less (Smart IOA) tape adapter
Note: Although the IOA allows for a greater number, the 32 tape drives per
library device description still applies.
The System i or iSeries does not require or allow you to set the Fibre Channel
adapter settings. The adapter automatically detects the connection type and device
addressing. IBM i or OS/400 support is as follows:
v For V5R1, the adapter supports:
– A single target with multiple LUNs
– 1 Gbps connection
– For a Fibre Channel-Arbitrated Loop topology, connection through an L_ port
to a device, hub or switch
– Does not support fabric
v For V5R2 and later, the IOP-based adapters support:
– Up to 16 devices, including multiple targets and multiple LUNs (each LUN
on each target counts as a device)
– 1, 2, or 4 Gbps connection (but will negotiate for the maximum speed
supported by the connection.)
– For a Fibre Channel-Arbitrated Loop topology, connection through an L_ port
to a device, hub or switch
– For a point-to-point topology, connection through an N_port to an F_port
v For V6R1 and later running Power 6 hardware, the IOP-less (Smart IOA)
adapters support:
– Up to 128 devices, including multiple targets and multiple LUNs (each LUN
on each target counts as a device)
– 4 or 8 Gbps connection
– For a Fibre Channel-Arbitrated Loop topology, connection through an L_ port
to a device or switch
– For a point-to-point topology, connection through an N_port to an F_port
208
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
The System i or iSeries Fibre Channel IOP-based adapter does not support D-mode
Alternate IPL. The Alternate Installation function is used to restore a system from a
Fibre Channel-attached device. With Alternate Installation support, the system is
loaded from a compact disc (CD) and directed to the Fibre Channel-attached
device for a restore from the tape that contains the saved data. The code on the CD
is only used to get the restore from tape started. All code and program temporary
fixes (PTFs) are restored from the tape that contains the saved data.
The V6R1 IOP-less (Smart IOA) adapters do support D-mode or Alternate IPL from
Fibre Channel attached tape devices.
When enabled in the TS3500 Tape Library, the Advanced Library Management
System (ALMS) allows for changes in the logical library and drive configurations
without taking the library off-line. These changes are not transparent to System i or
iSeries and IBM i or OS/400 servers that are attached to any logical libraries that
have changed. Any time that changes are made to the logical library or device
configuration, you must reset the associated adapter or perform an initial program
load (IPL) of the associated system to reconfigure the changes.
For additional information, see The LTO Ultrium Primer for IBM eServer iSeries
Customers available on http://www.redbooks.ibm.com.
Sharing drives on a Storage Area Network
This section gives guidelines for sharing drives with software and systems.
With Storage Area Network (SAN) components, the possibilities for connecting
multiple systems and multiple drives have increased. Not all software and systems
are designed to share drives. Before you install a drive that would allow two
systems to share it, check that the systems and their software support sharing. If
your software does not support sharing, note that Fibre Channel switches have a
zoning capability to form a SAN partition. For systems that do not cooperate, use
zoning to prevent the systems from sharing the same drive. You can remove zoned
partitions as you upgrade software and system levels.
Chapter 6. Using the Fibre Channel interface
209
210
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Chapter 7. Frame capacity
This section introduces the quantity of LTO Ultrium tape cartridges and 3592 tape
cartridges that the TS3500 Tape Library supports, depending on whether the
Capacity On Demand or Capacity Expansion Features are installed, the upper and
lower I/O stations are used, and a specified quantity of drives are installed.
Capacity of Model L22, D22, L23, D23, and S24 Frames
This section gives the type of eligible Capacity On Demand feature and quantity of
drives, I/O slots, and storage slots for L22, D22, L23, D23, and S24 frames.
Table 66. Quantity of storage slots in L22, D22, L23, D23, and S24 frames. The quantity depends on the type of
Capacity On Demand feature installed, whether the upper and lower I/O stations are used, and the quantity of drives
in a frame.
Type of Frame
Type of Capacity On
Demand (CoD)
Feature
Quantity of Drives
Quantity of I/O Slots
Quantity of Storage
Slots
L22, L23
No CoD (Entry)
0 to 12
16
58
L22, L23
Intermediate CoD
0 to 12
16
117
L22, L23
Full CoD
0 to 4
16
260
32
222
L22, L23
Full CoD
5 to 8
16
248
32
210
L22, L23
Full CoD
9 to 12
16
237
32
199
D22, D231
N/A2
0
0
400
D22, D231
N/A
1 to 4
D22, D231
N/A
5 to 8
D22, D231
N/A
9 to 12
S24
No CoD (Base)
S24
HD CoD (Maximum)
3
64
240
0
383
3
64
223
0
371
3
64
211
0
360
3
64
200
0
0
600
0
0
1000
Notes:
1. If the L frame is not an L22 or L23, then the first D frame of a mixed media library will have one less storage
slot to accommodate a diagnostic cartridge.
2. N/A = not applicable.
3. The 64 Additional I/O Slots feature (FC 1656) is only available on frame model D23.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
211
Capacity of Model L32 and D32 Frames
This section gives the quantity of drives and cartridge storage slots in Model L32
and D32 frames that do not have the Capacity Expansion feature. It also gives the
quantity of cartridge storage slots in L32 and D32 frames that have the Capacity
Expansion feature and differing numbers of I/O slots.
Table 67. Quantity of storage slots in Model L32 and D32 frames. The quantity depends on whether the Capacity
Expansion feature is installed, whether the upper and lower I/O stations are used, and the quantity of drives in a
frame.
Quantity of Slots
with Capacity
Expansion Feature
and 26 or 30 I/O
Slots
Quantity of Slots
with Capacity
Expansion Feature
and 10 I/O Slots
Type of Frame
Quantity of Drives
Quantity of Slots in
Frame (without
Capacity Expansion
Feature)
L32
1 to 4
141
229
281
L32
5 to 8
113
201
253
L32
9 to 12
87
175
227
D32
0
440
N/A
N/A
(see Note)
D32
1 to 4
N/A
423
423
D32
5 to 8
N/A
409
409
D32
9 to 12
N/A
396
396
Note: N/A = not applicable.
212
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Capacity of Model L52, D52, L53, D53, and S54 Frames
This section gives the type of eligible Capacity On Demand feature and quantity of
drives, I/O slots, and storage slots for Model L52, D52, L53, D53, and S54 frames.
Table 68. Quantity of storage slots in Model L52, D52, L53, D53, and S54 frames. The quantity depends on the type
of Capacity On Demand Expansion feature installed, whether the upper and lower I/O stations are used, and the
quantity of drives in a frame.
Type of Frame
Type of Capacity On
Demand (CoD)
Feature
Quantity of Drives
Quantity of I/O Slots
Quantity of Storage
Slots
L52, L53
No CoD (Entry)
0 to 12
16
64
L52, L53
Intermediate CoD
0 to 12
16
129
L52, L53
Full CoD
0 to 4
16
287
32
245
L52, L53
Full CoD
5 to 8
16
273
32
231
L52, L53
Full CoD
9 to 12
16
261
32
219
D52, D531
N/A2
0
0
440
D52, D531
N/A
1 to 4
D52, D531
N/A
5 to 8
D52, D531
N/A
9 to 12
S54
No CoD (Base)
S54
HD CoD (Maximum)
3
64
264
0
422
3
64
246
0
408
3
64
232
0
396
3
64
220
0
0
660
0
0
1320
Notes:
1. If the L frame is not an L32, L52, or L53, then the first D frame of a mixed media library will have one less
storage slot to accommodate a diagnostic cartridge.
2. N/A = not applicable.
3. The 64 Additional I/O Slots feature (FC 1655) is only available on frame model D53.
Chapter 7. Frame capacity
213
214
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Chapter 8. Tape encryption overview
This topic describes tape encryption in the TS3500 Tape Library.
Data is one of the most highly valued resources in a competitive business
environment. Protecting that data, controlling access to it, and verifying its
authenticity while maintaining its availability are priorities in our
security-conscious world. Data encryption is a tool that answers many of these
needs.
The IBM System Storage TS1120 (3592 Model E05) and TS1130 (3592 Model E06)
tape drives are capable of encrypting data as it is written to any size IBM
TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Cartridge 3592, including WORM cartridges. The IBM
System Storage TS1040 LTO Ultrium 4 and newer Ultrium tape drives are also
capable of encrypting data as it is written to any LTO 4 or newer data cartridge.
Encryption is performed at full line speed in the tape drive after compression.
(Compression is more efficiently done before encryption.) This new capability adds
a strong measure of security to stored data without the processing overhead and
performance degradation associated with encryption performed on the server or
the expense of a dedicated appliance.
The following three major elements comprise the tape drive encryption solution:
The encryption-enabled tape drive
The TS1130 Model E06 tape drives and the LTO Ultrium 4 and newer Ultrium
drives are encryption-capable. All TS1120 Model E05 Tape Drives with Feature
Code 5592 or 9592 are encryption capable. This means that they are functionally
capable of performing hardware encryption, but this capability has not yet
been activated. In order to perform hardware encryption, the tape drives must
be encryption enabled. Encryption can be enabled on the encryption-capable tape
drives through the Tape Library Specialist Web interface. Refer to the
appropriate section in the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS
Operator Guide for information about how to enable encryption.
Note: FC 1604, Transparent LTO Encryption, is required in order to use
system-managed or library-managed encryption on LTO Ultrium 4 and LTO
Ultrium 5 tape drives. It is not required for application-managed encryption.
Refer to the sections on each method of encryption for more information.
Encryption key management
Encryption involves the use of several kinds of keys, in successive layers. How
these keys are generated, maintained, controlled, and transmitted depends
upon the operating environment where the encrypting tape drive is installed.
Some data management applications, such as Tivoli Storage Manager, are
capable of performing key management. For environments without such
applications or those where application agnostic encryption is desired, IBM
provides a key manager (such as the IBM Encryption Key Manager component
for the Java™ platform or the Tivoli Key Lifecycle Manager) to perform all
necessary key management tasks. “Managing encryption” on page 216
provides more information.
Encryption policy
This is the method used to implement encryption. It includes the rules that
govern which volumes are encrypted and the mechanism for key selection.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
215
How and where these rules are set up depends on the operating environment.
See “Managing encryption” for more information.
Note: In the tape storage environment, the encryption function on tape drives
(desktop, stand alone and within libraries) is configured and managed by the
customer and not the IBM System Services Representative (SSR). In some instances
SSRs are required to enable encryption at a hardware level when service access or
service password controlled access is required. Customer setup support is by Field
Technical Sales Specialist (FTSS), customer documentation, and software support
for encryption software problems. Customer “how to” support is also provided via
support line contract.
Managing encryption
This topic introduces the key manager and the three methods for managing
encryption in the TS3500 Tape Library.
A key manager is a software program that assists IBM encryption-enabled tape
drives in generating, protecting, storing, and maintaining encryption keys that are
used to encrypt information being written to, and decrypt information being read
from, tape media (tape and cartridge formats). IBM currently supports the IBM
Encryption Key Manager component for the Java platform or the Tivoli Key
Lifecycle Manager with the TS3500 Tape Library. The key manager operates on
z/OS®, i5/OS, AIX, Linux, HP-UX, Sun Solaris, and Windows, and is designed to
be a shared resource deployed in several locations within an Enterprise. It is
capable of serving numerous IBM encrypting tape drives, regardless of where
those drives reside (for example, in tape library subsystems, connected to
mainframe systems through various types of channel connections, or installed in
other computing systems.)
The key manager uses a keystore to hold the certificates and keys (or pointers to
the certificates and keys) required for all encryption tasks. Refer to the appropriate
key manager documentation for detailed information about the key manager and
the keystores it supports.
There are three methods of encryption management to choose from. These methods
differ in where the encryption policy engine resides and where key management is
performed for your encryption solution, and how the key manager is connected to
the drive. Your operating environment determines which is the best for you. Key
management and the encryption policy engine may be located in any one of the
following three environmental layers.
216
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Application
Policy
or
System
Data Path
Policy
Data Path
or
Policy
Library Drive Interface
a14m0177
Library
Figure 59. Three possible locations for encryption policy engine and key management.
Application Layer
Initiates data transfer for tape storage, for example TSM.
System Layer
Everything between the application and the tape drives, for example the
operating system, z/OS DFSMS, device drivers, and FICON/ESCON
controllers.
Library Layer
The IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library, which contains an internal
interface to each tape drive within it.
Planning for application-managed encryption
This topic explains application-managed encryption (AME).
This method is best where operating environments run an application already
capable of generating and managing encryption policies and keys, such as Tivoli
Storage Manager (TSM). Policies specifying when encryption is to be used are
defined through the application interface. The policies and keys pass through the
data path between the application layer and the encrypting tape drives. Encryption
is the result of interaction between the application and the encryption-enabled tape
drive, and does not require any changes to the system and library layers. Because
the application manages the encryption keys, data volumes written and encrypted
using the application-managed encryption method can only be read by the same
software application that wrote them.
A key manager is not required by, or used by, application-managed tape
encryption.
Chapter 8. Tape encryption overview
217
Application-managed tape encryption on TS1120, LTO Ultrium 4, and newer tape
drives can use either of two encryption command sets:
v The IBM encryption command set developed for the key manager
v The T10 command set defined by the InterNational Committee for Information
Technology Standards (INCITS)
For more information about setting up application-managed encryption for Tivoli
Storage Manager, see your Tivoli Storage Manager documentation or visit
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/tivihelp/v1r1/index.jsp.
Planning for system-managed encryption
This topic explains system-managed encryption (SME).
This method is best for encryption on TS1120, LTO Ultrium 4, and newer tape
drives in System z operating environments.
Open systems
Encryption policies specifying when to use encryption are set up in the IBM tape
device driver. System-managed tape encryption and library-managed tape
encryption interoperate with one another. In other words, a tape encrypted using
system-managed encryption may be decrypted using library-managed encryption,
and vice versa, provided they both have access to the same keys and certificates.
Otherwise, this may not be feasible.
For details on setting up system-managed encryption on tape drives in an AIX,
Linux, Windows, or Solaris environment, see the IBM Tape Device Drivers
Installation and User's Guide and the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with
ALMS Operator Guide.
System z
Encryption policies specifying when to use encryption are set up in z/OS DFSMS
(Data Facility Storage Management Subsystem) or implicitly through each instance
of IBM device driver. Additional software products such as IBM Integrated
Cryptographic Service Facility (ICSF) and IBM Resource Access Control Facility
(RACF®) may also be used. Key generation and management is performed by the
key manager running on the host or externally on another host. Policy controls and
keys pass through the data path between the system layer and the encrypting tape
drives. Encryption is transparent to the applications.
For TS1120 and newer 3592 tape drives connected to an IBM TS7700 Virtualization
Engine (VE), encryption key labels are assigned on a per-storage pool basis using
the TS7700 Management Interface. DFSMS storage constructs are used by z/OS to
control the use of storage pools for logical volumes, resulting in an indirect form of
encryption policy management. For more information, see the white paper, IBM
Virtualization Engine TS7700 Series Encryption Overview, available at
http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?&uid=ssg1S4000504.
For details on setting up system-managed encryption on TS1120 and newer 3592
tape drives in a System z platform environment, see z/OS DFSMS Software Support
for IBM System Storage TS1130 and TS1120 Tape Drives (3592).
218
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Planning for library-managed encryption
This topic explains library-managed encryption (LME).
This method is best for TS1120, LTO Ultrium 4, and newer tape drives in an
open-attached TS3500 Tape Library. Barcode encryption policies, which are set up
through the Tape Library Specialist Web interface, can be used to specify when to
use encryption. In such cases, policies are based on cartridge volume serial
numbers. Library-managed encryption also allows other options, such as
encryption of all volumes in a library, independent of bar codes. Key generation
and management is performed by the key manager. Policy control and keys pass
through the library-to-drive interface, therefore encryption is transparent to the
applications.
Library-managed encryption, when used with certain applications such as
Symantec Netbackup™ or the EMC Legato NetWorker, includes support for an
internal label option. When the internal label option is configured, the
encryption-enabled tape drive automatically derives the encryption policy and key
information from the metadata written on the tape volume by the application.
Refer to the appropriate section of the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with
ALMS Operator Guide for more information.
Notes:
v If you use library-managed encryption and IBM tape and changer drivers
running on Open Systems platforms (AIX, HP-UX, Linux, Solaris, Windows),
information for bulk rekey is available in the IBM Tape Device Drivers Installation
and User's Guide, available on the Web: http://www-01.ibm.com/support/
docview.wss?rs=577&uid=ssg1S7002972 .
v When using LME, an additional Ethernet cable should be attached, preferably to
a different network switch. This is for redundancy and better backup job
reliability.
v When using LME with Ultrium 5 tape drives, the Tivoli Key Lifecycle Manager
(TKLM) is required as the key manager.
System-managed encryption and library-managed encryption interoperate with one
another. In other words, a tape encrypted using system-managed encryption may
be decrypted using library-managed encryption, and vice versa, provided they
both have access to the same keys and certificates. Otherwise, this may not be
feasible.
In order to perform encryption the following is required:
v Encryption-capable tape drive(s) (TS1120, LTO Ultrium 4, or newer tape drives)
v Keystore
v Key manager
Configuration prerequisites for encryption
This topic provides an overview of the library configuration prerequisites for using
encryption in the TS3500 Tape Library.
Before you can use the encryption capability of encryption-capable tape drives, you
must ensure that certain hardware and software requirements are met. The
following information provides an overview of the library configuration
prerequisites for ensuring successful implementation of encryption in a TS3500
Tape Library.
Chapter 8. Tape encryption overview
219
The TS3500 Tape Library with the Advanced Library Management System (ALMS)
enabled can have a mix of both LTO and 3592 tape drives supporting various
encryption configurations across several logical libraries. The rules for setting up
encryption differ based on whether you use Library-Managed Encryption (LME),
System-Managed Encryption (SME), or Application-Managed Encryption (AME).
Table 69 presents an overview of these rules.
Table 69. Tape drive configuration for encryption
Library setup
(for libraries with ALMS)
Drive types
v Encryption can be enabled with a mix of both
encryption-capable (LTO Ultrium 4 and later) drives
and drives that are not encryption capable (LTO
Ultirum 2 and Ultrium 3).
LTO Tape Drives
|
Note: Feature code 1604 is required to enable encryption v Any LTO Ultrium 4 and later drives in the library can
be encryption enabled with LME, AME, or SME,
on LTO Ultrium 4 and newer tape drives if using LME
however FC 1604 is required for LME and SME.
or SME.
v When using LME with Ultrium 5 and later tape drives,
the Tivoli Key Lifecycle Manger (TKLM) is required as
the key manager.
v If using LME or AME, all drives in a logical library
must be encryption capable for encryption to be
enabled.
3592 Tape Drives
v If using SME in a library with ALMS, it is possible for
the library to consist of a mix of encryption-capable
drives and drives that are not encryption capable.
v Encryption can be enabled only on the 3592 tape
drives, only on the LTO Ultrium tape drives, or on
both.
v
Mixed (LTO and 3592) Drives
If you want to enable encryption only on 3592 drives,
follow the rules above for 3592 libraries.
v If you want to enable encryption only on LTO drives,
follow the rules above for LTO libraries.
v If you want to enable encryption on both, adhere to
the rules above for each, respectively.
Note:
v In order for encryption to be supported in the TS3500 Tape Library, the rules
presented in Table 69 must be followed. Failure to adhere to these rules may
result in problems when enabling encryption.
v The following feature codes are required when setting up encryption in the
TS3500 Tape Library.
– FC 9900, Encryption Configuration
– FC 1604, Transparent LTO Encryption (required for LTO Ultrium 4 and newer
tape drives if using LME or SME)
– FC 1690, Advanced Library Management System
v For more information about configuring the TS3500 Tape Library for encryption,
refer to the section about setting up and using encryption in the IBM System
Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Operator Guide.
220
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Accessibility
Accessibility features help users who have a disability, such as restricted mobility
or limited vision, to use information technology products successfully.
Accessibility Features
The following list includes the major accessibility features in the IBM System
Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Introduction and Planning Guide:
v Keyboard-only operation
v You can use screen-reader software and a digital speech synthesizer to hear what
is displayed on the screen.
Keyboard navigation
This product uses standard Microsoft; Windows navigation keys. You can navigate
the IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS Introduction and Planning
Guide information from the keyboard by using the shortcut keys for your browser
or screen-reader software. See your browser or screen-reader software Help for a
list of shortcut keys that it supports.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
221
222
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Notices
The information provided by this media supports the products and services
described with consideration for the conditions described herein.
IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in
other countries. Consult your local IBM representative for information on the
products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to an IBM
product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM
product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product,
program, or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may
be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the
operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter
described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you
any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries to:
IBM Director of Licensing
IBM Corporation
North Castle Drive
Armonk, NY 10504-1785
U.S.A.
The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other
country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law:
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or
implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply
to you.
This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors.
Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be
incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements
and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this
publication at any time without notice.
Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for
convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web
sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this IBM
product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.
IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it
believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.
Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled
environment. Therefore, the results obtained in other operating environments may
vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made on development-level
systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on
generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurement may have been
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
223
estimated through extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document
should verify the applicable data for their specific environment.
Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of
those products, their published announcements or other publicly available sources.
IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of
performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products.
Questions on the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the
suppliers of those products.
All statements regarding IBM's future direction or intent are subject to change or
withdrawal without notice, and represent goals and objectives only.
This information is for planning purposes only. The information herein is subject to
change before the products described become available.
This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business
operations. To illustrate them as completely as possible, the examples include the
names of individuals, companies, brands, and products. All of these names are
fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business
enterprise is entirely coincidental.
Homologation
This section contains the homologation statement specific to Ethernet interfaces.
This product is not intended to be connected directly or indirectly by any means
whatsoever to interfaces of public telecommunications Networks, neither to be
used in Public Services Networks.
This product may not be certified in your country for connection by any means
whatsoever to interfaces of public telecommunications networks. Further
certification may be required by law prior to making any such connection. Please
contact IBM for information.
Trademarks
The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines
Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both.
v
v
v
v
v
AIX
Enterprise Storage Server
ESCON
FICON
i5/OS
v iSeries
v IBM
v
v
v
v
v
v
224
pSeries
S/390
System Storage
TotalStorage
z/OS
zSeries
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
IBM, the IBM logo, and ibm.com are trademarks or registered trademarks of
International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries,
or both. If these and other IBM trademarked terms are marked on their first
occurrence in this information with a trademark symbol ((R) or (TM)), these
symbols indicate U.S. registered or common law trademarks owned by IBM at the
time this information was published. Such trademarks may also be registered or
common law trademarks in other countries. A current list of IBM trademarks is
available on the Web at "Copyright and trademark information" at
http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml.
Adobe, the Adobe logo, PostScript, and the PostScript logo are either registered
trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States,
and/or other countries.
IT Infrastructure Library is a registered trademark of the Central Computer and
Telecommunications Agency which is now part of the Office of Government
Commerce.
ITIL is a registered trademark, and a registered community trademark of The
Minister for the Cabinet Office, and is registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark
Office.
Cell Broadband Engine is a trademark of Sony Computer Entertainment, Inc. in the
United States, other countries, or both and is used under license therefrom.
Linear Tape-Open, LTO, the LTO Logo, Ultrium, and the Ultrium logo are
trademarks of HP, IBM Corp. and Quantum in the U.S. and other countries.
Java and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the
United States, other countries, or both.
Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in
the United States, other countries, or both.
Intel, Intel logo, Intel Inside, Intel Inside logo, Intel Centrino, Intel Centrino logo,
Celeron, Intel Xeon, Intel SpeedStep, Itanium, and Pentium are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States
and other countries.
UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other
countries.
Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other
countries, or both.
Other company, product, and service names may be trademarks or service marks
of others.
Electronic emission notices
This section contains the electronic emission notices or statements for the United
States and other regions.
Federal Communications Commission statement
This explains the Federal Communications Commission's (FCC) statement.
Notices
225
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to
provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is
operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with
the instruction manual, might cause harmful interference to radio communications.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful
interference, in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at
his own expense.
Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to
meet FCC emission limits. IBM is not responsible for any radio or television
interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors, or by
unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes
or modifications could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device might not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that
might cause undesired operation.
Industry Canada compliance statement
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conform à la norme NMB-003 du
Canada.
European Union Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of European Union
(EU) Council Directive 2004/108/EC on the approximation of the laws of the
Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility. IBM cannot accept
responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a
non-recommended modification of the product, including the fitting of non-IBM
option cards.
Attention: This is an EN 55022 Class A product. In a domestic environment this
product might cause radio interference in which case the user might be required to
take adequate measures.
Responsible Manufacturer:
International Business Machines Corp.
New Orchard Road
Armonk, New York 10504
914-499-1900
European community contact:
IBM Deutschland GmbH
Technical Regulations, Department M372
IBM-Allee 1, 71139 Ehningen, Germany
Tele: +49 7032 15 2941
e-mail: [email protected]
226
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Australia and New Zealand Class A Statement
Attention: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product
might cause radio interference in which case the user might be required to take
adequate measures.
Germany Electromagnetic compatibility directive
Deutschsprachiger EU Hinweis: Hinweis für Geräte der Klasse A EU-Richtlinie
zur Elektromagnetischen Verträglichkeit
Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EU-Richtlinie
2004/108/EG zur Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften über die elektromagnetische
Verträglichkeit in den EU-Mitgliedsstaaten und hält die Grenzwerte der EN 55022
Klasse A ein.
Um dieses sicherzustellen, sind die Geräte wie in den Handbüchern beschrieben zu
installieren und zu betreiben. Des Weiteren dürfen auch nur von der IBM
empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden. IBM übernimmt keine Verantwortung für
die Einhaltung der Schutzanforderungen, wenn das Produkt ohne Zustimmung der
IBM verändert bzw. wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern ohne
Empfehlung der IBM gesteckt/eingebaut werden.
EN 55022 Klasse A Geräte müssen mit folgendem Warnhinweis versehen werden:
"Warnung: Dieses ist eine Einrichtung der Klasse A. Diese Einrichtung kann im
Wohnbereich Funk-Störungen verursachen; in diesem Fall kann vom Betreiber
verlangt werden, angemessene Mabnahmen zu ergreifen und dafür
aufzukommen."
Deutschland: Einhaltung des Gesetzes über die elektromagnetische
Verträglichkeit von Geräten
Dieses Produkt entspricht dem "Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit
von Geräten (EMVG)." Dies ist die Umsetzung der EU-Richtlinie 2004/108/EG in
der Bundesrepublik Deutschland.
Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz über die
elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Geräten (EMVG) (bzw. der EMC EG
Richtlinie 2004/108/EG) für Geräte der Klasse A
Dieses Gerät ist berechtigt, in übereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das
EG-Konformitätszeichen - CE - zu führen.
Verantwortlich für die Einhaltung der EMV Vorschriften ist der Hersteller:
International Business Machines Corp.
New Orchard Road
Armonk, New York 10504
914-499-1900
Der verantwortliche Ansprechpartner des Herstellers in der EU ist:
IBM Deutschland GmbH
Technical Regulations, Abteilung M372
IBM-Allee 1, 71139 Ehningen, Germany
Tele: +49 7032 15 2941
e-mail: [email protected]
Notices
227
Generelle Informationen:
Das Gerät erfüllt die Schutzanforderungen nach EN 55024 und EN 55022 Klasse
A.
People's Republic of China Class A Electronic Emission
statement
Taiwan Class A compliance statement
Taiwan contact information
This topic contains the product service contact information for Taiwan.
f2c00790
IBM Taiwan Product Service Contact Information:
IBM Taiwan Corporation
3F, No 7, Song Ren Rd., Taipei Taiwan
Tel: 0800-016-888
Japan Voluntary Control Council for Interference (VCCI) Class
A Statement
228
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
jjieta1
Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries
Association (JEITA) Statement (less than or equal to 20 A per
phase)
Korean Communications Commission (KCC) Class A
Statement
rusemi
Russia Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Class A Statement
Notices
229
230
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Glossary
This glossary defines the special terms, abbreviations, and acronyms used in this publication and other
related publications.
If you do not find the term you are looking for,
see the IBM Glossary of Computing Terms at the
following web site: http://www.ibm.com/ibm/
terminology.
3593 Tape System
The IBM 3953 Tape Frame Model F05 and
the IBM 3953 Library Manager Model
L05.
Numbers
A
2:1 or 3:1 compression
The relationship between the quantity of
data that can be stored with compression
as compared to the quantity of data that
can be stored without compression. In 2:1
compression, twice as much data can be
stored with compression as can be stored
without compression. In 3:1 compression,
three times as much data can be stored
with compression as can be stored
without compression.
2N
Twice the amount of a system's electrical
power load. If the system has 2N power
supplies, then there are two power
supplies available for every load, which
means greater redundancy and
availability of electrical power. The
Enhanced Frame Control Assembly of the
TS3500 Tape Library offers a 2N power
design with no single point of failure or
single point of repair.
3584 Tape Library
See IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape
Library.
3588 Tape Drive
See IBM System Storage 3588 Tape Drive
Model F3A or IBM System Storage TS1030
Tape Drive Model F3B. Also known as the
Ultrium 3 Tape Drive.
3592 Tape Controller Model J70
See IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Controller
Model J70.
3592 Tape Drive
See the following entries: IBM TotalStorage
3592 Tape Drive Model J1A;IBM System
Storage TS1120 Tape Drive; IBM System
Storage TS1130 Tape Drive; IBM System
Storage TS1140 Tape Drive.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
A
Ampere.
AAP
See authorized assembler program.
ac
See alternating current.
accessible cartridge storage slots
Within the TS3500 Tape Library, units that
can contain tape cartridges and that are
recognizable to the library by both a
physical address (such as F01-C05-R19)
and a SCSI element (logical) address (such
as 1112(X'458'). Accessible cartridge
storage slots do not include I/O station
slots or the inaccessible slots that are
reserved for the diagnostic cartridges. The
quantity of accessible cartridge storage
slots per frame varies, depending on the
quantity of drives that are installed in the
frame.
accessor controller
The logic card for the cartridge accessor.
The accessor controller handles accessor
motion requests, including calibrations,
moves, and inventory updates. It also
provides centralized management for
other aspects of the entire library,
including configuration, insert and eject
operations, automatic drive cleaning, and
determination of element status.
ac line voltage
The input voltage (in volts) that is
required by the TS3500 Tape Library for
normal operation.
Activity screen
The primary screen on the touchscreen of
the TS3500 Tape Library. The Activity
screen gives the level of firmware in the
library, shows whether the library is
ready, not ready, or initializing, and tells
the quantity of tape cartridges currently
231
in the I/O stations. The screen also
indicates the current activity being
performed, the volume serial (VOLSER)
number of the cartridge associated with
the activity, and a history of previous
activities. The Activity screen leads to the
Main Menu.
adapter
See adapter card.
adapter card
A circuit board that adds function to a
computer.
addressable cartridge storage slots
See accessible cartridge storage slots.
Advanced Interactive eXecutive (AIX)
A UNIX operating system developed by
IBM that is designed and optimized to
run on POWER® microprocessor-based
hardware such as servers, workstations,
and blades.
Advanced Library Management System (ALMS)
The next generation of IBM's patented
Multi-Path Architecture. ALMS enables
logical libraries to consist of unique
drives and ranges of VOLSERs, instead of
fixed locations. It offers the ability to
assign tape drives to any logical library
by using the IBM System Storage Tape
Library Specialist Web interface. Logical
libraries can also be added, deleted, or
easily changed without disruption.
aggregate sustained data transfer rate
For all of the drives in the TS3500 Tape
Library, the sum of their average
throughput of uninterrupted data.
See Advanced Interactive eXecutive.
AIX
ALMS See Advanced Library Management System.
AL_PA
See Arbitrated Loop Physical Address.
alphanumeric
Pertaining to a character set that contains
letters, numerals, and usually other
characters, such as punctuation marks.
alternating current (ac)
An electric current that reverses its
direction at regularly recurring intervals.
amp
Ampere.
ampere (A, amp)
A unit of measure for electric current that
232
is equivalent to a flow of one coulomb
per second, or to the current produced by
one volt applied across a resistance of one
ohm.
Arbitrated Loop Physical Address (AL_PA)
An 8-bit value used to identify a device in
an arbitrated loop. Device ports
communicate by using AL_PAs.
audit
The process of moving cartridges in an
HD slot in order to scan each barcode
label.
authorized assembler program (AAP)
A training program for selected IBM
Business Partners that enables them to
purchase incomplete machines and parts,
and provides them with the knowledge to
assemble the components into a final
configured product for sale to customers.
automatic cleaning
A method by which the TS3500 Tape
Library automatically responds to any
tape drive's request for cleaning by
beginning the cleaning process. An
operator enables automatic cleaning by
using the menus on the library's
touchscreen or the web interface.
automatic inventory
A survey of the location of cartridges in
the TS3500 Tape Library. The library
performs the survey at power-on or
whenever the front door of any frame is
opened and closed during operation.
B
backhitch
When the speed of the host server is
slower than that of the drive, the action of
stopping the tape, rewinding some
distance, and restarting.
backup
The short-term retention of records used
for restoring essential business and
system files when vital data has been lost
because of program or system errors or
malfunctions.
Backup recovery and media services (BRMS)
A software program that runs on OS/400
and allows a business to plan, control,
and automate the backup, recovery, and
media management services for its
AS/400 systems.
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
bar code
A code that represents characters by sets
of parallel bars of varying thickness and
separation. The bars are read optically by
transverse scanning.
bar code label
A slip of paper bearing a bar code and
having an adhesive backing. The bar code
label must be affixed to a tape cartridge
to enable the library to identify the
cartridge and its volume serial number.
bar code reader
Located on the dual-gripper transport
mechanism of the TS3500 Tape Library, a
laser device specialized for scanning and
reading bar codes and converting them
into either the ASCII or EBCDIC digital
character code. The bar code reader reads
the bar code on the labels of cartridges or
at the rear of empty storage slots.
base frame
The primary unit of the TS3500 Tape
Library (also known as Models L22, L23,
L32, L52, or L53). The base frame is
distinguished from an expansion frame by
its I/O stations and operator panel. The
base frame includes a rail assembly for
the cartridge accessor and up to 12 tape
drives.
bel
Ten decibels.
bit
Either of the digits 0 or 1 when used in
the binary numbering system.
bpi
Bits per inch.
bridge A storage controller that forms a bridge
between two external I/O buses.
British thermal unit (Btu)
The quantity of heat required to raise the
temperature of one pound of water one
degree Fahrenheit at a specified
temperature.
browser
A client program that initiates requests to
a web server and displays the information
that the server returns.
BRSM See Backup recovery and media services.
Btu
See British thermal unit.
bulk load
To manually insert large quantities of tape
cartridges into a tape library's empty
storage slots.
bus
See SCSI bus.
byte
A string consisting of a certain number of
bits (usually 8) that are treated as a unit
and represent a character. A byte is a
fundamental data unit.
C
calibration
Adjustment, tuning.
calibration sensor
Located on the cartridge accessor of the
TS3500 Tape Library, the component that
provides the means to find certain
positions within the library very precisely
during the calibration operation.
Call Home
A feature that allows the TS3500 Tape
Library to report failures to a support
center by using a modem.
CAN
See Controller Area Network.
CAP
See cartridge assignment policy.
capacity
See media capacity.
Capacity expansion feature
Applicable only to the base frame
(Models L22, L23, L32, L52, or L53) of the
TS3500 Tape Library, the cartridge storage
slots that are located on the interior of the
front door and enabled for additional
storage. The Capacity Expansion Feature
increases the maximum quantity of
storage slots in the base frame.
Capacity on Demand
Applicable only to base frame Models
L22, L23, L52, and L53, a feature that
adds capacity to the library and that is
only available through the field. See also
High Density Capacity on Demand.
cartridge
See tape cartridge.
cartridge accessor
The mechanism in the TS3500 Tape
Library that moves cartridges between the
storage slots, tape drives, and the I/O
stations. The accessor includes the X-axis
motion assembly, Y-axis motion assembly,
pivot assembly, cartridge gripper, bar
code reader, and calibration sensor.
cartridge assignment policy (CAP)
A method to automatically assign
Glossary
233
cartridges to a logical library by using
beginning and ending volume serial
number ranges that are set by the user.
cartridge cache
Non-HD slots (Tier 0) selected as
preferred locations for frequently used
cartridges. The library firmware tracks the
most recent usage of each cartridge as a
means to arbitrate which cartridges
should be maintained in the cartridge
cache.
cartridge gripper
An electromechanical device on the
cartridge accessor of the TS3500 Tape
Library that gets or puts cartridges from
or to a storage slot, tape drive, or I/O
station. Two grippers (Gripper 1 and
Gripper 2) are located on the pivot
assembly of the accessor. One gripper can
grip a single cartridge.
cartridge inventory time
The amount of time required for the
TS3500 Tape Library to determine
whether each cartridge storage slot in the
library is empty or full.
cartridge manual rewind tool
A device that can be fitted into the reel of
a cartridge and used to rewind tape into
or out of the cartridge.
cartridge memory
See LTO cartridge memory.
cartridge move time
The time required for a cartridge accessor
to pick a cartridge from a slot (or drive),
move the cartridge to a drive (or slot),
pivot (if required), and insert the
cartridge into the drive (or slot).
cartridge storage slot
One of several containers that are
mounted inside the frames of the TS3500
Tape Library and are used to store tape
cartridges. See also HD slot.
caster One of four wheels that are mounted in
swivel frames and used to support the
weight of the TS3500 Tape Library.
CETool
CETool is a software program that is used
by IBM Service personnel (also known as
customer engineers or CEs) to update
library and drive firmware, configure the
Call Home program for the TS3500 Tape
234
Library, collect library and drive logs,
backup and restore the configuration for
non-volatile random access memory
(NVRAM), and perform other
service-related tasks.
cell top cap
Located on each column of storage slots
within the TS3500 Tape Library, a plastic
component to which a bar code label
holder can be attached. The library uses
the bar code label to establish the
boundary of a logical library.
circuit board
A thin plate on which chips and other
electronic components are placed.
Computers consist of one or more boards,
often called cards or adapters.
cleaning cartridge
A tape cartridge that is used to clean the
heads of a tape drive. Contrast with data
cartridge.
clearance
The distance by which one object clears
another or the clear space between them.
compression
The process of eliminating gaps, empty
fields, redundancies, and unnecessary
data to shorten the length of records or
blocks.
configure
To describe to a system the devices,
optional features, and programs installed
on the system.
controller
A device that coordinates and controls the
operation of one or more input/output
devices (such as sensors and actuators),
and synchronizes the operation of such
devices with the operation of the system
as a whole.
control path
(1) Designated by the operator of the
TS3500 Tape Library, a logical path into
the library through which a server sends
standard SCSI Medium Changer
commands to control a specific logical
library.
(2) A tape drive that is designated by the
operator of the TS3500 Tape Library to
manage communication to and from a
server and the library.
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
control path failover
In the event of a command failure, an
optional feature of the TS3500 Tape
Library that enables the host device
driver to resend the command to an
alternate control path for the same logical
library. The device driver initiates error
recovery and continues the operation on
the alternate control path without
interrupting the application.
dc
decibel
A unit of measure that expresses the ratio
of two amounts of electric or acoustic
signal power that is equal to 10 times the
common logarithm of this ratio.
decrypt
To decipher data.
In Cryptographic Support, to convert
ciphertext into plaintext. See also encrypt.
current
The quantity of charge per unit of time.
Measured in amperes (amps, A).
D
daisy-chain
To serially interconnect a series of SCSI
connectors for multiple devices on the
SCSI bus.
data
Any representations such as characters or
analog quantities to which meaning is, or
might be, assigned.
data cartridge
A tape cartridge dedicated to storing data.
Contrast with cleaning cartridge.
data compression
See compression.
Direct current.
degauss
To make a magnetic tape nonmagnetic by
means of electrical coils carrying currents
that neutralize the magnetism of the tape.
degausser
A device that makes magnetic tape
nonmagnetic.
destage
The movement of a cartridge between
cartridge cache and an HD slot. A destage
occurs automatically when the cartridge
cache is full.
device Any hardware component or peripheral,
such as a tape drive or tape library, that
can receive and send data.
device driver
A file that contains the code needed to
use an attached device.
Data Facility Storage Management Subsystem
(DFSMS)
An operating environment that helps
automate and centralize the management
of storage. To manage storage, DFSMS
provides the storage administrator with
control over data class, storage class,
management class, storage group, and
automatic class selection routine
definitions.
diagnostic cartridge
A tape cartridge that enables the detection
and isolation of errors in programs and
faults in equipment.
data transfer element (DTE)
In SCSI terms, a tape drive.
differential
See high voltage differential.
data transfer element (DTE) address
In SCSI terms, the physical location of a
tape drive.
Direct flight
An automation technology that passes
tape cartridges over intermediary libraries
in a TS3500 Tape Library shuttle complex.
data transfer rate
The average number of bits, characters, or
blocks per unit of time that pass between
corresponding equipment in a data
transmission system. The rate is expressed
in bits, characters, or blocks per second,
minute, or hour.
dB
Decibel.
DFSMS
See Data Facility Storage Management
Subsystem.
disable
To make nonfunctional.
door safety switch
Located on each frame of the TS3500 Tape
Library, a mechanism that automatically
turns off the power to the cartridge
accessor whenever you open the front
door.
Glossary
235
See the following entries: IBM TotalStorage
LTO Ultrium 1 Tape Drive; IBM TotalStorage
LTO Ultrium 2 Tape Drive; IBM TotalStorage
LTO Ultrium 3 Tape Drive; IBM System
Storage LTO Ultrium 4 Tape Drive; IBM
System Storage LTO Ultrium 5 Tape Drive;
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Drive Model
J1A; IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape
Drive; IBM System Storage TS1130 Tape
Drive; IBM System Storage TS1140 Tape
Drive
drive
drive head
The component that records an electrical
signal onto magnetic tape, or reads a
signal from tape into an electrical signal.
See data transfer element.
DTE
dual-gripper transport mechanism
Located on the cartridge accessor of the
TS3500 Tape Library and mounted on the
pivot assembly, the device that contains
the two grippers which get and put
cartridges into storage slots, drives, or the
I/O stations.
E
To remove or force out from within.
eject
electronic mail
Correspondence in the form of messages
transmitted between user terminals over a
computer network.
element address
The SCSI term for the host's view of a
cartridge location.
e-mail See electronic mail.
enable
To make functional.
encrypt
In Cryptographic Support, to
systematically scramble information so
that it cannot be read without knowing
the coding key. See also decrypt.
encryption
The conversion of data into a cipher. A
key is required to encrypt and decrypt the
data. Encryption provides protection from
persons or software that attempt to access
the data without the key.
encryption key manager
A software program that assists
IBM-encrypting tape drives in generating,
236
protecting, storing, and maintaining
encryption keys, which encrypt
information written to and decrypt
information read from tape media.
enhanced frame control assembly
The power structure for Models L23, D23,
L53, and D53. The assembly combines
drive power, library power, and dual AC
line cord capabilities into a 2N power
design with no single point of failure or
single point of repair.
enhanced node cards
Node cards with increased synchronous
dynamic and nonvolatile random-access
memory (RAM).
error-recovery procedures (ERP)
Procedures designed to help isolate and,
where possible, to recover from errors in
equipment. The procedures are often used
with programs that record the statistics of
machine malfunctions.
Ethernet
A 10-Mbps baseband local area network
that allows multiple stations to access the
transmission medium at will without
prior coordination, avoids contention by
using carrier sense and deference, and
resolves contention by using collision
detection and delayed retransmission.
Expanded I/O Station
On the front door of the TS3500 Tape
Library, the lower compartment into
which you insert and remove cartridges
into and from the library. Both stations
are accessed by the cartridge accessor.
expansion frame
A unit that may be added to the base
frame of the TS3500 Tape Library. Also
known as the Model D22, D23, D32, D52,
D53, S24, or S54, the expansion frame
includes a rail assembly for the cartridge
accessor and up to 12 tape drives.
F
FCA
See frame control assembly.
FCB
Frame control box. See frame control
assembly.
Fibre Channel
A high-speed, full-duplex, serial
communications technology that is
capable of interconnecting Ultrium tape
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
drives and 3592 tape drives to servers
which are separated by as much as 11
kilometers (7 miles). Fibre Channel
technology combines features of the
input/output (I/O) and networking
interfaces.
Fibre Channel address
For a tape drive that uses a Fibre Channel
interface, an identifier (such as an AL_PA
or Loop ID) that enables other device
ports to communicate with that drive.
Fibre Channel cable
The cable that connects a Fibre Channel
tape drive to another device. The
conductive element within the cable is
constructed of either copper wires or
optical fibers. Generally, copper wires are
used for short distances (up to 30 meters
or 98 feet); optical fibers are used for
longer distances. Fiber-optic cabling is
referred to by mode or the frequencies of
light waves that are carried by a
particular cable type. Multi-mode fiber
cables are generally used for distances up
to 500 meters (1640 feet) and with
short-wave (780 nanometer) laser light.
Single-mode fiber cables are used for
distances greater than 500 m (1640 feet)
and with long-wave (1300 nanometer)
laser light.
fiber optics
A branch of optics dealing with the
transmission of light through fibers or
thin rods of glass or some other
transparent material of high refractive
index.
FICON/ESCON-enabled products
Any of the IBM tape products equipped
with Fibre Channel (FICON) or Enterprise
System Connection (ESCON) interfaces to
allow attachment to the System z server
(mainframe host).
field replaceable unit (FRU)
Any piece of hardware that is complete,
contained, and manufactured or
assembled as a whole unit and can be
replaced in the field by a customer
engineer (CE).
file
A named set of records stored or
processed as a unit.
file transfer protocol (FTP)
In the Internet suite of protocols, an
application layer protocol that uses TCP
and Telnet services to transfer bulk-data
files between machines or hosts.
firmware
Proprietary code that is usually delivered
as part of an operating system. Firmware
is more efficient than software loaded
from an alterable medium and is more
adaptable to change than pure hardware
circuitry. An example of firmware is the
Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) in
read-only memory (ROM) on a PC
motherboard.
floating home cell
The concept of actively managing
cartridge placement by picking an optimal
new home for cartridges being
demounted. HD libraries use a floating
home cell approach for the entire library.
frame In Fibre Channel technology, a unit of
transmission that includes delimiters,
control characters, information, and
checking characters.
See library frame.
frame control assembly (FCA)
The power structure for Models L22, D22,
L32, D32, L52, and D52. The assembly is a
group of parts that consists of a frame
control box (FCB), one or two 37 V power
supplies for the cartridge accessor,
operator panel, and I/O stations, and an
MCC card pack that runs the firmware
that controls the ac and dc power
distribution in the . The assembly also
provides an RS-422 communication port
to each tape drive in a frame. The FCB
contains 3 circuit protectors, 10 ac outlets
for powering the tape drives and all other
components in that frame, and a
receptacle for the incoming main ac
power.
front door
Located at the front of each frame in the
TS3500 Tape Library, the swinging barrier
by which entry is closed or opened to the
frame.
FRU
See field replaceable unit.
FTP
See file transfer protocol.
FTP site
Any electronic repository of information
that uses the File Transfer Protocol (FTP)
Glossary
237
for transferring files to and from servers.
Use of an FTP site requires a user ID and
possibly a password.
full capacity expansion
A feature that increases the initial capacity
of Model L22, L23, L52, and L53 frames.
Models L22 and L23 increase from 58 to
199 or 260 cartridge slots for 3592 tape
cartridges. Models L52 and L53 increase
from 64 to 219 or 287 cartridge slots for
LTO Ultrium tape cartridges.
full duplex
Simultaneous transmission and reception
of data between two nodes of a network.
G
GB
See gigabyte.
Gb
See gigabit.
Gbps
Gigabits per second. One gigabit equals
1 000 000 000 bits.
get
(1) In library operation, the act of a
cartridge gripper retrieving a tape
cartridge from a storage slot, drive, or
I/O station.
(2) In Simple Network Management
Protocol (SNMP), a request for
information about the library that the
operator issues through a monitoring
server and which is transmitted by SNMP.
get-response
The information that is provided in
response to an SNMP get.
GiB
One gibibyte (GiB) = 1,073,741,824 bytes.
gigabit (Gb)
1 000 000 000 bits.
gigabyte (GB)
1 000 000 000 bytes.
H
HA
See high availability.
HACMP
See High Availability Clustered
Multiprocessing.
HBA
See host bus adapter.
HD CoD
See High Density Capacity on Demand.
HD frame
See High density frame.
238
HD slot
See High density slot.
head
See drive head.
heat output
The amount of heat (in kBtu/hr) that the
TS3500 Tape Library dissipates during
normal operation.
hertz (Hz)
A unit of frequency equal to cycle per
second.
heterogeneous
Of unlike kind.
hex, hexadecimal
(1) Pertaining to a selection, choice, or
condition that has 16 possible different
values or states.
(2) Pertaining to a fixed-radix numeration
system, with radix of 16.
(3) Pertaining to a system of numbers to
the base 16; hexadecimal digits range
from 0 through 9 and A through F, where
A represents 10 and F represents 15.
high availability (HA)
A product that contains redundancy to
continue work in case of a set of (but not
all possible) failures. A library that is HA
contains two separate accessors.
High Availability Clustered Multiprocessing
(HACMP)
An IBM AIX solution that automatically
detects system or network failures and
eliminates a single point of failure by
managing failover to a recovery processor.
High availability clustering refers to the
linking of two or more computers, one of
which can provide operation if the other
one fails.
High Density Capacity on Demand
Applicable only to expansion frame
Models S24 and S54, a feature that adds
licensed capacity to the library.
High density frame
An expansion frame that contains HD
slots.
High density slot
A four-deep or five-deep container for
cartridges in an HD frame.
High Voltage Differential (HVD)
A logic signaling system that enables data
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
communication between a supported
server and the TS3500 Tape Library. HVD
signaling uses a paired plus and minus
signal level to reduce the effects of noise
on the SCSI bus. Any noise injected into
the signal is present in both a plus and
minus state, and is thereby canceled.
Synonymous with differential.
homogeneous
Of the same kind.
host
The controlling or highest-level system in
a data communication configuration.
Synonymous with server.
host bus adapter (HBA)
An adapter that provides I/O processing
and physical connectivity between a
server and storage.
host cleaning
A method that enables the host (server) to
detect the need to clean a tape drive and
to control the cleaning process. Host
cleaning with a cleaning cartridge is only
supported when automatic cleaning is
disabled, and only for the logical library
in which each cleaning cartridge is stored.
HTTP See Hyper Text Transfer Protocol.
hub
HVD
A communications device to which nodes
on a multi-point bus or loop are
physically connected. Hubs are commonly
used in Fibre Channel networks to
improve the manageability of physical
cables. They maintain the logical loop
topology of the network of which they are
a part, while creating a “hub and spoke”
physical star layout. Unlike switches,
hubs do not aggregate bandwidth. They
typically support the addition or removal
of nodes from the bus while it is
operating.
See High voltage differential.
Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP)
The primary Internet protocol that is used
to connect to most Web servers. HTTP
delivers content for web pages or
downloads files.
Hz
Hertz.
I
IBM System Storage 3588 Tape Drive Model
F3A
A data-storage device that controls the
movement of the magnetic tape in an IBM
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge. The drive
houses the mechanism (drive head) that
reads and writes data to the tape. Its
native data capacity is 400® GB (372.53
GiB) per cartridge; with 2:1 compression,
its capacity is up to 800 GB (745.05 GiB).
The Model F3A drive provides 2 Gbps
Fibre Channel connectivity. Also known
as the Ultrium 3 tape drive.
IBM System Storage Tape Library Specialist web
interface
A platform-independent, web-based
interface that allows a user to configure
and monitor the TS3500 Tape Library
from a remote location.
IBM System Storage TS1030 Tape Drive Model
F3B
A data-storage device that controls the
movement of the magnetic tape in an IBM
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge. The drive
houses the mechanism (drive head) that
reads and writes data to the tape. Its
native data capacity is 400 GB (372.53
GiB) per cartridge; with 2:1 compression,
its capacity is up to 800 GB (745.05 GiB).
The Model F3B drive provides 4 Gbps
Fibre Channel connectivity. Also known
as the Ultrium 3 tape drive.
IBM System Storage TS1040 Tape Drive Model
F4A
A data-storage device that controls the
movement of the magnetic tape in an IBM
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge. The drive
houses the mechanism (drive head) that
reads and writes data to the tape. Its
native data capacity is 800 GB (745.05
GiB) per cartridge; with 2:1 compression,
its capacity is up to 1.6 TB (1.46 TiB). The
Model F4A drive provides 4 Gbps Fibre
Channel connectivity. Also known as the
Ultrium 4 tape drive.
IBM System Storage TS1050 Tape Drive Model
F5A
A data-storage device that controls the
movement of the magnetic tape in an IBM
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge. The drive
houses the mechanism (drive head) that
reads and writes data to the tape. Its
native data capacity is 1 500 GB (1396.98
GiB) per cartridge; with 2:1 compression,
its capacity is up to 3 000 GB (2793.97
GiB). The Model F5A drive provides 8
Gbps Fibre Channel connectivity. Also
known as the Ultrium 5 tape drive.
IBM System Storage TS1060 Tape Drive Model
F6A
A data-storage device that controls the
Glossary
239
movement of the magnetic tape in an IBM
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge. The drive
houses the mechanism (drive head) that
reads and writes data to the tape. Its
native data capacity is 2 500 GB (2
328.31GiB) per cartridge; with 2.5:1
compression, its capacity is up to 6.25 TB
(5.68 TiB). The Model F6A drive provides
8 Gbps Fibre Channel connectivity. Also
known as the Ultrium 6 tape drive.
IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape Drive
A high-performance, high-capacity
streaming cartridge tape product designed
for efficient back-up for mid-range and
high-end computing systems. The drive
houses the mechanism (drive head) that
reads and writes data to the tape. When
the media is formatted for a J1A format,
the drive's native data capacity is 300 GB
(279.39 GiB) and its data rate is 40 MB/s;
with 3:1 compression, its capacity is 900
GB (838.19 GiB). When the media is
formatted for a E05 format, the drive's
native data capacity is 500 GB (465.66
GiB) and its data rate is 100 MB/s; with
3:1 compression, its capacity is 1.5 TB
(1.36 TiB). Also known as the 3592 Tape
Drive Model E05.
IBM System Storage TS1130 Tape Drive
A high-performance, high-capacity
streaming cartridge tape product designed
for efficient backup for mid-range and
high-end computing systems. The drive
houses the mechanism (drive head) that
reads and writes data to the tape. The
drive's native data capacity is 1 000 GB
(931.32 GiB) and its data rate is 160 MB/s.
All TS1130 Tape Drives are encryption
capable. Also known as the 3592 Tape
Drive Model E06 or EU6.
IBM System Storage TS1140 Tape Drive
A high-performance, high-capacity
streaming cartridge tape product designed
for efficient backup for mid-range and
high-end computing systems. The drive
houses the mechanism (drive head) that
reads and writes data to the tape. The
drive's native data capacity is 4 TB (3.64
TiB) and its data rate is 250 MB/s. All
TS1140 Tape Drives are encryption
capable. Also known as the 3592 Tape
Drive Model E07.
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library
Also known as the 3584 Tape Library, a
240
device that can be attached to one or
more supported servers and used to write
data to and from magnetic tape. The
library can include up to 16 frames and
192 drives, and any combination of
Ultrium tape drives in Ultrium frames,
and 3592 tape drives in 3592 frames.
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Drive Model J1A
Located within the 3584 Tape Library, a
high-performance, high-capacity
streaming cartridge tape product designed
for efficient back-up for mid-range and
high-end computing systems. The drive
houses the mechanism (drive head) that
reads and writes data to the tape. Its
native data capacity is 300 GB (279.39
GiB); with 3:1 compression, its capacity is
900 GB (838.19 GiB). The drive has a
native data rate of 40 MB/s (80 MB/s at
2:1 compression).
IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Controller Model
J70
Located in the 3953 Tape Frame Model
F05, a device that links the IBM eServer™
zSeries server (mainframe host), the L05
Library Manager, and the tape drives in
the TS3500 Tape Library.
IBM LTO Ultrium 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 tape drives
Located within the TS3500 Tape Library, a
data-storage device that controls the
movement of the magnetic tape in an IBM
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge. The drive
houses the mechanism (drive head) that
reads and writes data to the tape. Native
data capacities are:
v Ultrium 1: native data capacity is 100
GB (93.13 GiB) per cartridge; with 2:1
compression, its capacity is up to 200
GB (186.26 GiB). The drive is also
known as the IBM Ultrium Internal
Tape Drive.
v Ultrium 2: native data capacity is 200
GB (186.26 GiB) per cartridge; with 2:1
compression, its capacity is up to 400
GB (372.53 GiB).
v Ultrium 3: native data capacity is 400
GB (372.53 GiB) per cartridge; with 2:1
compression, its capacity is up to 800
GB (745.05 GiB).
v Ultrium 4: native data capacity is 800
GB (745.05 GiB) per cartridge; with 2:1
compression, its capacity is up to 1.6
TB (1.46 TiB).
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
v Ultrium 5: native data capacity is 1 500
GB (1396.98 GiB) per cartridge; with 2:1
compression, its capacity is up to 3 TB
(2.73 TiB).
v Ultrium 6: native data capacity is 2 500
GB (2 328.31GiB) per cartridge; with
2.5:1 compression, its capacity is up to
6.25 TB (5.68 TiB)).
IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center (TPC)
A software solution that manages storage
infrastructures in Open Systems
environments.
ID
Identifier.
IEE
See import/export element.
IEEA
See import/export element address.
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers.
import/export element (IEE)
In SCSI terms, an I/O slot.
import/export element address (IEEA)
In SCSI terms, the location of an I/O slot.
inaccessible cartridge storage slot
A cartridge storage slot that is designated
for the diagnostic cartridge, which is used
during service procedures. The Models
L22, L23, L32, L52, and L53 base frames
each contain one inaccessible cartridge
storage slot for a diagnostic cartridge at
physical address F01,C01,R01.
Additionally, the first expansion frame of
a different media type (3592 or LTO) in a
mixed media library contains one
inaccessible cartridge slot for a diagnostic
cartridge at physical addresses
Fxx,C01,R01 (where xx equals the first
expansion frame for the second type of
media).
independent software vendor (ISV)
A company that makes and sells software
products that run on one or more
computer hardware or operating system
platforms.
initial program load (IPL)
(1) The initialization procedure that
causes an operating system to commence
operation.
(2) The process by which a configuration
image is loaded into storage at the
beginning of a work day or after a system
malfunction.
(3) The process of loading system
programs and preparing a system to run
jobs.
initialize
To format a magnetic tape, write a label
(VOLSER) on the tape, and leave the tape
empty except for the system files
containing the structure information. All
former contents of the tape are lost.
initializing
The act of performing an inventory on the
TS3500 Tape Library.
initiator
In SCSI terms, a SCSI device that requests
an I/O process to be performed by
another SCSI device (a target). In many
cases, an initiator can also be a target.
input/output (I/O) station
On the front door of the TS3500 Tape
Library, one or two compartments into
which you insert and remove cartridges
into and from the library. Both stations
are accessed by the cartridge accessor.
inrush current
The momentary peak current (in amperes)
into the TS3500 Tape Library when the
AC line voltage is first applied.
insert Pertaining to the TS3500 Tape Library, a
term used to describe the act of putting a
tape cartridge into an I/O station.
install (1) To set up for use or service.
(2) The act of adding a product, feature,
or function to a system or device either
by a singular change or by the addition of
multiple components or devices.
interchange
The ability to process (read or write)
given tape data on any one of a set of
tape devices that support the form factor
and recording format of the tape data.
interchange application
The preparation of tapes for use on other
systems or devices, either local or remote,
or the use of tape data prepared by
another system.
intermediate capacity expansion
A feature that increases the initial capacity
of Model L22, L23, L52, and L53 frames.
Models L22 and L23 increase from 58 to
117 cartridge slots for 3592 tape
Glossary
241
cartridges. Models L52 and L53 increase
from 64 to 129 cartridge slots for LTO
Ultrium tape cartridges.
Internet
The worldwide collection of
interconnected networks that use the
Internet suite of protocols and permit
public access.
interposer
An adapter-like device that allows a
connector of one size and style to connect
to a mating connector of a different size
and style.
inventory
(1) A survey of tape cartridges in the
library and frames.
(2) To make an inventory of.
I/O station
See input/output station.
IPL
Initial program load.
ISV
See independent software vendor.
K
kBtu
KiloBtu.
key label
An alias to a encryption key (cipher) used
by the encryption key manager.
key manager
In cryptography, a software application
that manages one or more secret
encryption keys.
key manager address
In cryptography, the IP address of an
encryption key manager.
keystore
A database of private keys and their
associated digital certificate chains used to
authenticate the corresponding public
keys.
KiB
One kibibyte (KiB) = 210 bytes = 1,024
bytes.
KiloBtu
1 000 Btu's.
KiloVolt
1 000 volts.
KiloWatt
1 000 watts.
242
kVA
KiloVolt.
kW
KiloWatt.
L
label
See bar code label or radio frequency
identification label.
label area
On the LTO Ultrium tape cartridge or
3592 tape cartridge, a recessed area next
to the write-protect switch where a bar
code label must be affixed.
LAN
See local area network.
LCD
See liquid crystal display.
LDAP See lightweight directory access protocol.
leader pin
On the LTO Ultrium tape cartridge and
3592 tape cartridge, a small metal column
attached to the end of the magnetic tape.
During tape processing the leader pin is
grasped by a threading mechanism, which
pulls the pin and the tape out of the
cartridge, across the drive head, and onto
a takeup reel. The head can then read or
write data from or to the tape.
leveling jackscrews
Located on the bottom the TS3500 tape
Library, one of four screw-operated jacks
for raising or lowering the library.
library frame
The basic unit of the TS3500 Tape Library.
The frame includes the hardware support
structure, covers, mechanisms, and parts.
Two types of frames are available: base
frame (Models L22, L23, L32, L52, or L53)
and expansion frame (Models D22, D23,
D32, D52, D53, S24, or S54).
Library Manager
See IBM 3953 Library Manager Model L05.
library power switch
Located on the front of the TS3500 Tape
Library, a toggle switch that enables you
to turn the power to the library on and
off.
license key
A key or password that is required to
enable advanced function.
lightweight directory access protocol (LDAP)
A set of protocols used to access
information directories. LDAP, an open
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
protocol, is based on the standards
contained within the X.500 standard, but
is significantly simpler. And unlike X.500,
LDAP supports TCP/IP, which is
necessary for any type of Internet access.
Linear Tape-Open (LTO)
A type of tape storage technology
developed by the IBM Corporation,
Hewlett-Packard, and Certance. LTO
technology is an “open format”
technology, which means that its users
have multiple sources of product and
media. The “open” nature of LTO
technology enables compatibility between
different vendors' offerings by ensuring
that vendors comply with verification
standards. The LTO technology is
implemented in two formats: the Accelis
format focuses on fast access; the Ultrium
format focuses on high capacity. The
Ultrium format is the preferred format
when capacity (rather than fast access) is
the key storage consideration.
line frequency
The frequency (in hertz) of the AC line
voltage that the TS3500 Tape Library
requires for normal operation.
link
In Fibre Channel technology, the physical
(optical) connection between two nodes of
a network, which includes the
combination of the link connection (the
transmission medium) and two link
stations, one at each end of the link
connection.
liquid crystal display (LCD)
A low-power display technology used in
computers and other I/O devices.
load
Pertaining to the TS3500 Tape Library and
following the insertion of a tape cartridge
into a cartridge storage slot, the act
(performed by the cartridge accessor) of
transferring the cartridge from the storage
slot to the drive and of positioning the
tape (performed by the tape drive) for
reading or writing by the drive head.
load and unload cycle
The act of inserting a cartridge into a tape
drive, loading the tape to load point,
rewinding the tape into the cartridge, and
ejecting the cartridge from the drive.
load point
The beginning of the recording area on
magnetic tape.
load-to-ready time
After a cartridge has been inserted into a
drive, the amount of time between when
the drive threads the tape and when the
drive becomes ready to accept server
commands.
local area network (LAN)
(1) A computer network located on a
user's premises within a limited
geographical area. Communication within
a local area network is not subject to
external regulations; however,
communication across the LAN boundary
may be subject to some form of
regulation.
(2) A network in which a set of devices is
connected to other sets of devices for
communication and that can be connected
to a larger network.
logical library
A set of cartridge storage slots and tape
drives that are defined as a library by an
operator. The operator identifies the slots
and drives to the library by their location
or count. The ability of the TS3500 Tape
Library to create logical libraries makes it
possible for similar and dissimilar hosts
(servers) to share its robotics. As a result,
hosts can simultaneously run separate
applications in separate logical libraries.
logical library bar code label
A specially coded label that can be affixed
to the tops of storage slot columns and
drives inside the TS3500 Tape Library. The
tape library reads the labels and uses
them to establish the boundaries of one or
more logical libraries.
logical library configuration
A way of using the TS3500 Tape Library
so that its robotics are shared by
homogenous (similar) and heterogeneous
(dissimilar) servers. The TS3500 Tape
Library can be partitioned into individual
logical libraries that independently
communicate with individual servers via
individual control paths.
logical unit number (LUN)
A number associated with the target
Glossary
243
TS3500 Tape Library or IBM System
Storage Tape Library Specialist Web
interface to perform cleaning on one or
more of its tape drives.
address of a drive. The server uses the
number to identify the address of the
drive.
loop ID
In Fibre Channel technology, the identifier
that the TS3500 Tape Library assigned to
an Ultrium or 3592 tape drive. The ID is
based on the drive's physical location
within the library and is used by other
devices in the topology to communicate.
Low Voltage Differential (LVD)
A low-noise, low-power, and
low-amplitude electrical signaling system
that enables data communication between
a supported server and the TS3500 Tape
Library. LVD signaling uses two wires to
drive one signal over copper wire. The
use of wire pairs reduces electrical noise
and crosstalk.
LTO
See Linear Tape-Open.
LTO cartridge memory (LTO-CM)
Within each LTO Ultrium data cartridge,
an embedded electronics and interface
module that can store and retrieve a
cartridge's historical usage and other
information.
LTO-CM
See LTO cartridge memory.
LUN
See logical unit number.
LVD
See Low Voltage Differential.
M
m
Meter.
magnetic tape
A tape with a magnetizable surface layer
on which data can be stored by magnetic
recording.
Management Information Base (MIB)
Units of managed information that
specifically describe an aspect of a system,
such as the system name, hardware
number, or communications configuration.
A collection of related MIB objects is
defined as an MIB. The TS3500 Tape
Library can use the MIB to interpret
problem alerts that are transmitted by
SNMP traps.
manual cleaning
A method by which an operator selects a
menu option from the touchscreen of the
244
master console
See system console.
MB
See megabyte.
Mbps Megabits per second.
MCA
See Medium Changer assembly.
MCC
See Medium Changer card pack.
MCP
See Medium Changer card pack.
mebibyte (MiB)
1v048v576 bytes.
media The plural of medium.
media capacity
The amount of data that can be contained
on storage media and expressed in bytes
of data.
media-type identifier
Pertaining to the bar code on the bar code
label of the IBM LTO Ultrium tape
cartridge, a 2-character code (Lx), that
represents information about the
cartridge. L identifies the cartridge as one
that can be read by devices that
incorporate LTO technology; x indicates
the generation of cartridge (1 represents
the Ultrium 1 tape cartridge, 2 represents
the Ultrium 2 tape cartridge, 3 represents
the Ultrium 3 tape cartridge, T represents
the Ultrium 3 WORM tape cartridge), 4
represents the Ultrium 4 tape cartridge, U
represents the Ultrium 4 WORM tape
cartridge, 5 represents the Ultrium 5 tape
cartridge, and V represents the Ultrium 5
WORM tape cartridge.
medium
A physical material in or on which data
may be represented, such as magnetic
tape.
Medium Changer assembly (MCA)
In the enhanced frame control assembly
power structure, the device that facilitates
communication between host applications
and the library. The MCA is located above
the drives and the fixed power trays in
Model L23, D23, L53, and D53 frames. It
houses two Ethernet ports for connection
to the Tape Library Specialist Web
interface or a system console.
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Medium Changer card pack (MCC or MCP)
In the TS3500 Tape Library, a circuit board
that provides a communication path to
each tape drive (via the RS-422 interface)
so that library commands can be funneled
from the tape drives to the accessor. It
includes one RS-422 interface allotted for
each drive in the frame. It also provides
management and service interfaces to
outside servers. For each library frame
that contains at least one drive, there is
one MCP. The electronics of the card pack
are located in the FCB.
Medium Changer Device
In SCSI terms, an instrument that moves
removable storage units from and to
storage slots and tape drives. The TS3500
Tape Library is a Medium Changer
Device.
megabyte (MB)
1 000 000 bytes.
metal-particle tape
In the LTO Ultrium and 3592 tape
cartridges, tape that uses very small, pure
metal particles (rather than oxide
coatings) in the magnetic layer.
meter In the Metric System, the basic unit of
length; equal to approximately 39.37
inches.
MiB
One mebibyte (MiB) = 1,048,576 bytes.
MIB
See Management Information Base.
middleware
A vague term that refers to the software
between an application program and the
lower-level platform functions.
micron
and 3592 tape cartridges in the TS3500
Tape Library. A library can consist of
frames that house all LTO Ultrium tape
cartridges or all 3592 tape cartridges, but
the two types of cartridges cannot be
mixed in a single frame. However, both
types of cartridges may be inserted or
removed from the library through the
base frame, provided that a lower I/O
station is installed for the 3592 tape
cartridges.
mixed media configuration
Different media and drive technologies,
such as the Ultrium Tape Drive and the
TS1120 Tape Drive. Ultrium 1, Ultrium 2,
and Ultrium 3 drives and media are not
considered mixed media, but are
considered different generations of the
same type of media.
Model J1A
See IBM TotalStorage 3592 Tape Drive Model
J1A.
mount The act of making a tape available for
processing by a specific tape device. A
mount consists of removing the cartridge
from a drive, returning it to its storage
slot, collecting another cartridge from a
storage slot, moving it to the drive, and
loading it into the drive.
mount/demount cycle
See mount.
mounted
The state of a tape while it is available for
processing by a specific tape device.
mount throughput
The number of cartridges that a tape
library can mount in a one-hour period.
One millionth of a meter (.000001 m).
Microsoft Systems Management Server (SMS)
and Clustered Server Environments
A solution from Microsoft that
automatically detects system or network
failures in Windows operating systems
and eliminates a single point of failure by
managing failover to a recovery processor.
mid-range systems
A set of multi-user servers with a hard
disk capacity of between 50 GB and 250
GB.
mixed drive types
The concept of using both LTO Ultrium
N
N
A measure of the electrical power load in
a system. If there are N loads in the
system, N power supplies are required to
power all of the loads.
N/A
Not applicable.
native data capacity
The amount of data that can be stored
without compression on a tape cartridge.
NetView®
(1) Pertaining to an IBM licensed program
that is used to monitor a network,
manage it, and diagnose its problems. The
Glossary
245
NetView licensed program can be used to
provide network management services for
OSI Communications Subsystem. (2) A
network management product that can
provide automated operations and rapid
notification of events.
network
A configuration of data processing
devices and software connected for
information interchange.
network server
In a local area network, a personal
computer that provides access to files for
all of the workstations in the network.
node
In Fibre Channel technology, a
communicating device.
node card
Within the TS3500 Tape Library, one of
four circuit assemblies (accessor controller
card, motor driver assembly, Medium
Changer card pack, and operator panel
assembly) that communicate with each
other.
nominal
Approximate.
nominal power
The amount of power (in kilowatts) that
the TS3500 Tape Library dissipates during
normal operation.
non-addressable cartridge storage slot
See inaccessible cartridge storage slot.
nondisruptive firmware update
The ability to update drive or library
firmware without scheduling downtime.
The TS3500 Tape Library provides the
ability to perform a nondisruptive update
for its library firmware, as well as
firmware for all 3592 tape drives and LTO
Ultrium 2 and newer Ultrium tape drives.
non-volatile memory
Types of memory that retain their
contents when the power is turned off.
ROM is nonvolatile, whereas RAM is
volatile.
O
Oersted
The unit of magnetic field strength in the
unrationalized centimeter-gram-second
(cgs) electromagnetic system. The Oersted
is the magnetic field strength in the
246
interior of an elongated, uniformly
wound solenoid that is excited with a
linear current density in its winding of
one abamper per 4π centimeters of axial
length.
operating environment
The temperature, relative humidity rate,
and wet bulb temperature of the room in
which the TS3500 Tape Library routinely
conducts processing.
operating system
The master computer control program
that translates the user's commands and
allows software application programs to
interact with the computer's hardware.
operator panel
A functional unit that controls the tape
library. The unit's LCD touchscreen
provides information about the operation
of the TS3500 Tape Library, and one or
two I/O stations for inserting and
removing cartridges.
operator panel controller
Within the TS3500 Tape Library, a circuit
board that facilitates communication
between the accessor controller and the
operator panel. The controller provides
input to and output from the LCD, and
senses and locks the I/O stations. In
addition, the LCD activity and service
menus are executed in the operator panel
controller with support from the accessor
controller and the drives (via the Medium
Changer card packs).
optimized dual gripper
An electromechanical device that is
mounted on the pivot assembly and gets
or puts cartridges from or to a storage
slot, tape drive, or I/O station.
P
partition
A fixed-size division of storage.
patch panel
Located at the rear of the base or
expansion frame in a TS3500 Tape Library,
an optional unit that houses the fiber
cable connections between the servers and
the individual drives.
Pause key
On the touchscreen of the TS3500 Tape
Library, a touch key that causes the
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
cartridge accessor to park itself and
provide clear access to the library's
interior when you power-off the library or
open the front door. The Pause key
enables quick recovery when you power
on the library or close the front door.
PB
Petabyte.
PDF
See Portable Document Format.
Petabyte
1v000v000v000v000v000 bytes.
ping
(1) A command that calls an IP address.
(2) The act of issuing a command that
calls an IP address.
pivot assembly
On the cartridge accessor of the TS3500
Tape Library, a group of parts that
provides a mounting platform for the
gripper mechanism and the bar code
reader. The pivot assembly is capable of
180° rotation about the vertical axis.
point load
On a floor, one or more locations where
the weight of an object is concentrated.
point-to-point topology
In communications, the physical or logical
arrangement of nodes in a network to
facilitate data transmission between two
locations without the use of any
intermediate display station or computer.
port
(1) A system or network access point for
data entry or exit.
(2) A connector on a device to which
cables for other devices such as display
stations and printers are attached.
(3) The representation of a physical
connection to the link hardware. A port is
sometimes referred to as an adapter;
however, there can be more than one port
on an adapter.
Portable Document Format (PDF)
A standard specified by Adobe Systems,
Incorporated, for the electronic
distribution of documents. PDF files are
compact, can be distributed globally (via
e-mail, the Web, intranets, or CD-ROM),
and can be viewed with the Acrobat
Reader, which is software from Adobe
Systems that can be downloaded at no
cost from the Adobe Systems home page.
power cord
A cable that connects a device to a source
of electrical power.
power cord plug
On a power cord, the male fitting for
making an electrical connection to a
circuit by insertion into a receptacle.
power distribution unit (PDU)
A unit that provides AC distribution
within a TS3500 Tape Library frame by
supplying multiple internal AC outlets
from a single external AC line cord.
power off, powered off
(1) To remove electrical power from a
device.
(2) The state of a device when power has
been removed from it.
power on, powered on
(1) To apply electrical power to a device.
(2) The state of a device when power has
been applied to it.
power-on indicator
Located beside the library power switch
on the operator panel, a green light that,
when lit, indicates that DC power is
available within the TS3500 Tape Library.
power receptacle
The mounted female electrical fitting that
contains the live parts of the circuit.
power supply
The electrical component of a computer
system that converts standard AC current
to the lower voltage DC current used by
the computer. The amount of current a
power supply can provide is rated in
amperes.
power switch
See library power switch.
prestage
The movement of a cartridge between
cartridge cache and an HD slot. See also
destage.
protocol
The meanings of, and the sequencing
rules for, requests and responses used for
managing a network, transferring data,
and synchronizing the states of network
components.
put
Pertaining to the TS3500 Tape Library, to
Glossary
247
place, by means of a robotic device, a tape
cartridge into a storage slot, drive, or I/O
station.
Q
quiesce
To put a device into a temporarily
inactive or inhibited state, but not remove
it from the system.
Remote Technical Assistance Information
Network (RETAIN®)
Used by IBM Service Representatives, an
internal host-based software application
that contains records of service problems
with IBM hardware and software, as well
as tips on how to deal with the problems.
remove
Pertaining to the TS3500 Tape Library, a
term used to describe the act of taking a
tape cartridge out of an I/O station.
R
RABF See recursive accumulating backhitchless
flush.
radio frequency identification labels
An adhesive bar code label with an
embedded radio frequency identification
tag that can be used to track tape
cartridges.
rail system
Within the TS3500 Tape Library, the
support structure over which the
cartridge accessor moves.
read
To acquire or interpret data from a
storage device, from a data medium, or
from another source.
ready
The operating condition that the TS3500
Tape Library is in when the host
applications can interact with it.
recursive accumulating backhitchless flush
(RABF)
A non-volatile caching technique used by
the 3592 tape drives.
rekey
In cryptography, the process of encrypting
a data key a second time by using the
public key of another party to create an
additional externally encrypted data key.
The cartridge can then be shipped to a
business partner that holds the
corresponding private key which allows
the data key to be unwrapped and the
tape decrypted on a different TS1120 Tape
Drive or TS1130 Tape Drive.
relative humidity
The ratio of the amount of water vapor
actually present in the air to the greatest
amount possible at the same temperature.
remote support
See Call Home.
248
repeater
A device that regenerates signals to
extend the range of transmission between
data stations or to interconnect two
branches. A repeater is a node of a local
area network.
RETAIN
See Remote Technical Assistance Information
Network.
RFID
See radio frequency identification labels.
robotics
The cartridge accessor and any associated
mechanisms that move a tape cartridge
within the TS3500 Tape Library.
RS-422 interface
An electrical interface standard approved
by the Electronic Industries Association
(EIA) for connecting serial devices. The
RS-422 standard, which supports higher
data rates and greater immunity to
electrical interference, is an alternative to
the older RS-232 interface and uses
individual differential signal pairs for
data transmission. Depending on data
transmission rates, RS-422 can be used at
distances to 1,275 m (4,000 ft). The RS-422
interface also supports multi-point
connections.
S
SAN
See Storage Area Network.
SARS See Statistical Analysis and Reporting
System.
SC1
Model SC1. See Shuttle connection.
scratch cartridge
A labeled cartridge that is blank or
contains no valid data, that is not
currently defined, and that is available for
use.
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
scratch encryption policy
A means of identifying to an
ecryption-enabled tape drive which
scratch cartridges will be encrypted on
the next attempt to write from the
beginning of the tape. A scratch
encryption policy specifies what scratch
cartridges to encrypt; it does not indicate
which cartridges are currently encrypted.
When used with library-managed
encryption, a policy optionally lets you
control cartridge encryption by VOLSER
ranges in all logical libraries.
SCSI
See Small Computer Systems Interface.
SCSI-2
A variation of the SCSI interface. See
Small Computer Systems Interface.
SCSI bus
(1) A collection of wires through which
data is transmitted from one part of a
computer to another.
(2) A generic term that refers to the
complete set of signals that define the
activity of the Small Computer Systems
Interface (SCSI).
SCSI address
See SCSI ID.
SCSI connector
One of the set of all female and male
connectors on the SCSI bus.
SCSI device
Anything that can connect into the SCSI
bus and actively participate in bus
activity.
SCSI element address
A value that defines a logical location in
the TS3500 Tape Library to the SCSI
interface. This logical address is
represented on the operator panel or IBM
System Storage Tape Library Specialist
Web interface as xxxx(yyyh), where xxxx
is a decimal value and yyyh is a
hexadecimal value. It is assigned by the
library and used by the server when the
server processes SCSI commands. The
SCSI element address is not unique to a
storage slot, drive, or I/O slot; it varies,
depending on the quantity of drives in
the library, whether the Capacity
Expansion feature is installed, and
whether an Expanded I/O Station is
included.
SCSI ID
The hexadecimal representation of the
unique address (0-F) that is assigned to a
SCSI device. This identifier would
normally be assigned and set in the SCSI
device during system installation.
search time
The average time it takes for a tape drive
to locate the starting point of a block of
data.
secure sockets layer (SSL)
Protocol for transmitting private
documents via the Internet. SSL uses a
cryptographic system that uses two keys
to encrypt data - a public key known to
everyone and a private or secret key
known only to the recipient of the
message. Many Web sites use the protocol
to obtain confidential user information,
such as credit card numbers. By
convention, URLs that require an SSL
connection start with https: instead of
http:.
sequential access
The processing of information on a tape
cartridge in a manner that requires the
device to access consecutive storage
locations (logical blocks) on the medium.
Sequential Access Device
In SCSI terms, a tape drive.
serial number
See volume serial number.
server A functional unit that provides services to
one or more clients over a network.
Examples include a file server, a print
server, and a mail server. The IBM
pSeries, IBM iSeries, HP, and Sun are
servers. Synonymous with host.
service clearance
Surrounding the TS3500 Tape Library, the
space required for an IBM Service
Representative to perform maintenance on
the unit.
service location protocol
(SLP) Protocol that provides a framework
to allow networking applications to
discover the existence, location, and
configuration of networked services in
enterprise networks. With SLP, the user
only needs to know the description of the
Glossary
249
service he is interested in. SLP is then
able to return the URL of the service that
the user wants.
service ratings
The values for criteria associated with an
electrical power cord. The criteria include
maximum voltage, current, phases, and
wires.
ship group
The group of supplies, cords, or
documentation that is shipped with the
TS3500 Tape Library.
shipping environment
The temperature, relative humidity rate,
and wet bulb temperature of the
environment to which the TS3500 Tape
Library is exposed when being transferred
from one location to another.
short-wave cable
In Fibre Channel technology, a laser cable
that uses a wavelength of 780 nanometers
and is only compatible with multi-mode
fiber.
shuffle
In HD frames, the process of moving
cartridges in lower tiers into the gripper
or other available slots in order to access
cartridges in higher tiers.
shuttle car
The mechanism that carries one tape
cartridge through the shuttle connection
to another library string. Each shuttle car
carries one tape cartridge at a time.
shuttle complex
Two or more parallel high density (HD)
library strings that are interconnected by
one or more shuttle connections.
shuttle connection
Also referred to as Model SC1, the shuttle
connection is comprised of one shuttle
car, two or more shuttle stations, and one
or more spans between these shuttle
stations. Each shuttle connection supports
one shuttle car.
shuttle span
One or more shuttle spans are linked
together in order to form a shuttle
connection between HD frames in parallel
library strings. Shorter shuttle spans
support distances between library strings
ranging from 762 mm (30 in) to 1 524 mm
250
(60 in). Longer shuttle spans support
distances between library strings ranging
from 1 524 mm (60 in) to 2 743.2 mm (108
in).
shuttle station
The shuttle station mounts on top of an
HD frame. It consists of a base pad and a
shuttle slot. The shuttle slot docks into the
base pad. When the shuttle slot is all the
way down into the frame station it can
accept or deliver a cartridge. Each shuttle
station has its own import/export element
(IEE) address.
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
In the Internet suite of protocols, a
network management protocol that is
used to monitor routers and attached
networks. SNMP is an application layer
protocol. Information on devices that are
managed is defined and stored in the
application's Management Information
Base (MIB).
single-phase power
Pertaining to the TS3500 Tape Library,
electricity that is transmitted via three
wires (line, neutral, and ground), with a
line-to-neutral voltage of 200-240 V ac
SLP
See Service Location Protocol.
Small Computer Systems Interface (SCSI)
A standard used by computer
manufacturers for attaching peripheral
devices (such as tape drives, hard disks,
CD-ROM players, printers, and scanners)
to computers (servers). Pronounced
"scuzzy." Variations of the SCSI interface
provide for faster data transmission rates
than standard serial and parallel ports (up
to 160 megabytes per second). The
variations include:
v Fast/Wide SCSI: Uses a 16-bit bus, and
supports data rates of up to 20 MBps.
v SCSI-1: Uses an 8-bit bus, and supports
data rates of 4 MBps.
v SCSI-2: Same as SCSI-1, but uses a
50-pin connector instead of a 25-pin
connector, and supports multiple
devices.
v Ultra SCSI: Uses an 8- or 16-bit bus,
and supports data rates of 20 or 40
MBps.
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
v Ultra2 SCSI: Uses an 8- or 16-bit bus
and supports data rates of 40 or 80
MBps.
v Ultra3 SCSI: Uses a 16-bit bus and
supports data rates of 80 or 160 MBps.
v Ultra160 SCSI: Uses a 16-bit bus and
supports data rates of 80 or 160 MBps.
SMI-S See Storage Management Initiative Specification.
SMI-S Agent for Tape
See Storage Management Initiative Specification (SMI-S) Agent for Tape.
SNMP
See Simple Network Management Protocol.
Specialist web interface
A platform-independent, web-based
interface that allows a user to configure
and monitor the TS3500 Tape Library
from a remote location.
speed matching
The ability of the Ultrium 2 and newer
Ultrium tape drives to adjust their native
data rate as closely as possible to the net
host data rate (after data compressibility
has been factored out).
SSL
See Secure Sockets Layer.
stand-alone
Pertaining to operation that is
independent of any other device,
program, or system.
Statistical Analysis and Reporting System
(SARS)
Firmware that is built into the 3592 tape
drives and the Ultrium tape drives and
which is used by the drive during
problem determination to identify which
single-character display code,
ASC/ASCQ, and/or TapeAlert to report.
StE
See storage element.
Storage Area Network (SAN)
A high-speed subnetwork of shared
storage devices. A SAN's architecture
makes all storage devices available to all
servers on a LAN or WAN. As more
storage devices are added to a SAN, they
too will be accessible from any server in
the larger network. Because stored data
does not reside directly on any of a
network's servers, server power is used
for business applications, and network
capacity is released to the end user.
storage element (StE)
In SCSI terms, a cartridge storage slot.
storage environment
The temperature, relative humidity rate,
and wet bulb temperature of the
environment in which the TS3500 Tape
Library is nonoperational and being
stored for future use.
Storage Management Initiative - Specification
(SMI-S)
A design specification of the Storage
Management Initiative (SMI) that was
launched by the Storage Networking
Industry Association (SNIA). The SMI-S
specifies a secure and reliable interface
that allows storage management systems
to identify, classify, monitor, and control
physical and logical resources in a Storage
Area Network (SAN).
Storage Management Initiative - Specification
(SMI-S) Agent for Tape
Software that is used by management
software to communicate with storage
devices in a SAN environment. The SMI-S
Agent for Tape communicates by using
the Web-Based Enterprise Management
(WBEM) protocol, which allows
management software to communicate
with the TS3500 Tape Library.
sustained data transfer rate
Between the server and the tape drive,
the average transfer rate of data across
the SCSI interface to and from the tape
drive during a transition from one end of
the tape to the other end.
switch A network infrastructure component to
which multiple nodes attach. Unlike hubs,
switches typically have the ability to
switch node connections from one to
another. A typical switch can facilitate
several simultaneous bandwidth
transmissions between different pairs of
nodes.
system console
A service tool that monitors the tape
library and other components for early
detection of unusual conditions and for
error information that the components
Glossary
251
send to IBM's Remote Technical
Assistance Information Network
(RETAIN).
terminator
(1) A part used to end a SCSI bus.
(2) A single-port, 75- device that is used
to absorb energy from a transmission line.
Terminators prevent energy from
reflecting back into a cable plant by
absorbing the radio frequency signals. A
terminator is usually shielded, which
prevents unwanted signals from entering
or valid signals from leaving the cable
system.
T
TapeAlert
A patented technology from
Hewlett-Packard that monitors the status
of a tape device and media, and detects
problems as they occur.
TapeAlert flags
Status and error messages that are
generated by the TapeAlert utility and
display on the host console. The messages
indicate the type of problem and tell how
to resolve it.
tape cartridge
A removable storage device that consists
of a housing containing a belt-driven
magnetic tape wound on a supply reel
and a takeup reel.
tape drive
See IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 1 Tape
Drive, IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 2 Tape
Drive, IBM System Storage 3588 Tape Drive
Model F3A, IBM System Storage TS1030
Tape Drive Model F3B, IBM System Storage
TS1040 Tape Drive Model F4A, IBM System
Storage TS1050 Tape Drive Model F5A, IBM
TotalStorage 3592 Tape Drive Model J1A,
IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape Drive,
IBM System Storage TS1130 Tape Drive, or
IBM System Storage TS1140 Tape Drive.
Tape Frame
See IBM 3953 Tape Frame Model F05.
target A SCSI device that performs an operation
requested by the initiator. A target can
also be an initiator.
Terabyte.
TB
TCP/IP
See transmission control protocol/Internet
protocol.
terabyte
1 000 000 000 000 bytes.
terminate, termination
To prevent unwanted electrical signal
reflections by applying a device (a
terminator) that absorbs the energy from
the transmission line.
252
tier
The depth of a cartridge location in an
HD slot.
Tivoli Storage Manager (TSM)
An IBM client/server product that
provides storage management and data
access services in a heterogeneous
environment. TSM supports various
communication methods, provides
administrative facilities to manage the
backup and storage of files, and provides
facilities for scheduling backups.
Tivoli Storage Productivity Center (TPC)
A software solution that manages storage
infrastructures in Open Systems
environments.
topology
In communications, the physical or logical
arrangement of nodes in a network,
especially the relationships among nodes
and the links between them.
Total Productivity Center (TPC)
See IBM Total Productivity Center.
touch keys
On the touchscreen of the TS3500 Tape
Library, an array of small, touch-sensitive
keypads that lets you select and navigate
through menus. To acknowledge that it
has been pressed, a touch key initiates an
audible beep (if enabled) whenever you
press it. The audible beep is the default.
touchscreen
See liquid crystal display.
TPC
See IBM Total Productivity Center.
track
A linear or angled pattern of data written
on a tape surface.
transfer rate
See data transfer rate.
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
transmission control protocol/Internet protocol
(TCP/IP)
(1) The Transmission Control Protocol and
the Internet Protocol, which together
provide reliable end-to-end connections
between applications over interconnected
networks of different types.
(2) The suite of transport and application
protocols that run over the Internet
Protocol.
TS1120 Tape Drive
See IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape Drive.
TS1130 Tape Drive
See IBM System Storage TS1130 Tape Drive.
TS1140 Tape Drive
See IBM System Storage TS1140 Tape Drive.
TSM
See Tivoli Storage Manager.
two-node arbitrated loop
In Fibre Channel technology, the
connection of two nodes that
communicate directly (without the use of
a switch) and use the same protocol.
two-node switched fabric loop
In Fibre Channel technology, the
connection of two or more nodes that
may not use the same protocol and
communicate by using a switch.
two-phase power
Pertaining to the TS3500 Tape Library,
electricity that is transmitted via three
wires (line, line, and ground), with a
line-to-line voltage of 200-240 V ac.
Sometimes referred to as single phase
power.
U
Ultra SCSI
See Small Computer Systems Interface.
Ultra160 SCSI
See Small Computer Systems Interface.
Ultra2 SCSI
See Small Computer Systems Interface.
Ultra3 SCSI
See Small Computer Systems Interface.
Ultra320 SCSI
See Small Computer Systems Interface.
Ultrium Tape Drive
See IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 1 Tape
Drive, IBM TotalStorage LTO Ultrium 2 Tape
Drive, IBM System Storage 3588 Tape Drive
Model F3A, IBM System Storage TS1030
Tape Drive Model F3B, IBM System Storage
TS1040 Tape Drive Model F4A, or IBM
System Storage TS1050 Tape Drive Model
F5A.
uniform resource locator (URL)
The address of an item on the World
Wide Web. It includes the protocol
followed by the fully qualified domain
name (sometimes called the host name)
and the request. The Web server typically
maps the request portion of the URL to a
path and file name. For example, if the
URL is http://
www.networking.ibm.com/nsg/
nsgmain.htm, the protocol is http; the
fully qualified domain name is
www.networking.ibm.com; and the
request is /nsg/nsgmain.htm.
unload
Pertaining to the TS3500 Tape Library, a
term used to describe the act of the drive
unthreading the tape from the internal
tape path and returning the leader block
to the tape cartridge.
URL
See uniform resource locator.
V
V
Volt.
V ac
Volts ac (alternating current).
vital product data (VPD)
Pertaining to the TS3500 Tape Library,
information about a product such as a
library, drive, or node card. The VPD may
include a machine type, model number,
serial number, part number, or level of
firmware.
void
In character recognition, the inadvertent
absence of ink within a character outline.
VOLSER
Volume serial number.
volt
The SI (international) unit of potential
difference and electromotive force,
formally defined to be the difference of
electric potential between two points of a
conductor carrying a constant current of
one ampere, when the power dissipated
between these points is equal to one watt.
volume serial number (VOLSER)
A number that a computer assigns to a
Glossary
253
logical or physical mechanism causes the
device that is processing the tape to
prevent the program from writing on the
tape.
tape cartridge when it prepares
(initializes) the cartridge for use.
See vital product data.
VPD
W
W
Watts.
watt
A metric unit of measure of power; the
power required to keep a current of one
ampere flowing under a potential drop of
one volt; about 1/736 of one horsepower.
Web
See World Wide Web.
wet bulb temperature
The temperature at which pure water
must be evaporated adiabatically at
constant pressure into a given sample of
air in order to saturate the air under
steady-state conditions. Read from a
wet-bulb thermometer.
World Wide Node Name
In Fibre Channel technology, the fixed,
64-bit name assigned to a device by its
manufacturer and used to identify
participants in a topology. The World
Wide Node Name will be unique if the
manufacturer has registered a range of
addresses with the IEEE.
World Wide Port Name
Within a parent node, a unique 64-bit
name that is assigned to a node port. The
World Wide Port Name aids the
accessibility of the port.
World Wide Web
A network of servers that contain
programs and files. Many of the files
contain hypertext links to other
documents available through the network.
write-protect switch
Located on the LTO Ultrium and 3592
tape cartridges, a switch that prevents
accidental erasure of data. Pictures of a
locked and unlocked padlock appear on
the switch. When you slide the switch to
the locked padlock, data cannot be
written to the tape. When you slide the
switch to the unlocked padlock, data can
be written to the tape.
X
X-axis and Y-axis motion assemblies
Within the TS3500 Tape Library, a group
of parts that provides the motive force to
move the accessor side to side (on the
X-axis) and up and down (on the Y-axis).
Y
Y-axis motion assembly
See X-axis and Y-axis motion assemblies.
Z
zoning
A method of subdividing a storage area
network into disjoint zones, or subsets of
nodes on the network. Storage area
network nodes outside a zone are
invisible to nodes within the zone.
Moreover, with switched SANs, traffic
within each zone may be physically
isolated from traffic outside the zone.
WORM
See write once read many.
write
To make a permanent or transient
recording of data in a storage device or
on a data medium.
write once read many (WORM)
A technology that allows data to be
written only once to LTO Ultrium 3, 4,
and 5 tape cartridges and 3592 tape
cartridges. After being written, the data
cannot be altered, but can be read any
number of times.
write protected
A tape cartridge is write protected if some
254
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Index
Numerics
B
3588 Tape Drives, description 17, 18
3592 Model J1A Tape Drive,
description 17
3592 Tape Cartridges, description 25,
173
3592 tape drives, description 17
3953 F05 frame, overview 32
3953 L05 library manager, overview 32
backhitchless backspace, in 3592 tape
drives 22
bar code label
description and specifications
3592 tape cartridges 183, 185
LTO Ultrium tape cartridges 171
LTO Ultrium Tape
Cartridges 152, 153
location
3592 tape cartridges 178
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 152
ordering
3592 tape cartridges 198
LTO Ultrium tape cartridges 171
silo compatibility 183
Silo labels on 3592 tape
cartridges 185
suppliers
3592 tape cartridges 198
LTO Ultrium tape cartridges 171
bar code, description and specifications
3592 tape cartridges 184
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 152
base frame, description 3
Base Numbering xxiii
binary xxiii
bridges, in Fibre Channel network 31
bulk rekey 219
burst data rate 79, 80
A
ac power cords, dual 50, 51
accessibility 221, 224
accessor
description of cartridge 13
description of dual 7
accessor controller 13
acclimating the cartridge
3592 Tape Cartridges 188, 192
LTO Ultrium tape cartridges 157, 166
acoustical specifications
for Models L22, D22, L52, and
D52 117
for Models L23, D23, L53, and
D53 117
for Models L32 and D32 117
for tape library 116
adapters, for Fibre Channel interface 207
address
arbitrated loop physical address
(AL_PA) 203
Loop ID for Fibre Channel
drives 203
World Wide Node Name 206
World Wide Port Name 206
addressing, hard and soft 204
Advanced Library Management System
(ALMS)
description 45
encryption 219
Entry ALMS 45, 136
Full ALMS 45, 136
Intermediate ALMS 45, 136
ALMS
Tape System Reporter 57
arbitrated loop connection 201
Arbitrated Loop Physical Address
(AL_PA) 203
attaching leader pin to Ultrium tape,
procedure 160, 162
attaching library to servers 26, 30, 208
attaching library to System z server 32
audit logging 71
SNMP audit logging 71
automatic cleaning 43, 69
average block locate time 81
average rewind time 81
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2008, 2012
C
cables
Fibre Channel 200
power, routing through top of
library 111
routing Fibre Channel through top of
frame 108
running between frames 114
SCSI 31
Call Home
Heartbeat 59
Problem 59
Test 59
Call Home feature 58, 59
capacity
compressed
3592 tape cartridges 178
3592 Tape Cartridges 25, 173
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 25,
147
Models L22, D22, L23, D23, and
S24 211
Models L32 and D32 212
Models L52, D52, L53, D53, and
S54 213
native
3592 tape cartridges 178
capacity (continued)
native (continued)
3592 Tape Cartridges 17, 18, 25,
173
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 17,
25, 147
transparently adding or
removing 45, 47
Capacity Expansion feature, for Model
L32 54
Capacity On Demand
High Density 55
Models L22, L23, L52, and L53 55
Models S24 and S54 55
capacity scaling, for 3592 data
cartridges 22, 176
capacity-based LEOT reporting, in 3592
tape drives 23
cartridge accessor 13
cartridge accessor controller 13
cartridge assignment policy 48
cartridge cache
in HD frames 9
cartridge door, location
3592 tape cartridges 178
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 147
cartridge gripper 13
cartridge memory
for 3592 Tape Cartridges 180
for LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 148
cartridge move time 85
HD frame 87
cartridge storage slots, description 13
CETool interface 68
channel calibration
3592 tape drives 22
LTO Ultrium tape drives 19
CIDR 76, 78
Class I laser
laser xvii
Class I laser product xvii
Class II laser
laser xvi
Class II laser product xvi
classless-interdomain routing (CIDR) 76,
78
cleaning a drive 69
cleaning cartridge
description
3592 Cleaning Cartridge 26, 175,
181
LTO Ultrium Cleaning
Cartridges 26, 149
ordering
3592 Cleaning Cartridge 193
LTO Ultrium Cleaning
Cartridges 168
clearance specifications 103
Model S24
Model S54 103
comma-separated value (.csv) format 56
255
Command Line Interface
TS3500 Tape Library 57
Common Information Model (CIM)
Agent 72
compatible tape cartridges
3592 tape drives 24
3592 Tape Drives 25
LTO Ultrium tape drives 19, 37
LTO Ultrium Tape Drives 25
components in tape library 12
compressed capacity
3592 tape cartridges 178
3592 Tape Cartridges 25, 173
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 25, 147
compressed data transfer rate 79
configurations
sample 41
with ALMS 45
configuring storage capacity without
disruption 47
connections, Fibre Channel 31
connectors
for Fibre Channel interface 31, 207
for SCSI interface 31
contamination
gaseous and particulate 115
control path
additional, role in reducing library
failure 40, 44
using for control path failover 45
control path failover
description 51
use with multiple control paths 45
controller, accessor 13
cooling specifications 118
Models L22, D22, L32, D32, L52, and
D52 118
Models L23, D23, L53, and D53 119
current, inrush and leakage 120
customer circuit breakers
for Models L23, D23, L53, and
D53 131
customer engineer (CE) cartridge
3592 tape cartridge 183
3592 Tape Cartridge 175
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge 145
D
data buffer with read ahead feature, in
3592 tape drives 23
data capacity
3592 Tape Cartridges 17, 18
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 17
data cartridge
description
3592 tape cartridges 178
3592 Tape Cartridges 173
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 147
load and unload cycles
3592 tape cartridges 179
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 148
ordering
3592 tape cartridges 193
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 168
data compression, in 3592 tape drives 23
data gathering, description 56
256
data path failover, description 51
data storage xxiii
data transfer rate
3592 Tape Drives 17, 18, 80
LTO Ultrium Tape Drives 17, 79
degaussing tape cartridges
3592 Tape Cartridges 193
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 158,
167
delivery route, of tape library 101
depth
of HA1 frame 97
of Model S24 98
of Model S54 99
of Models L22 and D22 92
of Models L23 and D23 93
of Models L32 and D32 94
of Models L52 and D52 95
of Models L53 and D23 96
description of tape library 1
device drivers, supported 28
diagnostic cartridge
3592 rape Cartridge 183
3592 Tape Cartridge 175
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge 145, 151
diagnostic reporting 70
dimensions
for HA1 frame 97
for Model S24 98
for Model S54 99
for Models L22 and D22 92
for Models L23 and D23 93
for Models L32 and D32 94
for Models L52 and D52 95
for Models L53 and D53 96
disposing of a tape cartridge
3592 tape cartridges 193
LTO Ultrium tape cartridges 167
documentation, viewing latest 28
door
front 13
safety switch 13
downloading logs in .csv format 56
drive error log 58
drive firmware, updating 18
drive mechanical and electrical reliability,
in 3592 tape drives 23
drive performance specifications 79
drive statistics log 56
dual ac line cords, use of 51
dual ac power cords, use of 50
dual accessors 7
dual-gripper transport mechanism 13
dynamic partitioning 45, 46
E
Economy cartridge 173
Economy WORM cartridge 173
elements in the library 134
enabling
ALMS 45
virtual I/O slots 47
encryption
description 20, 24
key management 215
key stores 216
encryption (continued)
keys 216
overview 215
planning 217, 219
library configuration 219
policy configuration 215
system-managed 218
tape drive
encryption 219
Encryption Key Manager
description 216
with secure socket layer 74
encryption-capable tape drive 215
encryption-enabled tape drive 215
enhanced format for recording
error-correction codes, in 3592 tape
drives 23
enhanced frame control assembly
description 51
location 13
environmental notices xvi
environmental specifications
for library 115
for media
3592 Tape Cartridges 192
LTO Ultrium tape cartridges 166
erasing, LTO Ultrium Tape
Cartridges 167
error reporting
SNMP messaging 70
TapeAlert flags 70
through remote support (Call
Home) 58, 59
ESCON interface 32
expansion frames, description 3
export performance
with virtual I/O slots 86
F
failover, description 51
feature codes
of elements in library 133, 135
fibers, optical in Fibre Channel 201
Fibre Channel cables, routing through top
of frame 108
Fibre Channel drive
1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, 4 Gbps, and 8 Gbps
interfaces 200
adapters 207
addressing 203
cables 200
compatibility with Multi-Path
Architecture 40
connections 31
connectors 207
port 199
setting Loop ID 204
topologies, supported 201
use of SCSI protocol 199
use with bridge 31
use with hub 31, 203
use with repeaters 31
use with switch 31
zoning 202, 207
Fibre Channel interface 30
FICON interface 32
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
fifth
edition xi
Fifth edition xi
fire suppression
for HA1 frame (service bay A) 112
for Models L22, D22, L23, and
D23 112
for Models L32 and D32 111
for Models L52, D52, L53, and
D53 112
general provisions 111
firmware, updating library and drive 18
first
edition xii
First edition xii
flexible drive assignment 46
floor requirements for library 100
fourth
edition xii
Fourth edition xii
frame
combining in library 34
description 3, 4
in Fibre Channel topology 201
maximum quantity in library 1, 3
mixing drive types in 34
frame control assembly
description 50
frames
power requirements 120
front door 13
Full Capacity feature for Models L22,
L23, L52, and L53 55
G
G xxiii
gaseous contamination 115
generation of Ultrium cartridge,
determining 19
Gi xxiii
glossary 231
H
HA1 frame
clearance specifications 103
depth 97
description 7, 8
fire suppression 112
height 97
weight 97
width 97
handling cartridges
3592 tape cartridges 188
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges
hard addressing 204
HD frame
constant force spring 9
description 9
Model S24 9
Model S54 9
performance 87
shuffle operation 9
tier 9
158
HD slot
description 9
Heartbeat Call Home 59
Heartbeat Call Home capability 58
height
of HA1 frame 97
of Model S24 98
of Model S54 99
of Models L22 and D22 92
of Models L23 and D23 93
of Models L32 and D32 94
of Models L52 and D52 95
of Models L53 and D53 96
of tape library 91
high availability (HA1) frame,
description 7, 8
high density
shuttle connections 15
high resolution tape directory, in 3592
Tape Drives 22
High Voltage Differential (HVD) SCSI
interface 30, 31
high-density frame
description 9
host
sharing, library 40, 41
supported 26
hub, in Fibre Channel network 31
I
IBM i
control paths 44
IBM System Storage TS3000 System
Console 32, 60, 63, 67, 68
IDs
AL_PA 203
Loop 203
World Wide Node Name 206
World Wide Port Name 206
import performance
with virtual I/O slots 86
import/export performance
with virtual I/O slots 86
input/output (I/O) station
description 13
expanded 53
quantity of I/O slots per frame 53
inrush current 120
Insert notification setting, description 49
insertion guide, on LTO Ultrium Tape
Cartridges 147, 148
inspecting
3592 Tape Cartridges 189
LTO Ultrium tape cartridges 157
interfaces, supported 30, 32
Intermediate Capacity feature for Models
L22, L23, L52, and L53 55
inventory
time 84
inventory with audit
time 84
IPv4 addresses
format 76
subnet mask 76, 78
IPv6 addresses 76
format 76
IPv6 addresses (continued)
prefix 76, 78
iSeries server
conditions for Fibre Channel
attachment 208
effects of ALMS on 209
J
JA cartridge type
JB cartridge type
JC cartridge type
jewel case 156
JJ cartridge type
JK cartridge type
JR cartridge type
JW cartridge type
JX cartridge type
JY cartridge type
173
173
173
173
173
173
173
173
173
K
K xxiii
key management
methods 216
key manager
IBM Encryption Key Manager 216
Tivoli Key Lifecycle Manager 216
keyboards
accessibility features 221, 224
Ki xxiii
L
label
for 3592 tape cartridges 179
for LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 148
label area
on 3592 tape cartridges 178, 179
on LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 147,
148
Laser safety and compliance xvi
LC duplex fiber optics cables 200
leader pin
in 3592 Tape Cartridges 181
in LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 148
reattaching to Ultrium tape 162
leader pin reattachment kit
ordering
for 3592 tape cartridges 197
for LTO Ultrium Tape
Cartridges 168
using
for 3592 tape cartridges 189
for LTO Ultrium Tape
Cartridges 162
leakage current 120
length of tape library 91
library
error log 58
firmware, updating 18
frames, description 3, 13
library placement 91
library statistics log 56
line cords, dual ac 51
Index
257
Linear Tape-Open (LTO) Cartridge
Memory (CM) 148
link speed, supported 200
link, in Fibre Channel network 201
Load balancing
in HD frames 9
load balancing, description 51
load time 80
logical library
changing quantity of storage slots 47
control path in 40
creating and using multiple for
sharing 43
description 43
effects of manually inserted new
media 49
maximum quantity in library 41, 43
mixing drives types in 35, 44
sharing 41, 43
logical unit number (LUN),
description 43, 206
logs, downloading in .csv format 56
loop connection, in Fibre Channel
interface 201
Loop ID, assignment 203
Low Voltage Differential (LVD) SCSI
interface 30, 31
low-power mode 19
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges,
description 25, 145
M
M xxiii
Machine Reported Product Data (MRPD)
log 59
mainframe
connection of TS3500 Tape Library
to 1
Management Information Base 70
manual cleaning 69
manually inserting cartridges, role of
insert notification setting 49
maximum quantity of logical libraries per
frame 43
maximum rewind time 80
media
mixing in drives and frames 25
ordering
3592 tape cartridges 193
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 168
using
with 3592 Tape Drives 173
with LTO Ultrium tape drives 37
with LTO Ultrium Tape
Drives 145
media reuse, in 3592 tape drives 21
media-type identifier for Ultrium
cartridges 152
messages
remote support (Call Home) 58, 59
SNMP traps 70
metric xxiii
Mi xxiii
mixed drive types, protection against
non-support 40
258
mixing
drive types in frames 34
media in drives 37
Model HA1
dimensions 97
Model L22, Intermediate, Full, and On
Demand features 55
Model L23, Intermediate, Full, and On
Demand features 55
Model L32, Capacity Expansion
feature 54
Model L52, Intermediate, Full, and On
Demand features 55
Model L53, Intermediate, Full, and On
Demand features 55
Model S24
capacity 211
clearance specifications 103
depth 98
height 98
High Density Capacity on
Demand 55
high density technology 9
Model S54
clearance specifications 103
weight 98
width 98
Model S54
capacity 213
depth 99
height 99
High Density Capacity on
Demand 55
high density technology 9
weight 99
width 99
Models L22 and D22
acoustical specifications 117
capacity 211
clearance specifications 103
depth 92
fire suppression 112
height 92
power cords 127
weight 92
width 92
Models L23 and D23
acoustical specifications 117
capacity 211
clearance specifications 103
customer circuit breakers 131
depth 93
fire suppression 112
height 93
power cords 128
power cords to adjacent frames 130
weight 93
width 93
Models L32 and D32
acoustical specifications 117
capacity 212
clearance specifications 103
depth 94
fire suppression 111
height 94
power cords 124
weight 94
Models L32 and D32 (continued)
width 94
Models L52 and D52
acoustical specifications 117
capacity 213
clearance specifications 103
depth 95
fire suppression 112
height 95
power cords 127
weight 95
width 95
Models L53 and D53
acoustical specifications 117
capacity 213
clearance specifications 103
customer circuit breakers 131
depth 96
fire suppression 112
height 96
power cords 128
power cords to adjacent frames 130
weight 96
width 96
modem, role in remote support 58, 59
mount history log 56
mount performance 85
move restraints, for tape library 102
move time 85
HD frame 87
Multi-Path Architecture 40
multiple control paths
for control path failover 45
for IBM i, System i, iSeries, and
AS/400 attachment 44
multiple subsystem and automation
support, in 3592 tape drives 23
N
native capacity
3592 tape cartridges 178
3592 Tape Cartridges 25
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges
native data transfer rate 79, 80
node, in network 201
nominal unload time 80
nondisruptive drive firmware
update 18, 175
notices
environmental xv, xvi
safety xv
25, 147
O
offboard data string searching, in 3592
tape drives 24
on-the-fly adaptive equalization, in 3592
tape drives 22
operating systems, supported 26
operator clearance specifications 103
operator panel 13
operator panel controller 13
ordering tape cartridges and supplies
3592 tape cartridges
by 3599 tape media method 194
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
ordering tape cartridges and supplies
(continued)
3592 tape cartridges (continued)
by part number 196
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 168
P
particulate contamination 115
partitioning capability of SAN-ready
Multi-Path Architecture 40
partitioning, dynamic 46
patch panel 13, 201
performance
drive 79
library 83
shuttle complex 88
persistent binding 207
pipes, running between frames 114
planning considerations
encryption 219
application-managed 217
library-managed 219
point-to-point connection 201
port statistics log 56
port, Fibre Channel 199, 201
position-based LEOT reporting, in 3592
tape drives 23
power cables, routing through top of
library on solid floor 111
power cord
dual ac 50, 51
specifications
for Models L22, D22, L52, and
D52 127
for Models L23, D23, L53, and
D53 128
for Models L32 and D32 124
to adjacent frame models L23, D23,
L53, and D53 130
power cords, dual ac 50
power distribution unit 51
power management, in Ultrium tape
drives 19
power receptacles, for Models L23, D23,
L53, and D53 130
power requirements
frames 120
LAN switch in remote support 123
modem in remote support 123
monitor in remote support 123
remote support facility 123
remote support switch 123
TS3000 System Console 123
power specifications
Models L22, D22, L32, D32, L52, and
D52 118
Models L23, D23, L53, and D53 118,
119
power structure
enhanced frame control assembly 50,
51
frame control assembly 50
power distribution unit 51
preferred zone for accessor, setting 8
prefix (IPv6) 76, 78
Problem Call Home 59
Problem Call Home capability 58
problems, resolving
through remote support (Call
Home) 58, 59
through SNMP messaging 70
through TapeAlert flags 70
product label, on 3592 tape
cartridges 178, 179
R
rail system 13
range of cartridges, assigning to logical
library 48
read
first xi
read this first xi
recording method
of 3592 tape drives 178
of Ultrium Tape Drives 147
recursive accumulating backhitchless
flush, in 3592 tape drives 22
rekey 219
relative humidity specification
for media
3592 Tape Cartridges 192
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 166
for tape library 115
remote support
security 63, 67, 68
through a modem 58
through a system console 58, 60
through Heartbeat Call Home 58
through Problem Call Home 58
through Test Call Home 58
through TS3000 System Console 60
remote support security 63, 67, 68
repeaters, in Fibre Channel network 31
restrictions on iSeries (AS/400)
support 208
rewind time
average 81
maximum 80
S
safety
compliance xvi
Safety and environmental notices xv
safety switch, door 13
SAN Fibre Channel Switch 202
SC duplex fiber optics cables 200
scalability of tape library 3
second
edition xii
Second edition xii
secure socket layer (SSL) 74
security
remote support through TS3000
System Console 63, 67, 68
SNMP audit logging 71
security, controlling data 102, 167, 193
segmentation, for 3592 data
cartridges 176
send
feedback xiii
Send us your feedback xiii
serial number, cartridge
for 3592 tape cartridges 183
for LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 152
servers, supported 26
service alert, from remote support (Call
Home) 58, 59
service bays
clearance specifications 103
description 7
service clearance specifications 103
setting write-protect switch
on 3592 Data Cartridges 187
on LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 154
settings, calibration for 3592 tape
drives 22
seventh
edition xi
Seventh edition xi
sharing
drive, restrictions 209
library by multiple hosts 40, 41
shuffle
in HD frame 9
shuttle complex
clearance specifications 107
dimensions 107
logical configuration 15
performance considerations 88
physical configuration 15
structure of 15
SI xxiii
Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP) 70, 71
sixth
edition xi
Sixth edition xi
small computer systems interface (SCSI)
bus length between terminator 31
cables 31
connectors 31
High Voltage Differential (HVD)
signaling 30, 31
IDs, binding to drives 207
Low Voltage Differential (LVD)
signaling 30, 31
Ultra 160 support 31
SNMP
audit logging 71
soft addressing 204
specifications
for bar code and bar code label
3592 tape cartridges 184
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 152
for media
3592 Tape Cartridges 192
LTO Ultrium tape cartridges 166
for tape library
acoustical 116, 117
clearances, for operator and
service 103
cooling 118
fire-suppression provisions 111
power 118
relative humidity 115
routing power cables 111
temperature 115
Index
259
specifications (continued)
for tape library (continued)
wet bulb temperature 115
physical
for HA1 frame 97
for Model S24 98
for Model S54 99
for Models L22 and D22 92
for Models L23 and D23 93
for Models L32 and D32 94
for Models L52 and D52 95
for Models L53 and D53 96
power and cooling
Models L22, D22, L32, D32, L52,
and D52 118
Models L23, D23, L53, and
D53 119
speed matching
in 3592 tape drives 22
in LTO Ultrium tape drives 19
speed, link 200
SSL 74
encryption key manager
communication 74
Web communication 74
stacking tape cartridges
3592 tape cartridges 189
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 158
standard features and feature codes of
the library 133
Statistical Analysis and Reporting System
(SARS) 20
Storage Area Network (SAN), sharing
on 209
storage capacity, transparently adding or
removing 45, 47
Storage Management Initiative Specification (SMI-S) 72
storage slot pooling 46
storage slots, changing quantity in logical
library 47
subnet mask (IPv4) 76, 78
supplies, ordering
3592 tape cartridges 193
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 168
supported Fibre Channel topologies 201
switch, in network 31, 202
system console, role in providing remote
support 58, 60
System i server
effects of ALMS on 209
System i, iSeries, AS/400
control paths 44
System z server, attaching to library 32
system-managed encryption 218
T
T
Ti xxiii
tape cartridge
bar code label for 3592 tape cartridges
description 183
guidelines for using 185
ordering 183
specifications 179, 184
260
tape cartridge (continued)
bar code label for 3592 Tape
Cartridges
placement 184
bar code label for LTO Ultrium tape
cartridges
ordering 171
bar code label for LTO Ultrium Tape
Cartridges
description 152
guidelines for using 153
placement 152
specifications 152
bar code, description and
specifications
3592 tape cartridges 184
LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 152
capacity
3592 data cartridges 178
3592 Data Cartridges 25, 173
LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 25,
147
cartridge door
3592 data cartridges 179
LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 148
cartridge life
3592 data cartridges 179
LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 148
cleaning cartridge
3592 Tape Cartridge 173, 181
LTO Ultrium Tape
Cartridges 145, 149
compatible cartridges
with 3592 tape drives 37
with 3592 Tape Drives 25, 173
with LTO Ultrium tape drives 37
with LTO Ultrium Tape
Drives 25, 145
customer engineer (CE) cartridge
3592 tape cartridge 183
3592 Tape Cartridge 175
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge 145
data cartridge
3592 data cartridges 178
3592 Data Cartridges 173
LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 147
data security
for 3592 tape cartridges 193
for LTO Ultrium tape
cartridges 167
degaussing
3592 Tape Cartridges 193
LTO Ultrium Tape
Cartridges 158, 167
diagnostic cartridge
3592 tape Cartridge 183
3592 Tape Cartridge 175
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge 145,
151
dimension of LTO Ultrium Data
Cartridges 147
disposal of
3592 tape cartridges 193
LTO Ultrium tape cartridges 167
Economy 173
Economy WORM 173
tape cartridge (continued)
handling
3592 tape cartridges 188
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 158
inserting data and scratch cartridges
into library
manually 49
insertion guide on LTO Ultrium Data
Cartridges 148
inspecting
3592 Tape Cartridges 189
LTO Ultrium tape cartridges 157
labels
for 3592 tape cartridges 179
for LTO Ultrium Tape
Cartridges 148
leader pin
description 148
location in 3592 tape
cartridges 189
location in 3592 Tape
Cartridges 181
location in LTO Ultrium Tape
Cartridges 148
reattaching to Ultrium Tape
Cartridge 162
repositioning in a 3592 tape
cartridge 189
repositioning in an Ultrium tape
cartridge 160
Linear Tape-Open cartridge memory
(LTO-CM) 148
load and unload cycles
3592 data cartridges 179
LTO Ultrium Data Cartridges 148
mixing in drives 37, 53
move time 85
move time in HD frame 87
ordering
3592 tape cartridges 193, 198
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 168
product label, 3592 tape
cartridges 179
Silo-style bar code label for 3592 tape
cartridges
guidelines for using 185
specifications for media
3592 Tape Cartridges 192
LTO Ultrium tape cartridges 166
stacking
3592 tape cartridges 189
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 158
statistics log 56
tips for handling
3592 tape cartridges 188, 189
LTO Ultrium Tape
Cartridges 155, 158
training for handling
3592 Tape Cartridges 188
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 155
types of
3592 Tape Cartridges 173
Ultrium Tape Cartridges 145
unassigned, reassigning 49
WORM
3592 Tape Cartridge 174, 175
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
tape cartridge (continued)
WORM (continued)
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridge 145,
146
write-protect switch
3592 data cartridges 179
3592 Data Cartridges 187
LTO Ultrium Data
Cartridges 148, 154
tape drive
1 Gbps drive 17
2 Gbps drive 17, 18
3592 Tape Drives, description 13
4 Gbps drive 17, 18
8 Gbps drive 17
backhitchless backspace in 3592 tape
drives 22
capacity scaling in 3592 tape
drives 22
capacity-based LEOT reporting in
3592 tape drives 23
channel calibration in 3592 tape
drives 22
cleaning 69
compatible cartridges and format
with 3592 Tape Drives 25, 173
with LTO Ultrium tape drives 19,
37
with LTO Ultrium Tape
Drives 25, 145
data buffer with read ahead feature in
3592 tape drives 23
data compression in 3592 tape
drives 23
data transfer rate 79, 80
description
3592 tape drives 17, 20
LTO Ultrium tape drives 17
LTO Ultrium Tape Drives 18
device drivers, supported 28
drive mechanical and electrical
reliability in 3592 tape drives 23
encryption 20, 24
enhanced format for recording
error-correction codes in 3592 tape
drives 23
firmware, updating 18
high resolution tape directory in 3592
tape drives 22
identifying WORM-capable Ultrium
drive 19, 146
LTO Ultrium Tape Drives,
description 13
maximum quantity
3592 tape drives 17
LTO Ultrium tape drives 17
per frame 17
maximum quantity in library 1
media reuse in 3592 tape drives 21
mixing in a logical library 35
multiple subsystem and automation
support in 3592 tape drives 23
offboard data string searching in 3592
tape drives 24
on-the-fly adaptive equalization, in
3592 tape drives 22
performance 79
tape drive (continued)
position-based LEOT reporting in 3592
tape drives 23
recursive accumulating backhitchless
flush in 3592 tape drives 22
speed matching
in 3592 Tape Drives 22
in LTO Ultrium tape drives 19
type of interface attachment 30
using a repaired Ultrium
cartridge 160
WORM support
for 3592 tape drives 22
for 3592 Tape Drives 175
for LTO Ultrium Tape Drives 19,
146
tape encryption, description 20, 24
Tape Library Specialist web interface,
description 56
tape system library manager 28
Tape System Reporter 57
TapeAlert support 70
temperature specification
for media
3592 Tape Cartridges 192
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 166
for tape library 115
terms 231
Test Call Home 59
Test Call Home capability 58
third
edition xii
Third edition xii
tier
in HD frame 9
Tivoli Storage Productivity Center
(TSPC) 72
topologies, supported
description 201
two-node direct connection 203
two-node switched fabric 202
Trademarks 224
traps, SNMP 70
TS1120 Tape Drive, description 17
TS1130 Tape Drive, description 17
TS1140 Tape Drive, description 17
TS3000 System Console (TSSC)
role in providing remote support 32,
60
security when providing remote
support 63, 67, 68
TS3500 Command Line Interface 57
TS3500 Tape Library
Command Line Interface 57
TS3500 Tape Library, description 1
TS7700 backend switches 13
TS7700 Virtualization Engine
integrated library manager 32
TSLM 28
Turtlecase 156
two-node direct connection
topology 201, 203
two-node switched fabric loop
topology 201, 202
types of Ultrium Tape Cartridges 145
U
Ultra 160 SCSI interface support 31
Ultrium Tape Cartridges, description 25,
145
Ultrium tape drives, description 17
Ultrium Tape Drives, description 18
unassigned cartridges, reassigning 49
units xxiii
universal cleaning cartridge, ordering for
LTO Ultrium Drives 168
unload time 80
updating library and drive firmware 18
V
virtual I/O slots
import/export performance 86
virtual I/O slots, enabling or
disabling 45, 47
voltage, ac 120
volume serial (VOLSER) number
description
3592 tape cartridges 183
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 152
determining generation of Ultrium
cartridge 19
determining type of 3592
cartridge 183
location
3592 tape cartridges 178
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 152
W
web interface, description 56
Web-Based Enterprise Management
(WBEM) protocol 72
weight
of HA1 frame 97
of Model S24 98
of Model S54 99
of Models L22 and D22 92
of Models L23 and D23 93
of Models L32 and D32 94
of Models L52 and D52 95
of Models L53 and D53 96
wet bulb temperature specification
for media
3592 Tape Cartridges 192
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 166
for tape library 115
What's new
new xi
What's new in this edition xi
width
of HA1 frame 97
of Model S24 98
of Model S54 99
of Models L22 and D22 92
of Models L23 and D23 93
of Models L32 and D32 94
of Models L52 and D52 95
of Models L53 and D53 96
wiring, running between frames 114
World Wide Node Name,
description 206
Index
261
World Wide Port Name, description 206
write once read many (WORM)
cartridge
for 3592 Tape Drives 173
for Ultrium 3, 4 and 5 tape
drives 146
for 3592 tape drives 22
functionality
for 3592 Tape Drives 175
for Ultrium 3, 4, and 5 tape
drives 146
identifying an Ultrium WORM tape
drive 19, 146
write-protect switch
location
3592 tape cartridges 178, 179
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 147
setting
3592 Tape Cartridges 187
LTO Ultrium Tape Cartridges 154
Z
zone, setting, viewing, or changing
preferred accessor 7
zoning 202, 207, 209
262
IBM System Storage TS3500 Tape Library with ALMS: Introduction and Planning Guide
Readers’ Comments — We'd Like to Hear from You
IBM System Storage TS3500
Tape Library with ALMS
Introduction and Planning Guide
Publication No. GA32-0593-07
We appreciate your comments about this publication. Please comment on specific errors or omissions, accuracy,
organization, subject matter, or completeness of this book. The comments you send should pertain to only the
information in this manual or product and the way in which the information is presented.
For technical questions and information about products and prices, please contact your IBM branch office, your
IBM business partner, or your authorized remarketer.
When you send comments to IBM, you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or distribute your comments in any
way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. IBM or any other organizations will only use
the personal information that you supply to contact you about the issues that you state on this form.
Comments:
Thank you for your support.
Send your comments to the address on the reverse side of this form.
If you would like a response from IBM, please fill in the following information:
Name
Address
Company or Organization
Phone No.
Email address
GA32-0593-07
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
Readers’ Comments — We'd Like to Hear from You
Cut or Fold
Along Line
_ _ _ _ _ _ _Fold
_ _ _and
_ _ _Tape
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Please
_ _ _ _ _do
_ _not
_ _ staple
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Fold
_ _ _and
_ _ Tape
______
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST-CLASS MAIL
PERMIT NO. 40
ARMONK, NEW YORK
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
International Business Machines Corporation
Building 9032-2 Department GZW
Information Development
9000 South Rita Road
Tucson, AZ
USA 85744-0002
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Fold and Tape
Please do not staple
Fold and Tape
GA32-0593-07
Cut or Fold
Along Line
Printed in USA
GA32-0593-07